Quarterlytics / Real Estate / Real Estate - Services / OM Holdings Limited

OM Holdings Limited

omh · ASX Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker omh
Exchange ASX
Sector Real Estate
Industry Real Estate - Services
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · OM Holdings Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Incorporated in Bermuda
(ARBN 081 028 337)
(Malaysian Registration No. 202002000012 (995782-P))

68

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021CONTENTS

CHAIRMAN’S REPORT 

DIRECTORS 

KEY MANAGEMENT 

CORPORATE DIRECTORY 

CORPORATE STRUCTURE 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 

GROUP OVERVIEW 

PROCESSING AND SMELTING OPERATIONAL REVIEW

MARKETING AND TRADING OPERATIONAL REVIEW

BOOTU CREEK MINE

TSHIPI É NTLE MANGANESE MINING (PTY) LTD 

ASX LISTING RULE 5.8.1 

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT

DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 

STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

ASX & BURSA SECURITIES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

GRI CONTENT INDEX

01
03  
06
07 
08
09
10
12
16
19
26
27 
36
61
64  
67
68
69
70  
71
134  
152
155

WHO WE ARE

OM Holdings Limited is a manganese and silicon smelting company, with vertical exposure in mining and trading. We are engaged in 

the business of trading raw ores, smelting, and marketing of processed ferroalloys. With over 25 years in the industry, we are listed on 

both the ASX and Bursa Malaysia, and have operations across Australia, China, Malaysia, Singapore and South Africa. 

Today, the Group is one of the world’s leading suppliers of manganese ores and ferroalloys and seeks to be the main ferroalloy supply 

partner to major steel mills and other industries.

OUR PURPOSE

Our purpose is to create sustainable value for our shareholders and stakeholders through developing and acquiring cost competitive 

resource assets, managing them in a safe and optimised manner, and realizing their full potential by marketing effectively.

OUR VALUES

We will fulfil our purpose by adhering to the following values:

• Safety and Wellbeing • Care and Respect • Integrity and Accountability • Innovation and Entrepreneurial • Collaboration 

66

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021CHAIRMAN’S REPORT

“Finally, this year we are pleased to launch our inaugural Sustainability 
Statement. We conducted our first materiality assessment, engaging eight 
stakeholder groups and invited them to participate in our assessment survey. 
From this, we identified and prioritized thirteen material matters critical 
to stakeholders, and have formulated our first Sustainability Statement, 
attached to this Annual Report, outlining our current performance with 
respect to these matters. Sustainability is a journey, especially in an energy 
intensive basic material industry like ours, and we welcome all stakeholders 
to use this statement to track our progress, targets, and milestones as we 
embark on this journey. This Sustainability Statement has been prepared 
in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiatives (GRI) Standards, as 
well as Bursa Malaysia’s main market listing requirements with respect to 
sustainability reporting. ”

Dear Shareholders,

2021 started strong, with rising prices and firm market demand 
as steelmakers sought to ramp up production after a long COVID 
induced slump in the preceding year. While the optimism on the 
COVID  front  wore  out  quickly,  looser  monetary  conditions  and 
stimulus supported demand through the year, and fragile supply 
chains created inventory demand as mills and traders increased 
stocks. In spite of some price pressures, ferroalloy prices went on 
to  surge  to  their  highest  ever  levels  in  September  2021,  driven 
by  energy  scarcity  and  an  acute  shortage  of  thermal  coal  in 
various  parts  of  the  world,  notably  in  China.  Since  then,  prices 
corrected to more rational levels in early Q1 of 2022, before being 
supported again by the recent conflict in Ukraine. 

Our own production in Sarawak was affected by COVID as well, 
with  the  smelting  plant  closing  for  just  over  a  month  from  the 
end  of  May  to  early  July.  Upon  recovery,  production  resumed 
quickly, but as a result we recorded an overall capacity utilization 
of  approximately  75%  in  2021.  In  spite  of  these  conditions,  the 
positive  market  environment  allowed  us  to  generate  A$204.0 
million in underlying EBITDA, with the highest ever contribution 
from  smelting  in  the  history  of  the  company.  A  corresponding 
A$94.2  million  of  cash  was  generated  from  operations,  with 
the increase in working capital attributed to higher value of raw 
materials, and power in Sarawak paid for in advance and taken 
into inventory. As per the company’s policy to continue reducing 
debt, A$51.1 million of debt was repaid, with A$25.8 million going 
towards the Sarawak project finance and A$14 million worth of 
convertible notes (with a strike price of A$0.80) redeemed early 
in the year. With earnings per share of approximately A$0.11, we 
have  also  resumed  paying  dividends,  and  declared  A$0.02  per 
share.  We  will  continue  to  optimize  our  capital  structure  going 
forward,  improving  the  stability  of  the  company  against  future 
price cycles by continuing to lower debt, and paying a sustainable 
dividend to shareholders.

In  2021,  mining  drew  to  a  close  with  the  end  of  mine  life  at 
Bootu  Creek.  Performance  in  our  final  year  of  mining  was 
disproportionately  affected  by  freight  costs,  with  high  freight 
rates  in  early  2021  sustained  through  the  year.  As  with  all 
operations that take a considerable amount of time and capital 
to stop and restart, it did not make sense to cease mining earlier 

until  the  mine  reached  its  natural  end  of  life  as  determined  by 
fundamental  market  prices.  While  rehabilitation  is  now  taking 
place, we are also concurrently completing trials and rectification 
works for the ultra-fines plant (UFP) to fully recover the remaining 
units of manganese in ore tailings from over 15 years of mining. 
While we expect a limited contribution in 2022 from Bootu Creek 
with the aforementioned works, we will continue to explore the 
best  way  of  unlocking  value  from  our  portfolio  of  assets  and 
projects in Australia.

With  the  cessation  of  mining,  we  have  every  confidence  that 
the  underlying  economics  of  smelting,  given  strong  operational 
know-how and locked-in power, will not be affected by the end of 
mining at Bootu Creek.

In June 2021, we also completed our secondary listing on Bursa 
Malaysia. First announced on 31st October 2019, the listing has 
allowed  us  to  broaden  our  investor  reach,  and  has  created  an 
additional  platform  for  fundraising.  While  no  new  shares  have 
been 
issued,  reassuringly,  104,092,986  shares  representing 
14.09% of the issued share capital have been moved by individual 
shareholders to Bursa Malaysia, and the fungibility of shares and 
relatively short settlement period between exchanges benefits all 
shareholders. Our objective to increase institutional shareholding 
has  not  changed,  and  we  will  seek  to  build  this  with  time  while 
considering opportunities in the market, all the while taking into 
consideration dilution.

This year, we aim to complete the conversion of four ferrosilicon 
furnaces  to  the  production  of  manganese  alloys  and  silicon 
metal.  These  furnaces  will  be  progressively  converted,  starting 
with  manganese  alloys  which  will  be  completed  by  the  third 
quarter  of  2022,  and  silicon  metal,  targeting  the  fourth  quarter 
of  2022.  We  will  also  seek  to  complete  the  rectification  works 
for the UFP to allow us to bring it into efficient production, and 
exiting  care  and  maintenance  when  we  find  the  best  structure 
to launch it. Besides organic growth and development at our OM 
Sarawak plant, we will also explore future opportunities related 
to  the  manganese  supply  chain,  such  as  manganese  sulphate 
with applications in the renewable energy transition.

01

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021CHAIRMAN’S REPORT

A  dominant  theme  this  year  is  energy  security,  viewed  against 
the backdrop of current geopolitical uncertainty and the longer-
term  renewables  transition.  We  believe  that  any  company  that 
is able to lock in power costs to efficiently and cleanly produce a 
basic commodity will be creating value, and OMH is in a unique 
position to do so. 

Finally,  this  year  we  are  pleased  to  launch  our  inaugural 
Sustainability  Statement.  We  conducted  our  first  materiality 
assessment, engaging eight stakeholder groups and invited them 
to participate in our assessment survey. From this, we identified 
and prioritized thirteen material matters critical to stakeholders, 
and have formulated our first Sustainability Statement, attached 
to  this  Annual  Report,  outlining  our  current  performance  with 
respect  to  these  matters.  Sustainability  is  a  journey,  especially 
in  an  energy  intensive  basic  material  industry  like  ours,  and 
we welcome all stakeholders to use this statement to track our 
progress, targets, and milestones as we embark on this journey. 
This  Sustainability  Statement  has  been  prepared  in  accordance 

with  the  Global  Reporting  Initiatives  (GRI)  Standards,  as  well  as 
Bursa Malaysia’s main market listing requirements with respect 
to sustainability reporting. 

While we are in early days of our sustainability journey, we strongly 
believe that because what we do is essential to the modern world, 
producing ferroalloys with the lowest net carbon footprint is a net 
positive  compared  against  fossil  fuel  based  competition.  Going 
forward,  we  will  continue  our  engagement  with  stakeholders 
to  set  out  clear  sustainable  targets  and  work  towards  them  to 
contribute  to  a  better  shared  future,  while  strengthening  our 
position in becoming a leading ferroalloy supplier. 

Moving  into  2022,  I  would  like  to  thank  my  fellow  directors, 
management  team,  staff  and  workers  who  made  last  year’s 
results  possible.  As  home  leave  rotation  begins,  I  would  like  to 
share my appreciation to our staff and workers at our operation 
sites who stayed with us throughout the COVID-19 lockdown, in 
spite of tough operating conditions and restrictions. 

LOW NGEE TONG
Executive Chairman

02

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS

Mr  Low  is  a  qualified  Mechanical  Engineer,  having  graduated  from  the  National 
University  of  Singapore.  He  has  over  41  years  of  experience  in  the  steel,  ferro 
alloy and building materials industries in Asia. That experience was gained with 
Chiyoda  Limited,  a  global  Japanese  civil  engineering  group,  Intraco  Limited, 
Intraco Resources Pte Limited, and C Itoh Limited, a significant Japanese metals 
trading house. Mr Low has demonstrated a significant network for marketing in 
China  and  internationally.  He  was  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  OMH  since  its 
incorporation and subsequent listing in 1998. In October 2008, Mr Low became 
the Executive Chairman of OMH. Mr Low’s business relationships and reputation 
with  several  large  multinational  corporations  in  Asia  have  enabled  OMH  to 
successfully establish its profitable operations based in Singapore and extending 
to China, Malaysia, South Africa and Australia.

LOW NGEE TONG
Executive Chairman 
and Chief Executive 
Officer

Mr Zainul Abidin graduated with a Bachelor of Arts (Honours) in Economics and 
Malay  Studies  from  the  University  of  Singapore.  Mr  Zainul  was  a  Member  of 
Parliament  (from  1997-2011)  and  served  as  the  Senior  Minister  of  the  State  for 
the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Government of Singapore, a position he held 
since  2006.  Prior  to  serving in government  service,  Mr  Zainul  had an illustrious 
career in journalism which included the positions of Editor of Berita Harian, The 
Singapore Business, The Sunday Times and Associate Editor of The Straits Times. 

Mr Zainul currently serves as the Ambassador to Kuwait (Non-Resident) and was 
formerly the Foreign Minister’s Special Envoy to the Middle East. Mr Zainul also 
used  to  serve  as  a  Corporate  Adviser  to  Singapore’s  Temasek  International  Pte 
Ltd, and is now a member of the Temasek Foundation Cares Board of Directors. 
He is a member of the Nanyang Technological University Board of Trustees and 
Board of Directors of Mediacorp. 

Mr Zainul served numerous government agencies, councils and civic organizations 
including  Executive  Secretary  of  the  Singapore  Port  Workers’  Union,  a  member 
of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Port  of  Singapore  Authority,  President  of  the 
Singapore Islamic Religious Council, Chairman of the Malay Heritage Foundation, 
Chief Executive Officer of the Council for the Development of the Malay/Muslim 
Community (MENDAKI), the Council for Security Co-operation in the Asia Pacific, 
the  National  University  of  Singapore  Council  as  well  as  being  the  Patron  of  the 
Singapore Rugby Union and Adviser to the Hockey Federation. 

Mr Zainul Abidin is a member of the Company’s Remuneration Committee.

ZAINUL ABIDIN RASHEED
Independent 
Deputy Chairman

03

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Ms  Wolseley  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Commerce  degree  and  is  a  Chartered 
Accountant. She is the Principal of a corporate advisory company and has over 30 
years of experience as Company Secretary to a number of ASX-listed companies 
operating primarily in the resources sector. Previously Ms Wolseley was an Audit 
Manager both in Australia and overseas for an international accounting firm. Her 
expertise includes corporate secretarial, management accounting, financial and 
management  reporting  in  the  mining  industry,  IPOs,  capital  raisings,  cash  flow 
modelling  and  corporate  governance.  Ms  Wolseley  is  also  a  board  member  of 
Aquinas College, an independent school for boys in Perth, Western Australia. Ms 
Wolseley is a member of the Company’s Audit and Remuneration Committees.

Mr Tan Peng Chin was the founder, managing director and consultant of Tan Peng Chin 
LLC until he retired from the firm on 31 December 2015. Mr Tan was also a Notary 
Public and Commissioner for Oaths from 1995 to 2015. He was an Accredited Mediator 
with  the  Singapore  Mediation  Center.  Mr  Tan’s  legal  expertise  includes  corporate 
finance,  banking,  company  and  commercial  laws,  international  trade,  joint  ventures 
and  issues  concerning  shareholders  and  directors.  In  addition,  Mr  Tan  has  acted  in 
numerous cross border transactions in the course of his legal career spanning more 
than 37 years. Mr Tan has served as an Independent Director in numerous Singapore-
listed companies since 1996. 

He  was  also  a  member  of  the  Institutional  Review  Board  of  the  Singapore  National 
Cancer  Center  from  2007  to  2014.  Mr  Tan  was  instrumental  in  setting  up  Clarity 
Singapore Limited in 2010, a charity under the auspices of Caritas (the Catholic Church) 
to assist persons suffering from mental illnesses and was Chairman / Vice Chairman of 
the Board until his retirement from the Board in Oct 2021. Mr Tan has also volunteered 
with  various  charities  including  Christian  Outreach  for  the  Handicapped  and  the 
Roman Catholic Prison Ministry.  He is also a director of Orchestra of Music Makers Ltd. 

With his board experience in various companies in Asia and his legal expertise, Mr Tan 
is able to assist the Company in its strategic pursuits. He has been a Non-Executive 
Director  since  14  September  2007.  Mr  Tan  is  the  Chairman  of  the  Remuneration 
Committee. 

Mr  Teo  holds  a  Master  of  Business  in  Information  Technology  from  the  Royal 
Melbourne  Institute  of  Technology  and  a  Bachelor  of  Accountancy  degree  from 
the National University of Singapore. He is also a fellow member of the Institute of 
Singapore Chartered Accountants. Mr Teo is the Executive Director and Chief Financial 
Officer of G.K. Goh Holdings Limited, a diversified Singapore-listed investment group. 
Mr Teo’s executive responsibilities include financial and investment management as 
well as board representation on various subsidiaries and associates. Mr Teo joined 
the  Board  on  17  July  2008.  Mr  Teo  is  the  Chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee  and  a 
member of the Remuneration Committee.

DIRECTORS

JULIE ANNE WOLSELY
Non-Executive Director & 
Joint Company 
Secretary

TAN PENG CHIN
Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

THOMAS TEO LIANG HUAT
Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

04

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS

Dato’ Abdul Hamid Bin Sh Mohamed is a Fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified 
Accountant. He started off his career in an accounting firm before joining Bumiputera 
Merchant  Bankers  Berhad,  a  merchant  and  investment  bank,  and  subsequently 
Amanah Capital Malaysia Berhad.

He eventually joined the Kuala Lumpur Stock Exchange (“KLSE”), now known as Bursa 
Malaysia, where he rose from Senior Vice President Strategic Planning & International 
Affairs,  subsequently  to  Deputy  President  (Strategy  and  Development)  and  finally 
to the position of Chief Financial Officer. During his 5 years with KLSE, he led several 
major projects including the acquisition of Kuala Lumpur Options and Financial Futures 
Exchange,  Commodity  and  Monetary  Exchange  of  Malaysia  and  the  subsequent 
merger of both exchanges to form the Malaysian Derivatives Exchange, as well as the 
acquisition of Malaysian Exchange of Securities Dealing and Automated Quotation. He 
also led KLSE’s demutualisation exercise.

He holds directorships in various companies in Malaysia including Lembaga Tabung 
Haji (the National Pilgrims Fund Board), MMC Corporation Berhad (a listed company 
on Bursa Malaysia which was recently privatised), Maybank Investment Bank Berhad (a 
subsidiary and investment banking arm of Malayan Banking Berhad which is also listed 
on Bursa Malaysia), and Ekuiti Nasional Berhad (a Malaysian government-linked private 
equity company). He is currently the Executive Director of Symphony House Sdn Bhd, a 
privately owned investment holding company. 

Other  directorships  outside  Malaysia  include  Maybank  Kim  Eng  Holdings  Limited  in 
Singapore and PT Maybank Sekuritas Indonesia where both companies are involved 
with dealings in securities.

Dato’ Abdul Hamid Bin Sh Mohamed is a member of the Company’s Audit Committee.

DATO’ ABDUL HAMID 
BIN SH MOHAMED
Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

Ms Tan Ming-li is currently a partner of the Malaysian legal firm, Chooi & Company + 
Cheang & Ariff. She graduated with a double degree in Law (Hons) and Science from 
the University of Melbourne. She was called to the Malaysian Bar in 1994 and has 
been  in  legal  practice  for  over  26  years.  Her  areas  of  expertise  include  corporate 
and securities laws where she is involved in advising on capital market transactions, 
mergers  and  acquisitions,  corporate  restructuring  and  corporate  finance  related 
work.

She currently serves as an independent director for CapitaLand Malaysia Trust, BP 
Plastics Holding Berhad and Tune Protect Group Berhad (companies listed on Bursa 
Malaysia) and Tune Insurance Malaysia Berhad, a subsidiary of Tune Protect Group 
Berhad. 

TAN MING-LI
Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

05

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021KEY MANAGEMENT

NAME

POSITION

Heng Siow Kwee

Director, Group HR , Joint Company Secretary

Daphne Ang

Eugene Tan

Joint Group Financial Controller

Joint Group Financial Controller

Chen Xiao Dong

Managing Director, OM Sarawak

Dai Han Ping

Deputy Managing Director, OM Sarawak

Adrian Low

Managing Director, OMS

Fanie Van Jaarsveld

Managing Director, OMM

Don Heng

Managing Director, OMML

Goh Ping Choon

General Manager, Corporate, OMS

Mustapha Bin Ismuni

Director, OM Sarawak

Lisa Chee

General Manager, HR, OM Sarawak

Choi Pik Choing

Deputy General Manager, Finance, OM Sarawak

Liu Xian Feng

General Manager, OMQ

Pu Guo Liang

General Manager, Engineering, OMA

Chen Hui Zhi

General Manager, Trades, OMQT

06

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021CORPORATE DIRECTORY

Directors
Low Ngee Tong               
Zainul Abidin Rasheed      
Julie Anne Wolseley          
Tan Peng Chin                  
Thomas Teo Liang Huat   
Dato’ Abdul Hamid            
  Bin Sh Mohamed  
Tan Ming-li                       

(Executive Chairman)
(Independent Deputy Chairman)
(Non-Executive Director)
(Independent Non-Executive Director)
(Independent Non-Executive Director)

(Independent Non-Executive Director)
(Independent Non-Executive Director)

Name of Bankers
Bank of China
Commonwealth Bank of Australia
Export-Import Bank of Malaysia Berhad
Malayan Banking Berhad
RHB Bank Berhad
Standard Chartered Bank
United Overseas Bank Limited

Company Secretaries
Heng Siow Kwee
Julie Anne Wolseley
Conyers Corporate Services (Bermuda) Limited

ADDRESS OF COMPANY AND REGISTRIES

The address of the Corporate Office of the Company:
10 Eunos Road 8
#09-03A Singapore Post Centre
Singapore 408600
Telephone        
Facsimile         
Email               

: (65) 6346 5515
: (65) 6342 2242
: om@ommaterials.com

The address of the Bermuda Registered Office:
Clarendon House
2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11
Bermuda

Name and Address of Auditors
Foo Kon Tan LLP
Public Accountants and Chartered Accountants
24 Raffles Place , #07-03
Clifford Centre
Singapore 048621

Name and Address of Appointed Australian
Agent and Australian Registered Office:
OM Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd
102 Angelo Street
South Perth, WA 6151

Name of Bermuda Resident Representative
Conyers Corporate Services (Bermuda) Limited

Website       

: www.omholdingsltd.com

ASX Code 

: OMH

Bursa Code        : OMH(5298.KL)

The address of the Company’s 
Principal Share Registry in Bermuda:
Conyers Corporate Services (Bermuda) Limited
Clarendon House
2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11
Bermuda

The address of the Company’s 
Branch Share Registry in Australia:
Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd
Level 11 
172 St Georges Terrace
Perth, Western Australia 6000
Telephone      
Facsimile  
Website          

: (618) 9323 2000
: (618) 9323 2033
: www.computershare.com

The address of the Company’s 
Branch Share Registry in Malaysia:
Tricor Investor & Issuing House Services Sdn Bhd
Unit 32-01, Level 32
Tower A, Vertical Business Suite
Avenue 3, Bangsar South
No. 8 Jalan Kerinchi
59200 Kuala Lumpur
Malaysia
Telephone           
Facisimile 

: (603) 2783 9299
: (603) 2783 9222

07

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE STRUCTURE
as at 31 December 2021

(Incorporated in Bermuda)
(Malaysia Registration No.) 202002000012 (995782-P)
Listed on ASX on 19 March 1998
Listed on Bursa Malaysia on 22 June 2021

100%
(OMM)
OM (Manganese) Ltd
(Incorporated  in Australia)

100%
(OMH BVI)
OM Holdings (B.V.I) Ltd
(Incorporated in B.V.I)

100%
(OMH MU)
OMH (Mauritius) Corp.
(Incorporated in Mauritius)

100%
(OMR HK)
OM Resources (HK) 
Limited (Incorporated in 
Hong Kong)

26%
(NMPL)
Ntsimbintle Mining (Pty) Limited
(Incorporated in South Africa)

50.1%
(Tshipi Mines)
Tshipi e Ntle Manganese 
Mining (Pty) Limited
(Incorporated in South Africa) 

100%
(OMMY)
OM Resources (M) Sdn.Bhd.
(Incorporated in Malaysia)

100%
(OMS)
OM Materials (S) Pte Ltd
(Incorporated in 
Singapore)

100%
(OMST)
OM Materials Trade (S) Pte Ltd
(Incorporated in Singapore)

Subsidiaries
Associates

60%
(OMMR)
OM (ANR) 
Resources Sdn.Bhd.
(Incorporated in Malaysia)

100%
(OMME)
OM Engineering 
Tech (M) Sdn Bhd
(Incorporated in 
Malaysia)

75%
(OM Samalaju/OMSM)
OM Materials (Samalaju) Sdn.Bhd.
(Incorporated in Malaysia)

75%
(OM Sarawak/OMSA)
OM Materials (Sarawak) Sdn.Bhd.
(Incorporated in Malaysia)

100%
(OMML)
OM Materials & Logistics (M) Sdn Bhd
Formerly known as OM Materials (M) Sdn. Bhd.
(Incorporated in Malaysia) 

08

100%
(OMQT)
OM Materials Trading 
(Qinzhou) Co Ltd
(Incorporated in China)

100%
(OMQ)
OM Materials (Qinzhou) Co Ltd
(Incorporated in China)

70%
(OMA)
OM Hujin Science & Trade 
(Shanghai) Co Ltd 
(Incorporated in China)

33.33%
(OMJ)
OM Materials Japan Co.,Ltd
(Incorporated in Japan)

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

5 YEAR’S GROUP FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Financial years ended
31 December

2021
A$'million

2020
A$'million

2019
A$'million

2018
A$'million

2017
A$'million

Revenue

 1,040.8

 784.6

 1,026.5 

 1,510.4 

 988.2 

Profit/(loss) before 

income tax

Profit attributable 
to owners of the 
Company

 112.6

 (4.7)

 58.9 

 236.9 

 72.6 

 81.9

 5.4

 56.6 

 161.7 

 92.7 

Total assets

 1,299.3

 1,133.4

 1,202.7 

 1,278.2

 1,177.1

988.2 

1,510.4 

1,026.5 

784.6

Shareholders' funds

 505.3

 399.6

 424.9 

 388.6 

 228.0 

 1,040.8

Net tangible assets

610.3

 468.2

507.9

451.1

287.7

Revenue
(A$’million)

FY2020  
FY2021 

 784.6
1,040.8

FY2017

FY2018

FY2019

FY2020

FY2021

Total Assets Per Share
(A$)

FY2020  
FY2021 

1.54
1.76

FY2017

FY2018

FY2019

FY2020

FY2021

1.61

1.74

1.63

1.54

1.76

Gross Profit
(A$’million)

FY2020  
FY2021 

96.3
274.5

FY2017

FY2018

209.6

353.3

A$

A$

A$

A$

A$

Total assets per 

share

1.76

 1.54

 1.63

 1.74 

 1.61 

A$ cents A$ cents A$ cents A$ cents A$ cents

Net asset backing 

per share

82.84

 63.56

 68.94 

 61.24 

 39.34 

Basic profit per share

11.11

 0.73

 7.69 

 22.05 

 12.67 

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

Gross profit             

(A$ million)

Gross profit margin 

(%)

274.5

 96.3

 152.5 

 353.3 

 209.6 

26.4

 12.3

 14.9 

 23.4 

 21.2 

SALES BY INTERNATIONAL REGIONS

Region

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

%

%

%

%

%

Asia Pacific

 86.4 

 86.1 

 83.6 

 82.1 

 77.0 

Europe

 6.3 

 5.5 

 7.7 

 9.8 

 12.2 

Middle East

 3.6 

 6.3 

 3.9 

 5.5 

 6.1 

FY2019

152.5

FY2020

96.3

FY2021

274.5

Africa

Others

Total

 0.0 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 0.1 

 0.7 

 3.7 

 1.7 

 4.6 

 2.5

 4.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

 100.0 

09

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
GROUP OVERVIEW

KEY  OPERATING  ENTITIES  OF  OM 
HOLDINGS GROUP

OMH  is  the  investment  holding  company 
of  the  Group.  The  main  operating  entities 
within the Group are outlined below.

OM Materials (Qinzhou) 
Trading Co Ltd (“OMQT”) 
OMQT  is  the  distribution  arm  of  OMS  in  China. 
This  company  supports  the  operations  of  OMS  and 
distributes and trades materials in China.

OM Materials Qinzhou Co Ltd (“OMQ”) 
OMQ owns and operates a manganese alloy smelter 
in  Qinzhou,  Guangxi  province,  China.  The  smelter 
is  located  approximately  1km  from  the  Qinzhou 
port,  providing  OMQ  a  competitive  advantage  with 
respect  to  ease  of  access  to  seaborne  manganese 
ore.  OMQ  also  provides  the  Group  with  intangible 
benefits such as market intelligence and insights into 
smelter economics in China.

10

OM Materials (S) Pte Ltd (“OMS”)  
OMS, based in Singapore is the strategic trading hub 
of  the  Group.  It  handles  the  logistics,  marketing, 
product flow and distribution activities of the Group. 
Core  businesses  of  OMS  include  equity  ore  sales 
from Bootu Creek, marketing of OM Sarawak’s alloy 
production, as well as the distribution of third party 
ores to the Group’s global network of customers.

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM  Holdings  Limited  (“OMH”  or  the  “Company”)  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively  the  “Group”) 
have an established track record of over 25 years in exploration, project development, operations 
and marketing and trading. With vertically integrated operations globally in exploration, mining, 
smelting, sintering and marketing and trading, the Group is able to capture significant value and 
margins along the entire value chain.

The  Group’s  three  core  businesses  comprise  the  exploration  and  mining  of  manganese  ore, 
production of manganese alloys and ferrosilicon and the marketing and trading of manganese ore 
and ferroalloys.

Today, the Group is one of the world’s major ferrosilicon and manganese alloy producers. 

OM Materials (Sarawak) Sdn Bhd 
(“OM Sarawak / OMSA”) 
OM  Sarawak  owns  and  operates  a  ferrosilicon  and 
manganese alloy smelter in Sarawak, East Malaysia, 
with an annual  production capacity of approximately 
200,000  to  210,000  tonnes  of  ferrosilicon,  and 
approximately  250,000 
tonnes  of 
manganese alloy. The plant also consists of a sinter 
plant that has a design capacity to produce 250,000 
tonnes of sinter ore per annum. 

to  300,000 

OMH (Mauritius) Corp (“OMH MU”) 
OM  Mauritius  has  a  13%  effective  interest  in  the 
Tshipi  Borwa  Manganese  mine  located  in  the 
world-class Kalahari Manganese field located in the 
Northern  Cape  of  South  Africa.    The  Tshipi  Borwa 
Manganese mine currently has a production rate of 
approximately 3.3 to 3.6 million tonnes per annum 
and  the  Group  also  markets  its  13%  effective 
interest of the mine’s annual production.

located 

OM (Manganese) Ltd (“OMM”) 
OMM owns and operates the Bootu Creek manganese 
mine 
in  Northern  Territory,  Australia. 
The  Bootu  Creek  mine  is  located  approximately 
110km  north  of  Tennant  Creek.  Mining  operations 
commenced in November 2005 and the first batch of 
ore was processed in April 2006. Mining operations 
ceased on 13 December 2021.

11

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021PROCESSING AND SMELTING OPERATIONAL REVIEW 
SAMALAJU SMELTING COMPLEX

L
A
U
N
N
A

N
O
I
T
C
U
D
O
R
P

D
N
A
D
L
O
S

D
E
T
R
O
P
X
E

131,059  tonnes

216,539  tonnes

Ferrosilicon

Manganese Alloys

113,783   tonnes

203,938   tonnes

Ferrosilicon

Manganese Alloys

12

O M  H O L D I N G S L I M I T E D | A N N UA L R E P O R T 2 0 2 1

 
O M H O L D I N G S L I M I T E D | A N N UA L R E P O R T 2 0 2 1

13

PROCESSING AND SMELTING OPERATIONAL REVIEW 
SAMALAJU SMELTING COMPLEX

Aerial View of OM Sarawak

OVERVIEW

OM  Materials  (Sarawak)  Sdn  Bhd  (“OM  Sarawak”)  and  OM 
Materials (Samalaju) Sdn Bhd (“OM Samalaju”) are entities which 
are held 75%:25% respectively by OMH and Cahya Mata Sarawak 
Berhad,  a  conglomerate  listed  on  the  Main  Market  of  Bursa 
Malaysia.  OM  Materials  (Sarawak)  Sdn  Bhd  is  the  owner  of  the 
Ferroalloy  Smelting  Project  in  Sarawak,  Malaysia  (the  “Plant”). 
The Plant consists of 8 main workshops with a total of 16 units 
of 25.5 MVA furnaces, of which 10 furnaces are allocated for the 
production  of  ferrosilicon  and  6  units  have  been  modified  to 
produce  manganese  alloys.  The  Plant  has  a  design  production 
capacity of 200,000 to 210,000 tonnes of ferrosilicon and 250,000 
to 300,000 tonnes of manganese alloys per annum. The Plant also 
consists  of  a  sinter  plant  that  has  a  design  capacity  to  produce 
250,000 tonnes of sinter ore per annum.

PLANT CONSTRUCTION & DEVELOPMENT

Final  performance  testing  and  hot  commissioning  of  the  sinter 
plant  has  been  deferred  to  2022  due  to  the  absence  of  onsite 
experienced  contractors  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic 
and  travel  restrictions  imposed.  The  sinter  plant  was  in  trial 
production phases throughout 2021 while awaiting final technical 
commissioning.  

Similarly,  the  project  to  convert  2  ferrosilicon  furnaces  to 
produce manganese alloy was also impacted with the completion 
date  deferred  to  2022.  The  majority  of  the  ancillary  works 
comprising  of  civil  and  structure  modification  works  performed 
by  local  contractors  was  completed  in  2021  while  equipment 
installation  works  only  commenced  with  the  gradual  arrival  of 
Chinese contractors in December 2021. Continuous engagement 
with  relevant  authorities  to  manage  the  immigration  approval 
processes for contractors is ongoing. This project is targeted to 
be commissioned by the third quarter of 2022.

To  further  extend  the  existing  product  range  by  diversifying 
into  aluminium,  chemicals  and  solar  downstream  industries, 
OM  Sarawak  initiated  another  conversion  project  in  December 
2021, to convert 2 ferrosilicon furnaces to produce silicon metal. 
Dismantling  and  demolishing  of  equipment  and  civil  structure 
are  in  progress.  Barring  any  unforeseen  circumstances,  the 
hot  commissioning  and  testing  works  are  expected  to  occur  in 
December 2022.  

14

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021PROCESSING AND SMELTING OPERATIONAL REVIEW 
SAMALAJU SMELTING COMPLEX

OPERATIONS

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  negatively  affected  the  business 
operations  of  many  countries  and  impacted  on  the  global 
economy. COVID-19 cases in Sarawak reached a peak, registering 
4,709 cases on 15 September 2021. The outbreak was gradually 
controlled  and  daily  COVID-19  cases  dropped  drastically  to 
less  than  50  cases  per  day  by  the  end  of  2021  following  high 
vaccination rates achieved in Sarawak in Q4 2021.

OM Sarawak was placed under temporary suspension to halt all 
production activities from 28 May 2021 to 25 June 2021 following 
directions from relevant Government Authorities after an active 
COVID-19 case detection exercise was carried out.

With the resurgence of COVID-19 cases in Malaysia, strict travel 
restrictions  with  additional  COVID-19  protocols  continued  to 
be imposed, impeding the hiring of foreign skilled workforce to 
complement  the  local  workforce.  The  lack  of  skilled  manpower 
continued to impact the Plant’s ability to operate at full capacity. 
In 2021, 12 out of 16 furnaces were in operation with 6 furnaces 
producing  ferrosilicon  and  6  furnaces  producing  manganese 
alloys. Of the remaining 4 ferrosilicon furnaces, 2 furnaces were 
undergoing  conversion  to  produce  manganese  alloys  while  the 
remaining 2 furnaces were idled due to manpower constraints.  

The hiring of new Chinese skilled workers remains a challenge due 
to strict COVID-19 protocols imposed in both Malaysia and China. 
The long mobilisation lead time due to the slow pace of approvals 
and the resumption of home leave rotations for foreign workers 
thus continued to impact the Plant’s total realisable capacity.

Annual production of 131,059 tonnes of ferrosilicon and 216,539 
tonnes  of  manganese  alloys,  which  comprised  silicomanganese 
and high carbon ferromanganese, were recorded during the year 
2021. Ferrosilicon production reduced by 22% compared to 2020 
due to the reduction of production capacity with 4 furnaces not 
in  operation  for  the  entire  2021.  Manganese  alloy  production 
volumes  decreased  by  5%,  mainly  attributed  to  the  change  in 
the product mix where 95% of the manganese alloy production 
output  was  for  silicomanganese,  a  product  with  lower  daily 
production output compared to high carbon ferromanganese.

in  2021  for  ferrosilicon  and 
Consequently,  sales  volumes 
manganese  alloys  dropped  by  approximately  34%  or  57,719 
tonnes and 12% or 27,191 tonnes respectively mainly attributed 
to the lower inventory of finished goods available for shipment 
due  to  the  temporary  suspension  of  the  Plant  and  reduced 
production output in Q2 2021.

Product
(tonnes)

Production

Years ended 31 December

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

Ferrosilicon (FeSi)

131,059

167,443

230,735

220,515

174,540

Manganese Alloys (SiMn, HCFeMn)

216,539

227,406

248,163

242,341

173,911

Manganese Sinter Ore 
(trial production)

Sales

99,824

24,125

–

–

–

Ferrosilicon (FeSi)

113,783

171,502

219,828

225,749

182,316

Manganese Alloys (SiMn, HCFeMn)

203,938

231,129

240,280

241,166

159,533

Manganese Sinter Ore 
(trial production)

7,132

–

–

–

–

15

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021MARKETING & TRADING 
OPERATIONAL REVIEW

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

2,367,957 tonnes

Ores and Alloys 

1,958,507 tonnes

Ores and Alloys 

16

O M  H O L D I N G S L I M I T E D | A N N UA L R E P O R T 2 0 2 1

O M H O L D I N G S L I M I T E D | A N N UA L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 1

17

MARKETING & TRADING 
OPERATIONAL REVIEW

OVERVIEW AND UPDATE IN 2021

Global trading activities have been reshaped due to the COVID-19 
pandemic. Countries affected by COVID-19 implemented various 
lockdown  measures,  which  caused  significant  slowdown  of 
industrial activities. Sales orders flowed towards countries that 
were less severely affected by COVID-19, particularly China and 
the Far East region.

Throughout  2021,  freight  rates  from  the  Far  East  remained 
high, posing challenges to all exporters. The Group maintained 
a strong focus in Asia leveraging relative freight rates.

Ferroalloy  prices  surged  as  a  result  of  supply  concerns  from 
China in Q3 2021.  This was mainly due to government policies 

in  China  related  to  the  on-going  domestic  power  shortages, 
with  power  rationing  imposed  on  energy-intensive  industries. 
By leveraging on a reliable hydropower supply and a stable cost 
structure,  the  Group  was  able  to  maintain  its  cost  advantage 
and  tap  into  the  opportunity  of  the  spike  in  ferroalloy  prices, 
especially in 2H 2021.

With  the  easing  of  the  energy  crunch  in  China,  ferroalloy 
prices  have  since  moderated  to  a  reasonable  support  level 
from  historical  peaks  in  2021.  Nonetheless,  the  impact  may 
be  prolonged  given  the  elevated  cost  of  power  around  the 
world.  This  structural  change  in  ferroalloy  markets  effectively 
strengthens the Group’s cost competitiveness.

2021 SALES BY GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENT

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

%

86.4

6.3

3.6

0.0

3.7

%

86.1

5.5

6.3

0.4

1.7

%

83.6

7.7

3.9

0.2

4.6

%

82.1

9.8

5.5

0.1

2.5

%

77.0

12.2

6.1

0.7

4.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

Region

Asia Pacific

Europe

Middle East

Africa

Others

Total

18

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021MINING OPERATIONAL REVIEW
BOOTU CREEK MINE

L
A
U
N
N
A

N
O
I
T
C
U
D
O
R
P

S
E
L
A
S

L
A
R
E
N
M

I

S
E
C
R
U
O
S
E
R

854,487 tonnes 

an average grade of 28.42% Mn

697,328 tonnes

an average grade of 28.49% Mn

6.92 million tonnes

13.18% Mn as at 31 December 2021

O M H O L D I N G S L I M I T E D | A N N UA L  R E P O R T 2 0 2 1

19

MINING OPERATIONAL REVIEW
BOOTU CREEK MINE

OVERVIEW 

OM (Manganese) Ltd (“OMM”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of 
OMH with its main activities being exploration and mining (up 
until  December  2021)  of  manganese  ore  at  the  Bootu  Creek 
Mine. The Bootu Creek Mine is located 110 km north of Tennant 
Creek  in  the  Northern  Territory  of  Australia.  OMM’s  principal 
administration office is in Perth, Western Australia.

The  exploration  and  subsequent  development  of  the  Bootu 
Creek  Project  commenced 
in  September  2001.  Mining 
operations commenced in November 2005 and the first batch 
of ore was processed in April 2006. 

The  main  mineral  lease  (ML24031)  is  in  the  Bootu  Creek  area 
on pastoral leases, where the mining and processing operations 
were based and where the currently defined Mineral Resources 
(excluding Renner West deposit, located on EL28041) have been 
identified.

A preliminary feasibility study including metallurgical test work 
and  mine  assessment  of  the  Renner  West  Inferred  Resource 
commenced in 2020 with the view of upgrading the deposit to 
Ore Reserve status. The Renner Springs Project area is located 
approximately 70 km northwest of the Bootu Creek mine site, 
covering an extensive dolomite-siltstone sequence which hosts 
several shallow dipping and flat lying manganese occurrences. 

The  Bootu  Creek  Project  area  contains  several  manganese 
deposits  located  along  the  western  and  eastern  limbs  of 
the  Bootu  syncline.  The  individual  mineralised  horizons  are 
generally strata-bound in character and can persist over strike 
lengths of up to 3 km. The Mineral Resources defined to date at 
the project are long shallow, gently dipping deposits amenable 
to open-pit mining. 

Mining  at  the  Bootu  Creek  Mine  was  carried  out  using  a 
conventional  open-cut  method  of  mining,  blasting  and 
excavation using hydraulic excavators and dump trucks. 

The  Bootu  Creek  plant  was  a  relatively  simple  crushing  and 
screening  operation,  followed  by  heavy  media  separation 
(HMS)  to  concentrate  the  manganese  minerals.  The  plant 
comprised  of  three  separately  built  processing  plants.  The 
original  primary  processing  plant  (PPP)  was  commissioned  in 
2006 and processed the Run of Mine (ROM) ore. The secondary 
in  December  2009 
processing  plant  (SPP)  commissioned 

Figure 1. Locality Plan

abutted the  PPP  and selectively  processed drum  plant  rejects 
and washed fines from the PPP and previously stockpiled drum 
plant rejects.  

The Ultra Fines Plant (UFP) abuts the SPP and processes the PPP 
scrubber tails, recovered rejects and historical tailings deposits. 
The PPP was designed to produce a nominal 550,000 tonnes of 
product per annum, comprising about 420,000 tonnes of lump 
and about 130,000 tonnes of fines. Numerous capital upgrades 
and  improvements  increased  the  PPP’s  production  capacity 
to  approximately  800,000  tonnes  of  product  per  annum.  The 
commissioning  of  the  SPP  in  2009  added  a  further  capacity 
of  approximately  200,000  tonnes  bringing  the  combined 
production  capacity  from  the  two  plants  to  approximately  1 
million tonnes per annum dependent upon the characteristics 
of the ore being fed.

The addition of the UFP (i.e., the third plant) in March 2020, was 
designed  to  treat  the  tailings  streams  and  produce  a  nominal 
250,000 tonnes per annum. There has been a number of start-
up  issues  associated  with  the  UFP  including  poor  screening 
efficiencies  which  affected  the  downstream  separation  and 
optimisation of the classifiers. This contributed to lower product 
grades  and  yields.  Several  screen  media  have  been  trialled  to 
improve  the  screening  efficiencies  and  rectification  works  are 
ongoing  with  measures  implemented  aimed  at  optimising  the 
performance of the UFP. 

Figure 2.  Bootu Processing Facility

20

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021The processing of manganese ore is described diagrammatically below: 

MINING OPERATIONAL REVIEW
BOOTU CREEK MINE

Figure 3. Bootu Creek Manganese Processing Plant Schematic

Figure 4. Bootu Creek location and Tenement plan

Manganese product produced on the mine site was transported 60 km to the Muckaty Rail Siding on a sealed private road and then 
approximately 800 km to the Darwin Port via the Alice Springs to Darwin rail line. 

Manganese product was stockpiled at the rail head at the Darwin Port prior to being transported to the port ship loader and loaded 
onto vessels for shipping to overseas markets. OMM achieved production of 854,487 tonnes at an average grade of 28.42% Mn for 
the year ended 31 December 2021. The mining strategy was centred around 2 digger fleets which focused on the completion of the 
Chugga Far North E and F and Shekuma 8 pits located on the Eastern Limb of the Bootu Creek Syncline. Open pit mining ceased on 
13 December 2021.

During the 2021 financial year, a total of 697,328 tonnes of manganese product was exported through the Darwin Port.

21

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021MINING OPERATIONAL REVIEW
BOOTU CREEK MINE

Unit

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

Years ended 31 December

 Mining 
 Total Material Mined 
 Ore Mined - Tonnes 
 Ore Mined - Mn Grade 

 Production 
 Lump - Tonnes 

bcms
dt
%

dt

%
 Lump - Mn Grade 
dt
 Fines/SPP/UFP - Tonnes 
%
 Fines/SPP/UFP - Mn Grade 
dt
 Total Production - Tonnes 
 Total Production - Mn Grade  %

 Sales 
 Lump - Tonnes 
 Lump - Mn Grade 

 Fines/SPP/UFP - Tonnes 

 Fines/SPP/UFP - Mn Grade 
 Total Sales - Tonnes 
 Total Sales - Mn Grade 

dt
%

dt

%
dt
%

4,737,723
1,131,066
20.85

7,411,431
1,008,015
19.19

5,748,339
1,034,190
20.48

8,426,107
1,819,012
21.94

5,970,784
1,587,630
21.32

678,337

27.25
176,150
32.95
854,487
28.42

551,448
27.09

145,879

33.77
697,328
28.49

607,411

26.72
130,608
34.51
738,019
28.10

553,976
26.56

88,755

35.34
642,731
27.78

438,509

32.83
131,581
36.62
570,090
33.71

452,774
32.91

168,772

36.40
621,546
33.86

622,279

35.50
191,761
36.64
814,040
35.77

593,778
35.66

203,238

36.62
797,015
35.90

465,235

35.60
190,914
36.50
656,149
35.87

462,234
35.61

184,385

36.60
646,619
35.89

Table 1. Production and Sales FY2017 – FY2021

Annual Manganese Production

’

s
t
d
e
r
O
n
M

1,000,000

900,000

800,000

700,000

600,000

500,000

400,000

300,000

200,000

100,000

-

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016*

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

*Note – No production and mining activity conducted in FY2016

Year

Annual Total Material Mined

’

s
M
C
B
s
n
o

i
l
l
i

M

14.00

12.00

10.00

8.00

6.00

4.00

2.00

-

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016*

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

*Note – No production and mining activity conducted in FY2016

Year

Annual Manganese Shipments

’

s
t
d
e
r
O
n
M

1,200,000

1,000,000

800,000

600,000

400,000

200,000

-

22

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Year

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
MINING OPERATIONAL REVIEW
BOOTU CREEK MINE

Bootu Creek Mineral Resource 

The  31  December  2020  Mineral  Resource  of  9.43  million  tonnes  was  depleted  in  2021  by  the  processing  of  2.52  million  tonnes 
of mined ore and stockpiled ore tonnes, the mined ore mainly sourced from the now completed Chugga Far North E and F and 
Shekuma 8 pits. Ore stockpile tonnes decreased by 1.64 million tonnes at the end of 2021 when compared to 31 December 2020.

Undiluted
Deposit:
CFN
Masai 5
Tourag
ZuluSouth
Renner West
Insitu Resource*
ROM Stocks

SPP Stocks
UFP Rejects
UFP Tailings
Total Resource*

Measured

Mt

%Mn

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

Indicated

Mt
0.35
0.13
0.67
0.23
0.28
1.66
0.16

0.04
2.07
2.99
6.92

%Mn
23.09
26.47
22.69
20.91
22.26
22.75
13.50

14.50
12.10
8.59
13.18

Inferred

Mt

%Mn

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

Combined*

Mt
0.35
0.13
0.67
0.23
0.28
1.66
0.16

0.04
2.07
2.99
6.92

%Mn
23.09
26.47
22.69
20.91
22.26
22.75
13.50

14.50
12.10
8.59
13.18

*Rounding gives rise to unit discrepancies in this table

Table 2. Bootu Creek Mineral Resource as at 31 December 2021

Figure  5.  Location  Plan  for  the  Bootu  Creek  Mineral  Resources  as  at  31 
December 2021

CFN

Masai

Shekuma

Tourag

Zulu South

Renner West

Insitu Total*

ROM Stocks

SPP Stocks

UFP Rejects

UFP Tailings

Grand Total*

31 Dec 2020 at 15% Mn cutoff

31 Dec 2021 at 15% Mn cutoff

Change*

Mined

Pit Base

195

245

220

230

255

Pit Base

195

245

170

220

230

255

Mt

0.75

0.09

0.51

0.67

0.23

0.28

2.53

0.16

0.47

3.18

3.09

9.43

%Mn

22.91

26.85

24.54

22.69

20.91

22.26

23.07

14.31

15.76

13.97

10.99

15.53

Mt

0.35

0.13

0.00

0.67

0.23

0.28

1.66

0.16

0.04

2.07

2.99

6.92

%Mn

23.09

26.47

0.00

22.69

20.91

22.26

22.75

13.50

14.50

12.10

8.59

13.18

Mt

-0.40

0.04

-0.51

0.00

0.00

0.00

-0.87

0.00

-0.43

-1.11

-0.10

-2.52

Mt

-0.60

0.00

-0.53

0.00

0.00

0.00

-1.13

-1.13

Table 3: 31 December 2021 Mineral Resource vs 31 December 2020 Mineral Resource

The above Indicated Mineral Resources for Tourag, Chugga Far North G and H, Masai 5 and Zulu South deposits will be revised, 
subject to satisfactory geotechnical assessment and optimised pit designs.

23

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021MINING OPERATIONAL REVIEW
BOOTU CREEK MINE

2021 Bootu Creek Exploration Program 

The Renner Springs exploration program planned for 2021 was 
deferred  to  2022,  due  to  delays  arising  from  COVID-19  travel 
restrictions and pending Heritage surveys. 

Drilling  at  Bootu  Creek  was  limited  to  12  RC  infill  resource 
delineation  holes  at  Masai  5  deposit,  and  5  geotechnical 
diamond  drill  holes  including  2  at  Zulu  South  deposit  and  3 
at  Masai  5  deposit.  The  infill  drilling  at  Masai  5  has  increased 
confidence in ore continuity and grade.

Exploration – Bryah Basin (OMM – 40%, Bryah 
Resources Limited – 60% as of 31 December 
2021)

In  April  2019  OMM  entered  into  a  Farm-In  and  Joint  Venture 
Agreement  with  Bryah  Resources  Limited  (Bryah)  for  the 
manganese  rights  in  approximately  660  km2  of  exploration 
tenements  in  the  Bryah  Basin,  located  approximately  150 
km  north  of  the  town  of  Meekatharra  in  central  Western 
Australia. The agreement includes the historic Horseshoe South 
Manganese mine which has been the largest, and highest grade, 
manganese mine in the region.

Under the terms of the agreement, OMM paid Bryah A$500,000 
in  two  cash  instalments  and  funded  an  additional  A$500,000 
of exploration expenditure in the initial exploration program to 
earn an initial 10% Joint Venture interest at the end of August 
2019 (first tranche of Stage 2).

The  results  of  the  initial  exploration  drilling  were  sufficiently 
encouraging  for  OMM  to  proceed  with  Stage  2  of  the  Joint 
Venture  whereby  OMM  elected  to  fund  an  additional  A$2.0 
million (in 4 tranches of $0.5 million) in manganese exploration 
by 30 June 2022 to earn an additional 41% Joint Venture interest 
which  would  take  OMM’s  shareholding  to  51%  of  the  project. 
The  funding  requirement  under  this  joint  venture  has  been 
completed and OMM‘s interest in the joint venture increased to 
51% with effect from 17 February 2022. With OMM taking 51% 
ownership of the joint venture, OMM will also take overall joint 
venture management control. 

Induced  Polarisation 

Following  a  Gradient  Array 
(GAIP) 
geophysical  survey,  RC  drilling  was  completed  in  September 
2021,  with  assay  results  received.  The  GAIP  survey  identified 
anomalous  targets  south  of  the  previously  drilled  Brumby 
West  deposit  and  a  newly  defined  area  called  Redrum  to  the 
southeast of Area 74.

Brumby West results included –

BRRC152  
BRRC156  
BRRC157  
BRRC164  
BRRC165  
BRRC166  
BRRC167  
BRRC170  
BRRC174  
BRRC176  
BRRC178  

8m @ 27.1% Mn & 19.4% Fe from 3m
12m @ 27.5% Mn & 16.0% Fe from 12m
3m @ 22.6% Mn & 19.0% Fe from 16m
6m @ 23.2% Mn & 21.8% Fe from 12m
10m @ 29.4% Mn & 16.3% Fe from 13m
7m @ 21.7% Mn & 23.2% Fe from 17m
14m @ 26.0% Mn & 15.9% Fe from 22m
17m @ 23.2% Mn & 17.9% Fe from 13m
3m @ 23.9% Mn & 21.2% Fe from 1m
3m @ 21.1% Mn & 23.3% Fe from 5m
12m @ 27.0% Mn & 18.1% Fe from 13m

Results  are  located  to  the  east  and  extend  80  metres  to  the 
south of the previously defined deposit and remain open to the 
south and down dip to the east.

The  results  have  been  modelled  and  included  in  the  Mineral 
Resource  published  in  ASX  Announcement  –  “Maiden  Bryah 
Basin  Mineral  Resource”  on  3rd  March  2022.  Refer  to  that 
announcement  for  estimation  details  included  in  the  ASX 
Summary  Information  document  and  JORC  (2012  Edition) 
Tables.  

24

The  total  Inferred  and  Indicated  JORC  2012  compliant  Mineral 
Resources are 1.84 million tonnes (MT) at 21% Mn and includes 
0.65 Mt at 20% Mn on granted Mining Lease M52/806.

• 

• 

Total  Indicated  Mineral  Resources  are  1.08Mt  at  22%  Mn, 
and
Total Inferred Mineral Resources are 0.79MT at 20% Mn

Mineral  Resources  were  estimated  over  6  prospect  areas 
including  Area  74,  Brumby  Creek  East,  Brumby  Creek  West, 
Black Hill, Horseshoe South and Horseshoe Extended.

Figure 6. Location Plan for the Bryah Basin Manganese Farm-In.

The Redrum results were generally narrower, but are still open 
to the west and include:

RRRC016  
RRRC020  
RRRC022  
RRRC023  

7m @ 18.7% Mn & 25.3% Fe from 6m
6m @ 21.9% Mn & 17.6% Fe from 11m
4m @ 21.3% Mn & 20.6% Fe from 22m
2m @ 22.6% Mn & 25.0% Fe from 36m

These intersections are not incorporated into the recent Mineral 
Resource but the target area remains open along strike to the 
west and to the east.

Bulk  ore  sorter  trials  have  recently  been  undertaken  with 
Steinert  and  visual  results  look  encouraging.  The  sorting 
included  discrimination  by  colour,  density,  and 
induction 
(chargeability). 

Assay results are yet to be received. The bulk ore samples (3 x 
approximately 200kg each) were sourced from PQ diamond core 
drilled at Area 74, Brumby East, Brumby West and Horseshoe 
Extended. 

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021MINING OPERATIONAL REVIEW
BOOTU CREEK MINE

701  Mile  Manganese  Project  with  Great  Sandy 
Pty Ltd (“701 Mile Manganese Project”)

OMM  executed  a  Farm-in  and  Exploration 
Joint  Venture 
Agreement with Great Sandy Pty Ltd for the 701 Mile Manganese 
Project, located approximately 90km southeast of Newman.

The manganese outcrop area has not been drill tested to date 
and there is no existing mineral resource estimate for the 701 
Mile Manganese Project.

Activity to date has been limited to a drone survey for geology 
mapping and drill site planning. A Plan of Works (POW) has been 
approved by the Department of Mines, Industry Regulation and 
Safety (DMIRS).  Ethnographic and Archaeological surveys were 
completed  in  November  2021  and  have  cleared  the  proposed 
drill  area  of  any  Aboriginal  Heritage  or  sacred  sites.  An  initial 
wide  spread  70  RC  drill  hole  program  is  planned  for  Q2  2022 
with proposed drill grid spacing of 200m x 100m.

Figure 7. Proposed Initial 70-hole RC drill program

The information in this report which relates to Reporting of Exploration Results and Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves 
estimation is based on information compiled and checked by Mr Craig Reddell, an employee of OM (Manganese) Limited. 
Mr Reddell is a Member of the Australian Institute of Geoscientists (AIG) and has sufficient experience which is relevant to 
the style of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and to the activity which he is undertaking to qualify 
as a Competent Person as defined in the JORC 2012 Edition of the “Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, 
Mineral  Resources  and  Ore  Reserves”.  Mr  Reddell  consents  to  the  inclusion  in  the  report  of  the  matters  based  on  this 
information in the form and context in which it appears.

25

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021TSHIPI É NTLE MANGANESE MINING PROPRIETARY LTD 
(“TSHIPI”)

Tshipi Project Location

TSHIPI EXPORTS TOTALLED 

3,225,727 tonnes

2021

•   A  world-class  low  cost  long-life  manganese 

asset.

•   Largest  manganese  mine  in  South  Africa  in 

terms  of  production  and  export  and  one  of 

the five largest manganese mines globally.

•   Tshipi commenced exporting manganese ore 

in 2012.

•   Total exports included both lump and fines. 

Overview

OMH has an effective 13% interest in Tshipi through its 26% strategic partnership with Ntsimbintle Holdings Proprietary Limited, 
the majority 50.1% owner of Tshipi. The remaining 49.9% share is owned by Jupiter Mines Limited.

Tshipi owns a manganese property in the world-class Kalahari Manganese Field located in the Northern Cape of South Africa. The 
Kalahari Manganese Field, which stretches for 35km long and is approximately 15km wide, hosts a significant portion of the world’s 
economically mineable high grade manganese ore resources.

The  Tshipi  Borwa  mine  is  an  open  pit  manganese  mine  with  an  integrated  ore  processing  plant  which  commenced  production 
in October 2012. As of 28 February 2021, Tshipi Borwa Mine has a total Mineral Resource Estimation of circa 423 million tonnes 
in accordance with JORC Code (2012). In 2021, despite a challenging year due to mining and COVID-19 related restrictions, Tshipi 
exported a total of 3,225,727 tonnes of manganese ore.

The  Tshipi  Borwa  Mine  is  located  on  the  south  western  outer  rim  of  the  Kalahari  Manganese  Field  making  the  ore  resources 
shallower and more amenable to open pit mining.

The Tshipi Borwa ore body commences at a depth of 70m below the surface and the ore body is contained within a 30m to 45m thick 
mineralised zone which occurs along the entire Borwa Property. The ore layer dips gradually to the north-west at approximately 5 
degrees.

Tshipi’s strategy is to mine and process the lower 15m of the mineralised zone, commonly known as the bottom cut, as it bears a 
higher grade ore. A portion of the upper 15m mineralised zone, referred to as the top cut, is planned to be stockpiled for possible 
use later.

Mining of Tshipi Borwa is a relatively simple truck and shovel open cast operation. Once exposed the manganese ore is drilled, 
blasted and loaded onto trucks and hauled to the main ROM stockpile.

The  ROM  stockpile  feeds  the  processing  plant  which  is  designed  to  treat  approximately  3.3  to  3.6  million  tonnes  per  annum  of 
manganese ore.

These products are stockpiled before loading through a state-of-the art load-out station onto railway trains or road trucks.

Inland transportation of manganese products from the mine site is carried out by rail, and complemented by a combination of road 
and rail solutions to increase logistics capacity.

Tshipi’s product is then exported through (i) the Port Elizabeth bulk terminal; (ii) the Port Elizabeth multi-purpose terminal; or (iii) 
the Saldanha multi-purpose terminal.

Tshipi Ownership Structure

OM Holdings Limited

100%

OMH (Mauritius) Corp

26%

Ntsimbintle Holdings
Proprietary Limited

74%

26

Jupiter Mines Limited

49.9%

Ntsimbintle Mining 
Proprietary Limited

50.1%

Tshipi é Ntle Manganese
Mining Proprietary Limited

Tshipi Borwa Mine

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021ASX LISTING RULE 5.8.1 
SUMMARY INFORMATION

Mineral Resource estimation summary: 

The Bootu Creek manganese deposits are strata-bound, located at the contact between the underlying dolomite-siltstone Attack 
Creek Formation and the overlying ridge forming sandstone of the Bootu Formation in the Tomkinson Group, within the Ashburton 
Province of the Palaeozoic Tennant Creek Inlier.  The mineralised manganese bearing sandstone horizon is folded around the gentle 
NNW plunging Bootu Syncline, can be traced for 24km and dips around 30o towards the fold axis.

The manganese ore is supergene enriched within a deeply weathered profile.  The Bootu Creek pre-mining manganese resource 
models have a combined strike length of 16 km, with deposit models ranging from 0.7 km to 2.9 km in length.  Mineralisation widths 
vary from 3 m to 15 m and ore mineralogy consists predominately of Pyrolusite and Cryptomelane in a silica rich gangue within the 
supergene zone, overlaying a Rhodochrosite and Braunite unweathered zone at depths of greater than 90m from surface.

All  Bootu  Creek  resource  models,  other  than  Renner  West,  are  located  within  Mineral  Lease  ML24031,  located  120  km  north  of 
Tennant Creek, Northern Territory, Australia. The Renner West Inferred Mineral Resource is located on EL28041 and located 70 km 
NW of the Bootu Creek mine site.  Both tenements are granted, 100% owned by OMM and have no security of tenure issues at the 
time of reporting.

Resources at Bootu Creek (“BC”) are predominantly sampled by vertical 5.5” face sampling Reverse Circulation (RC) drilling (91% of 
total drilled), HQ3 diamond (DD) drilling (2%) and open percussion (PC) drilling (7%), based on a nominal 50 m x 25 m spaced grid.   
Hole depths range from 12 m to 156 m and collar locations are picked up by Mine Surveyors using MGA94 co-ordinates. The 31 
December 2021 BC resource delineation dataset for Bootu Creek (trimmed to remaining resource models) comprised 390 drill holes 
for 25,338 metres and the Renner West (RW) dataset had 145 drill holes for 6,284 metres. Tailings in TSF 1, TSF 2 and TSF 3 at Bootu 
Creek were sampled by 49 core holes for 455 metres, drilled utilising a track mounted Power Probe earth core drill. The 17 diamond 
holes  drilled  at  Bootu  Creek  and  Renner  Springs  in  2019-2021,  within  current  or  since  mined  resource  models,  were  drilled  to 
provide core in order to assess geotechnical parameters and metallurgical characteristics. All recovered drill core is photographed.

Sampling of RC holes is done on 1 metre downhole intervals and rotary split to produce approximately 3 kg samples.  Intervals 
selected for analysis are generally limited to visible manganese mineralisation and adjacent host rock.  Mineralised diamond core 
is quarter sawn to obtain 1 metre or geological intervals, with half core retained for density determination and metallurgical test 
work.  Earth core samples were at 1.2 metre downhole intervals and split lengthways for assay and metallurgical samples. All drill 
samples are crushed, dried and pulverised (total prep) to produce a sub sample for XRF analysis.  Field quality control procedures 
involve the use of field duplicates, certified BC standards (at an insertion rate of approx. 1:130) and use of a number of commercial 
laboratories for analysis.

The sample preparation of RC and earth core samples involve oven drying and full pulverisation before splitting off an XRF assay 
sub-sample. Diamond core assay samples are quarter sawn, jaw crushed and follow the same sample preparation technique.  A 
pulp sub-sample is collected for analysis by XRF for the following elements: Mn, Fe, Al2O3, SiO2, P, Pb, S, TiO2, MgO, K2O, BaO, CaO, Cu, 
Zn and Co3O4. LOI (loss on ignition) is assessed by thermo-gravimetric determination. Laboratory QAQC involves the use of internal 
laboratory standards using certified reference material, blanks, splits and replicates as part of the in house procedures. 

OM (Manganese) Ltd (“OMM”) developed 6 reference standards in 2007 and 2010 for a range of manganese grade values, using 
blends of Mn, Fe and quartz material.  These were sent to 10 commercial laboratories with returned values in the +-2% range against 
the mean value.  BC standards are submitted with each assay batch and results monitored to maintain an independent check on 
laboratory assays.

There  is  a  high  degree  of  confidence  in  the  geological  interpretation  of  the  Bootu  Creek  manganese  deposits  gained  through 
extensive close spaced drill testing, a relatively planar strata-bound geological setting and several years of active mining at this 
mature mining operation.  Ore mineralogy was determined by XRD analysis and optical petrology on selected drill core, RC chip and 
lump product (gravity concentrate) samples.  

Resource models were digitised and wire-framed from updated interpreted geological and assay drill cross sections prepared by 
OMM.  These wireframes were used to select resource drill intersections and composite data was extracted for Mn, Fe, SiO2, Al2O3, 
BaO and P based on one metre sample increments. The nugget effect from variography represented only 20% - 30% of the total 
variability, suggesting low inherent random behaviour for the manganese mineralisation, and did not warrant grade capping.

The models were estimated using the Ordinary Kriging (OK) estimation technique with Surpac resource estimation software, and 
coded with attributes for material type, resource classification, model domain and against OMM survey pit pickups.  Block Model 
Parent Cells are 25 m (Y) by 10 m (X) by 5 m (Z) and compare favourably with maximum drill spacing of 50 m by 25 m or 40 m by 20 
m.  The along strike search radius varied from 130 m in the shorter or faulted models through to 290 m for the highly continuous 
Chugga-Gogo.  The number of samples was set at a minimum of 15 and a maximum of 32 for passes 1 & 2.  Pass 3 used a minimum 
of 2 samples to fill model extents.  Search ranges varied from 130 m up to 290 m in the deposits of up to 3 km strike length.  The 
search ellipsoids were flattened disc shapes in the plane of the mineralisation with varying anisotropic ratios designed to model 
shallowly plunging manganese trends within the domains.  

Current  bulk  density  regression  formulae  are  based  on  366  waxed  (or  waxed  equivalent)  HQ3  core  samples  selected  from  52 
metallurgical  composites  distributed  through  all  deposits  included  in  the  Ore  Reserve.    The  bulk  density  measurements  were 
determined in 2009 by Amdel (Perth) using the wet and dry methodology. Six density regressions were determined for Chugga/
Gogo,  Shekuma,  Xhosa,  Masai/Tourag,  Yaka  and  Zulu  deposits.  Renner  West,  Foldnose  and  Zulu  South  use  the  Yaka  (most 
conservative) regression option. Bulk density of Tailings is estimated at 1.60 kg/m3 and Rejects at 1.73 kg/m3 on a dry tonnes’ basis, 
both assessed on historical site data.

O M H O L D I N G S L I M I T E D | A N N UA L  R E P O R T 2 0 2 1

27

The mineralised domains have demonstrated continuity in both geology and grade to support the definition of Mineral Resource 
and  Ore  Reserves,  and  the  classifications  applied  under  the  JORC  Code  (2012  edition).    The  nominal  drillhole  spacing  of  50  m 
by 25 m was considered to provide adequate geological and grade continuity definition to assign an Indicated Mineral Resource 
classification to the majority of the deposits at Bootu Creek.  Measured Mineral Resources were restricted to closely drilled resource 
blocks within 15 m vertically of a mined pit floor, reflecting the high level of geological and grade confidence.  

Metallurgical  assumptions  are  based  on  test  work  conducted  on  93  composites  selected  from  79  diamond  holes  drilled  into  all 
deposits included in Ore Reserves.  The test work consists largely of individual particle pyknometry (IPP) on lump ore and Heavy 
Liquid  Separation  (HLS)  test  work  on  fines  (+1  mm).    The  heavy  media  treatment  plant  reconciliation  factors,  product  yield  and 
recovery are reviewed annually.  The Inferred Mineral Resource at Renner West was upgraded to an Indicated Mineral Resource 
following encouraging inhouse HLS metallurgical test work conducted on 3 diamond core holes drilled in late 2019.

Heavy Liquid Separation (HLS) and screened assay analysis, washability and process simulation test work (conducted by Nagrom) 
on earth core sampling of the Tailing Storage Facilities TSF 1, TSF 2 and TSF 3 has been utilised to justify the newly constructed Ultra 
Fines Plant (UFP). The UFP Rejects Mineral Resource is based surveyed stockpiles and the same metallurgical test work as used to 
assess the UFF Tailings.

The input data is comprehensive in its coverage of the mineralisation and does not favour or misrepresent in-situ mineralisation.  
Bootu Creek manganese deposits are located within a well-defined geological setting and this allows definition of mineralised zones 
based on a high level of geological understanding.  The Mineral Resource models have been validated by open pit mining since 2006 
which reconcile well against the resource estimates.

Mineral Resource estimates are economically constrained within optimised pit shells, utilising Whittle mining software, based on 
current  mining,  processing  and  logistics  costs,  projected  sales  revenue,  geotechnical  and  deposit  specific  analysis  of  yield  and 
recovery parameters. 

Ore Reserve estimation summary:

No 31 December 2021 Ore Reserve is quoted for the Bootu Creek Operation as it was placed under Care and Maintenance following 
suspension of mining on 13 December 2021 and processing of Run of Mine (ROM) ore was completed on 7 January 2022.

There is no current mine plan for the Bootu Creek Operation. Any future re-estimation of the Bootu Creek Ore Reserve will require 
re-optimisation  of  the  remaining  Mineral  Resource  based  on  updated  product  prices  and  specifications,  production  costs  and 
geotechnical parameters.

28

ASX LISTING RULE 5.8.1SUMMARY INFORMATIONOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021JORC (2012 Edition) Table 1
Section 1 Sampling Techniques and Data

Criteria

Explanation

Sampling Techniques -
Nature and quantity of 
sampling

•  Mineral  Resources  at  Bootu  Creek  (“BC”)  were  sampled  by  91%  Reverse  Circulation  (RC),  2% 
Diamond Drill (DD) and 7% open percussion (PC) drilling on a nominal 50m x 25m spaced grid. 
The 31 December 2021 BC Bootu Creek resource dataset (trimmed to remaining resource models) 
comprised a total of 390 drill holes for 25,338 metres, and the Renner West dataset comprised a 
total of 145 drill holes for 6384 metres.

• 

•  Collar  locations  are  picked  up  by  Mine  Surveyors  using  MGA94  co-ordinates  and  by  DGPS  or 

handheld GPS at the Renner Springs project.

•  RC holes are sampled at 1 metre intervals, rotary split to produce 2-3 kg samples.  Sample intervals 
selected for analysis are generally limited to visible manganese mineralisation and adjacent host 
rock. Diamond core is submitted for assay as half or quarter core intervals selected by geology and 
intensity of mineralisation.  

•  All drill samples are crushed, dried and pulverised (total prep) to produce a sub sample for XRF 
analysis.  Mineralised diamond core is quarter sawn to obtain 1 metre or geological intervals for 
XRF analysis, with half core retained for density determination and metallurgical test work.
Sampling is carried out under OM (Manganese) Ltd (“OMM”) protocols to ensure the representivity 
of drill samples.
Tailings sampling in TSF1, TSF2 and TSF3 at Bootu Creek was undertaken by drilling 49 earth core 
holes varying in depth from 7 to 12 metres.

• 

• 

Drilling Technique

•  RC drilling with 4.5” drill rods and a 5.5” face sampling drill bit.
•  Diamond core generally drilled using a HQ3 core barrel.
•  Drilling is predominately vertical, and diamond core drilled prior to 2019 was not oriented. 
•  Holes range from 12 to 156 metres in depth. 
• 

Tailings sample holes were drilled utilised a track mounted Power Probe earth core drill. 

Drill Sample Recovery

•  RC  drill  sample  recovery  is  visually  estimated  and  recorded  in  geology  drill  log.  Diamond  core 

recovery is measured and recorded.

•  RC rods and the sample cyclone are cleared as frequently as required to maintain satisfactory drill 

sample recovery and representivity.

•  DD holes use HQ3 size triple tube core barrels to maximise sample recovery.
• 

The mineralisation style and consistency of mineralised intervals are considered to preclude any 
issue of sample bias due to recovery.
Tailings drill core samples were recovered from 1.2m length sample casings.

• 

Logging

•  RC  chip  and  diamond  drill  core  samples  are  geologically  logged  to  the  level  of  detail  required 
to  support  the  Mineral  Resource  estimate.    Logging  records  lithology,  mineralogy,  weathering, 
mineralisation, alteration, colour and other features of the samples.

•  Geotechnical  information  is  collected  from  the  BC  operations  open  pits  and  from  specifically 

drilled Geotechnical diamond drill core holes.

•  All diamond drill core and tailings earth core photographed and logged for geology and geotechnical 

core holes are logged for geotechnical parameters.
The total length of all exploration and resource delineation drilling is logged.

• 

Sub-sampling

•  Diamond  core  assay  samples  are  quarter  sawn,  oven  dried,  jaw  crushed  and  fully  pulverised 

before splitting off an XRF assay sub-sample.   

•  RC samples are rotary split to produce a sample of an approximately 3 kg in weight.  High volume, 
high pressure air is used when RC drilling to ensure the sample return is kept as dry as possible.
•  RC samples submitted for assay are oven dried, jaw crushed and fully pulverised before splitting 

off an XRF assay sub-sample. 

•  QAQC  procedures  involve  the  use  of  field  duplicates,  certified  BC  standards  (insertion  rate  of 

approx. 1:130) and commercial laboratories standards.

•  Appropriate  industry  standard  sample  preparation  techniques  and  quality  control  procedures 
(ISO4296/2) are utilised by the onsite laboratory and offsite commercial laboratories to maximise 
sample representivity.

•  Drill sample field duplicates are taken to ensure sampling is representative of the in-situ sample 

• 

• 

material collected.
Sample  sizes  are  appropriate  for  the  grain  size  of  the  material  being  sampled  based  on  the 
mineralisation style, intersection thickness and percent assay ranges for the primary elements.
Tailings earth core samples were cut in half lengthways for assay, with the remaining half retained 
for metallurgical test work.

29

ASX LISTING RULE 5.8.1SUMMARY INFORMATIONOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Criteria

Explanation

Quality of assay data 
and laboratory tests

Verification of 
sampling and assaying   

• 

The analytical techniques use a mine site laboratory XRF multi element suite, assaying for Mn, Fe, 
Al2O3, SiO2, P, Pb, S, TiO2, MgO, K2O, BaO, CaO, Cu, Zn and Co3O4. LOI (loss on ignition) is assessed 
by thermo-gravimetric determination technique. 

•  No  geophysical  tools  were  used  to  determine  any  element  concentrations  used  in  any  of  the 

• 

resource estimates.
Laboratory  QAQC  involves  the  use  of  internal  laboratory  standards  using  certified  reference 
material, blanks, splits and replicates.  

•  BC independently developed 6 reference standards in 2007 and 2010 for a range of grade values, 
using blends of Mn, Fe and quartz material.  These were sent to 10 commercial laboratories with 
returned values in the +/-2% range against the expected value. The BC standards are submitted 
with each assay batch and monitored to maintain an independent check on laboratory assays.

• 

• 

Significant drill intersections are verified by alternative company personnel, generally the Geology 
Manager for OMM.
Twined  holes  were  used  in  initial  exploration/pre-feasibility  phase  but  are  not  considered 
necessary in the current mature mining phase.

•  Data entry, verification and storage protocols are in place and were managed by a dedicated GIS/

Database Manager and recently by the Geology Manager.

•  No adjustments of primary assay data (high grade cuts, etc.) are considered necessary.

Location of data points

•  Drill collars used for Mineral Resource delineation are surveyed using the mine based DGPS survey 

Data spacing and 
distribution

equipment.

•  All locations are picked up and quoted in MGA94 grid format.
•  Mine lease topography is based on ortho-rectified aerial photography (2013) to produce a DTM 

based on a 5 m x 5 m centred grid with +/- 0.5 m RL accuracy.

•  Data spacing is generally based on a 50 m x 25 m drill grid within the Mineral Resource boundaries.
The data spacing and distribution is close enough to establish the degree of geological and grade 
• 
continuity  appropriate  for  the  Mineral  Resource  classification  being  quoted  and  for  the  Ore 
Reserve estimate.
Sample support is consistent with 1 m RC composite sample length applied and utilised for Mineral 
Resource estimate.

• 

Orientation of data in 
relation to geological 
structure

• 

The manganese deposits at Bootu Creek are shallow dipping (average dip 30o–40o), strata-bound 
and relatively planar.

•  Drill orientation is predominately vertical and any interaction with local faults or fold structures is 

not considered to introduce bias to the sampling results. 

Sample Security

Sample security is not considered a significant risk.

• 
•  Most  exploration  samples  are  processed  by  the  mine  site  laboratory  and  results  are  validated 

against the drill hole geology logs.

Audit or reviews

•  No recent audits or reviews of sampling techniques, other than ongoing internal review, have been 
conducted.  The database was last reviewed by Optiro for the 31 December 2012 Mineral Resource 
estimate. 

•  Minor infill delineation drilling conducted since that audit (within the remaining resource models) 

included 5 RC holes in CFN and 30 RC holes in Masai 5. 

•  6 new diamond core holes drilled in 2019 were for geotechnical assessment of the Shekuma and 

CFN pits.

•  3  new  diamond  core  holes  drilled  in  2019  were  for  metallurgical  test  work  at  the  Renner  West 

deposit.

•  8  new  diamond  core  holes  drilled  in  2020  and  2021  were  for  geotechnical  assessment  of  the 

Tourag, Zulu South and Masai 5 proposed pits

Section 2 Reporting of Exploration Results

Criteria

Explanation

Mineral tenement and 
land tenure status

• 

• 

The relevant tenements for 2021 exploration are EL28041 and EL28604, collectively referred to as 
the Renner Springs project.
The tenements were granted in 2010 and 2011 respectively and are 100% owned by OMM with no 
security of tenure issues at the time of reporting.

Exploration done by 
other parties

•  Keys Resources NL were the last to explore the Renner Springs area, intersecting 9m @ 36.7%Mn 

in percussion hole W38. (Ferenczi, 2001).

30

ASX LISTING RULE 5.8.1SUMMARY INFORMATIONOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Criteria

Geology

Explanation

• 

• 

• 

The Renner Springs project is predominately located within the Namerinni Group in the Ashburton 
Province  of  the  Tennant  Creek  Inlier.  The  favourable  manganese  bearing  horizon  is  hosted 
principally by the Shillinglaw Formation. 
The Renner Springs manganese horizons are generally shallow dipping and present with a breccia/
conglomerate texture in low outcrops.
The  Bootu  Creek  manganese  deposits  are  strata-bound,  located  at  the  contact  between  the 
underlying dolomite-siltstone Attack Creek Formation and the overlying ridge forming sandstone 
of the Bootu Formations in the Tomkinson Group, within the Ashburton Province of the Palaeozoic.

Drill hole Information

•  3 diamond core holes were drilled at the Renner West deposit and 6 RC holes were drilled at the 

recently discovered Carruthers North prospect in 2019.

•  Refer accompanying Table 2 for sample locations and assay results.

Data aggregation 
methods

•  Reported assays are length weighted with no top-cuts applied.
•  No metal equivalents are used for reporting exploration results.

Relationship between 
mineralisation width 
and intercept length

Diagrams

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

The 3 diamond drill program was undertaken to provide core for metallurgical test work at the 
Renner West Mineral Resource.
The 6 RC drill program at Carruthers North prospect was a first pass test of a low laying manganese 
outcrop, discovered while ground checking a gradient array IP anomaly.
The RC intersections are quoted as drill intersection lengths, as the dip of the mineralisation is yet 
to be confirmed.

The Renner West Mineral Resource is located at R6 in figure below.
The  Carruthers  North  prospect  referred  in  this  announcement  is  located  midway  between 
prospects R8 and R10 shown in the figure below.

Balanced reporting

•  All results are reported when publishing exploration reports.

Further work

• 

Follow up RC drilling is planned for the Carruthers North and Renner Central prospects in 2022.

31

ASX LISTING RULE 5.8.1SUMMARY INFORMATIONOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021        
Section 3 Estimation and Reporting of Mineral Resources

Criteria

Explanation

Database integrity

Location data was imported from DGPS export files. 

• 
•  Assay data was imported from the original laboratory issued csv files.
•  All exploration drill data was moved to an Access database in 2017 and all new drill hole data is 

uploaded to that database.

•  Geology  logs  are  validated  for  errors  on  import,  locations  checked,  and  assay  data  quality  is 
ensured by use of lab and field standards. Further internal validation for duplication, overlaps, etc 
is carried out using Surpac software prior to any resource estimation.

Site visits  

Geological 
Interpretation

• 

• 

The  Mineral  Resource  is  located  within  an  active  mine  camp  and  is  visited  regularly  by  OMM 
Competent Persons.

There is a high degree of confidence in the geological interpretation of the Bootu Creek manganese 
deposits  gained  through  extensive  close  spaced  drill  testing,  a  relatively  planar  strata-bound 
geological setting and over 15 years of active mining at this mature mining operation.

•  Ore mineralogy was determined by XRD analysis and optical petrology on selected drill core, RC 

chip and mineral product (gravity concentrate) samples.
The geological controls at BC are well understood from ongoing mining activity and form the basis 
for the resource interpretations.
Factors affecting continuity of grade and geology include local high and low angle faulting, local 
internal and adjacent high Fe associated with faulting, and the intensity and depth of supergene 
alteration from weathering. 
The geological interpretation is refined on an ongoing basis following the review of close spaced 
grade control sampling and in pit observation and mapping of second order fault structures not 
modelled in the original broader spaced resource delineation drilling.
This figure is inserted for reference to geological setting and deposit locations at Bootu Creek. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

The  Bootu  Creek  manganese  resource  models  have  a  combined  strike  length  of  16km,  with 
individual models ranging from 0.7km to 2.9km

•  Bootu  Creek  resource  models  are  generally  limited  in  vertical  depth  by  economic  constraints 
(imposed  by  strip  ratios  and  cost  of  mining),  by  faulting  or  by  the  depth  of  weathering  and 
supergene alteration, rather than a depth termination of the mineralisation. 
Individual resource model depth extents range from 50m to 120m below surface. All mining is by 
open pit.

• 

•  Bootu  Creek  resource  model  widths  (true  width)  range  from  the  minimum  width  of  3m  to  a 

• 

maximum of around 15m.  
The  Renner  West  manganese  deposit  extends  over  a  strike  length  of  450m  and  to  a  depth  of 
around 25m below surface.

Dimensions

32

ASX LISTING RULE 5.8.1SUMMARY INFORMATIONOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
Criteria

Explanation

Estimation and 
modelling techniques

• 

Estimation and modelling undertaken by independent resource consultants Optiro Pty Ltd, and 
since updated by OMM technical staff.

• 

•  Resource  models  are  digitised  and  wire-framed  from  interpreted  geological  and  assay  drill 
cross  sections  prepared  by  OMM.  These  wireframes  are  used  to  select  resource  intersections 
and composite data is extracted for Mn, Fe, SiO2, Al2O3, BaO and P based on one metre sample 
increments. 
‘Supervisor’ geostatistical software was used for continuity analysis to determine variograms for 
grade estimation.  Optiro found that the 10% Mn population generated more robust variograms 
with lower nugget effects that were applied to the resource composite data during estimation. 
The nugget effect from variography was found to represent only 20-30% of the total variability, 
suggesting  a  low  inherent  random  behaviour  for  the  manganese  mineralisation  and  no  grade 
capping is warranted.

• 

•  Block  models  are  estimated  using  Ordinary  Kriging  (OK),  using  Surpac  resource  estimation 
software, and coded with attributes for material type, resource classification, model domain and 
for OMM survey pit pickups.

• 

•  Block Model Parent Cells are 25m (Y) by 10m (X) by 5m (Z) and compare favourably with maximum 
drill spacing of 50m x 25m or 40m x 20m and with along strike search radius varying from 130m in 
the shorter or faulted models through to 290m for the highly continuous Chugga-Gogo.
The number of samples is set at a minimum of 15 and a maximum of 32 for passes 1 & 2.  The pass 
3 minimum was set to 2 samples to fill model extents. 
Search ranges varied from 130 m up to 290 m in deposits of up to 2.9 km strike length.  The search 
ellipsoids  are  flattened  disc  shapes  in  the  plane  of  the  mineralisation  with  varying  anisotropic 
ratios designed to model shallowly plunging manganese trends within the domains.  

• 

•  Geological interpretation prepared by OMM has been used to construct digital wireframes and 
control assay extraction from the database but are not otherwise used to control the resource 
estimate.
The only assumed correlation between variables is that used for the density regression calculated 
against manganese grade.  There is a noted inverse relationship between manganese vs SiO2 or 
Al2O3.    There  is  a  variable  relationship  between  manganese  and  iron  and  correlations  between 
other elements were poor.

• 

•  No selective mining units were assumed in the estimates.
•  Graphical  3D  validation  of  block  grades  versus  composite  samples,  used  to  compare  modelled 
grade  trends  against  the  spatial  distribution  of  the  samples,  demonstrated  that  estimated  low 
and high grades were consistent with the composite samples. Density was also checked to confirm 
interpolated block values honour the regression formulas.

•  Validation  swathe  plots  by  Optiro  show  that  the  block  model  estimated  grades  honoured  local 

• 

grades. All volumetric checks are within 1% of wireframes. 
The  significant  elements  specific  to  product  quality  are  assayed  and  modelled  with  the  only 
potential issue being high Fe content in product, which is managed in the mine plan by local grade 
control.

•  Mineral Resource estimates are depleted for mining up to 31 December 2021 and reported above 

a cut-off grade of 15% Mn.

Moisture

•  All tonnage is estimated on a dry tonne’s basis.

Cut-off parameters

• 

The  existing  15%  Mn  cut-off  grade  had  been  affirmed  after  several  years  of  processing  Bootu 
Creek ore for target product grades of plus 33% Mn.

•  Manganese product derived from the DMS (gravity) plant is not linear in relation to head grade 

Mining factors or 
assumptions

• 

• 

• 

and product yield and/or product grade decreases rapidly below the 15% Mn cut-off grade.
Since 2020, low grade mineralisation (10%-15% Mn) defined by in pit grade control has been mined 
outside of the 15% Mineral Resource models. 
It has been possible to process this lower grade material by reducing the target product grade to 
around 28% Mn.

The Mineral Resource estimates were optimised by OMM technical staff utilising Whittle mining 
software to limit economic open pit extents based on long term revenue, mining, processing and 
logistic parameters set by OMM.

•  All mining is by open pit mining methods.
•  Parameters  for  determining  economic  extraction  are  based  on  data  derived  from  the  current 

mining and processing operations at Bootu Creek. 

33

ASX LISTING RULE 5.8.1SUMMARY INFORMATIONOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Criteria

Explanation

Metallurgical factors 
and assumptions

Environmental factors 
or assumptions

Bulk Density

Classification

•  Metallurgical assumptions are based on test work conducted on 93 composites selected from 79 
diamond holes drilled into all deposits included in Ore Reserves.  The test work consists largely of 
individual particle pyknometry (IPP) on lump ore and Heavy Liquid Separation (HLS) on fines.
•  More  recent  HLS  and  screened  assay  analysis,  washability  and  process  simulation  test  work 
(conducted by Nagrom) on earth core sampling of the Tailing Storage Facilities TSF 1, TSF 2 and TSF 
3 has been utilised to justify the newly constructed Ultra Fines Plant (UFP). 
The UFP Rejects Mineral Resource is based on surveyed stockpiles and the same metallurgical test 
work as used to assess the UFP Tailings.  

• 

•  Plant factors including product grade, yield and recovery are reviewed annually.
•  Product yield assumptions for resource optimisation are now based on statistical analysis of the 
resource delineation drill sample grade distribution, on a pit by pit basis, with due attention to the 
extent of weathering. 

•  Average grade is no longer considered a reliable indicator of product yield.

•  Bootu Creek was an operating mine site and processing plant up to the end of 2021, with Mine 
Management Plans submitted and approved for waste rock and tailings storage by the Northern 
Territory Department of Industry, Tourism and Trade (DITT).

•  Bootu  Creek  is  currently  operating  on  Care  and  Maintenance  basis  and  continuing  with  the 

rehabilitation of mine waste dump, open pit surrounds and associated infrastructure.

•  No significant sulphides are present in the ore or mine-waste. 

•  Current bulk density regression formulae are based on 366 waxed (or waxed equivalent) HQ3 core 
samples selected from 52 metallurgical composites distributed through all deposits included in 
the 31 December 2020 Ore Reserve.
The bulk density measurements were determined in 2009 by Amdel (Perth) using the wet and dry 
methodology.    Six  individual  density  regressions  were  determined  for  Chugga/Gogo,  Shekuma, 
Xhosa, Masai/Tourag, Yaka and Zulu deposits. Renner West, Foldnose and Zulu South use the Yaka 
(most conservative) regression option. 

• 

• 

•  Measured Mineral Resource – this classification is restricted to well drilled resource blocks located 
within 15m (vertical) of a mined pit floor, reflecting a high level of geological and grade confidence. 
No Measured Mineral Resources are quoted in the 31 December 2021 Mineral Resource.
Indicated  Mineral  Resource  –  classified  based  on  established  grade  and  geological  continuity 
defined by the tabular nature of the Bootu Creek mineralised zones, the regular drill spacing of 
50m  x  25m  or  better,  estimation  parameters  such  as  kriging  efficiency  and  the  demonstrated 
mining history in most of the deposits.
The Mineral Resource estimate appropriately reflects the view of the Competent Person. 

• 
•  All  OMM  Mineral  Resources  are  economically  constrained  on  an  annual  basis  by  optimised 
pit  shells  using  updated  OMM  cost,  revenue  and  physical  parameters  (see  Mining  Factors  and 
Assumptions).

Audits and reviews

• 

Independent resource consultant Optiro Pty Ltd conducted a Client Review of wireframes, block 
models, classification criteria, volumetric comparison, composite versus block model grades and 
XYZ plots on the Mineral Resource estimate for 31 December 2013.

•  Only a limited amount of additional resource delineation drilling has occurred since 2013, with 23 

• 

• 

Discussion of relative 
accuracy/confidence

RC infill holes drilled in 2017 and 2018 and a further 27 RC infill holes in 2020 and 2021. 
The  more  significant  changes  applied  in  recent  Mineral  Resource  estimation  process  account 
Mineral  Resource  depletion  by  mining  and/or  pit  backfill,  updated  pit  optimisation  parameters, 
product yield estimation, and to update geological interpretation based on minor faults observed 
during mining activity since 2013.

The relative accuracy of the Mineral Resource estimate is reflected in the reporting of the Mineral 
Resource as per the guidelines of the 2012 JORC Code.
This statement relates to the global estimates of tonnes and grades.

• 
•  Annual  reconciliation  compares  mine  production  with  pre-mining  Mineral  Resource  estimates, 

and to update mining factors and assumptions.  

Section 4 Estimation and Reporting of Ore Reserves

Criteria

Explanation

No Ore Reserve 
quoted for 31 
December 2021

• 

• 

The  Bootu  Creek  Operation  was  placed  under  Care  and  Maintenance  following  suspension  of 
mining on 13 December 2021 and processing of ROM ore was completed on 7 January 2022.
There is no current Mine Plan for the Bootu Creek Operation.

34

ASX LISTING RULE 5.8.1SUMMARY INFORMATIONOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
Table 2. 
Drilling Results - Renner West (using a cut-off grade of 15% Mn)

Hole ID

Easting
mE

Northing
mN

RL (m)
approx.

Azimuth
& Dip

RSDD001

358071

7971873

279

-90

Hole
Depth
(m)

26.9

RSDD002

358022

7971998

278

-90

27.6

RSDD003

358008

7972120

275.5

-90

17.1

Interval
From
(m)

Interval
To
(m)

Interval
Width
(m)

2.90
4.00
10.00
20.40

4.60
10.20
15.50
18.10

0.00
2.60
6.80
12.60

3.30
8.80
11.00
21.20

7.30
11.20
15.60
21.30

2.20
6.80
11.10
13.40

0.40
4.80
1.00
0.80

2.70
1.00
0.10
3.20

2.20
4.20
4.30
0.80

Table 2. 
Drilling Results - Carruthers North Prospect (using a cut-off grade of 15% Mn)

Hole ID

Easting
mE

Northing
mN

RL (m)
approx.

Azimuth
& Dip

Hole
Depth
(m)

Interval
From
(m)

Interval
To
(m)

Interval
Width
(m)

RSRC0321

366096

7965923

275

-90

RSRC0322

366112

7965924

RSRC0323

366089

7965979

RSRC0324

366106

7965983

RSRC0325

366083

7966016

RSRC0326

366120

7965955

275

275

275

275

275

-90

-90

-90

-90

-90

nsv – no significant value

61

56

67

55

61

49

0
15
38

0

14

6

7
16
40

5

15

7

7
1
2

5

1

1

Mn
%

22.39
27.63
30.15
20.75

28.20
42.10
49.17
33.65

19.79
26.81
33.98
39.54

Mn
%

27.67
25.16
37.41

nsv

24.22

18.75

nsv

26.84

Fe
%

1.74
4.76
1.51
20.88

11.88
2.00
0.76
3.11

4.18
4.81
3.60
0.96

Fe
%

5.5
21.4
5.5

7.4

9.1

13.4

35

ASX LISTING RULE 5.8.1SUMMARY INFORMATIONOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Introduction

OM Holdings Limited (OMH or the Group) is pleased to present our inaugural Sustainability Statement (“Statement”) for the 2021 
financial year. This statement details the Group’s efforts to cultivate a culture of sustainability, manage our economic, environmental 
and social (EES) impacts, while strengthening our position in becoming a leading ferroalloy and manganese ore group globally. 

Despite the COVID-19 pandemic challenges, OMH remains determined to enhance sustainability performance across the Group. 
This year, we conducted our maiden materiality assessment where we identified 13 material matters. Management’s approach for 
each of the matters are disclosed in this Statement. Through this process, we have also identified OMH’s key stakeholder groups 
and prioritised their concern and inputs with respect to OMH’s EES impacts.

To better contextualise our sustainability efforts, this statement should be read in tandem with other statements in this Annual 
Report.

Scope and Boundary

This  Statement  encompasses  our  EES  performance  from  the  following  entities  for  the  2021  financial  year,  which  spans  from  1 
January 2021 to 31 December 2021 (“FY2021”), unless stated otherwise. The data disclosed within this Statement are derived from 
the following entities: 

OM (Manganese) Ltd. 
(“OMM”) - Australia
OMM owns and operates the 
Bootu Creek manganese mine. 
There is a particular focus on 
this entity when managing and 
addressing Land Remediation, 
Contamination or Degradation, 
as well as Community 
Development with a focus 
on the Rights of Indigenous 
Peoples. The entity has also 
ceased mining operations in 
December 2021.

OM Materials (S) Pte. Ltd. 
(“OMS”) - Singapore
OMS primarily manages the 
logistics, marketing, product 
flow and distribution of OMH’s 
products. There is a focus on 
the management of Supply 
Chain Management and 
Product Quality and Safety.

OM Materials (Sarawak) 
Sdn. Bhd. 
(“OM Sarawak”) – Malaysia
OM Sarawak is OMH’s 
flagship ferrosilicon and 
manganese alloy smelter in 
Malaysia. Performance data 
for environmental and social 
matters will primarily come 
from this entity.

For more information regarding the Group’s subsidiaries and primary business streams, please refer to pages 10 to 11 of our Annual 
Report 2021 (AR2021).

Reporting Framework

This  Statement  was  prepared  in  accordance  with  Bursa  Malaysia  Securities  Berhad’s  (“Bursa  Malaysia”)  Main  Market  Listing 
Requirements,  with  reference  to  the  Global  Reporting  Initiative  (“GRI”)  Standards  (Core  Option)  and  Bursa  Malaysia’s  Sustainability 
Reporting Guide (2nd Edition).

The Sustainability Statement has been integrated into our AR2021 alongside our FY2021 financial statements and disclosures. Unless 
otherwise stated, all material topics disclosed in this report relates to material operating segments reported in our financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2021. 

External Assurance

We  are  committed  to  supporting  the  transparency  of  non-financial  reporting.  While  the  sustainability  performance  data  has  been 
compiled by various departments across the Group in this inaugural report without third party verification, OMH will seek to obtain 
external assurance for future reporting.  

36

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Feedback 

We hope you will find the information disclosed beneficial to you as a stakeholder of OMH. If you would like to provide feedback or 
require further clarification, please contact us at: investor.relations@ommaterials.com.

Stakeholder Engagement

The  Group  identified  stakeholders  to  be  individuals  and  groups  that  are  impacted  by  our  business  practices  and  those  who  have 
influence over OMH’s business decisions. We understand that stakeholders play an important role in the Group’s long-term success, 
and  have  made  continuous efforts  to  engage  various  relevant  stakeholder  groups,  keeping them  apprised  and  obtaining feedback 
on  their  priorities.  By  understanding  their  concerns  and  expectations,  we  are  better  able  to  prioritize  as  well  as  develop  complete 
strategies to improve outcomes and create value for our stakeholders.

As  part  of  our  inaugural  materiality  assessment  process,  we  conducted  a  stakeholder  identification  and  prioritisation  exercise  by 
engaging internal and external stakeholders to identify OMH’s material EES topics:

1. 

2. 

Identification and Prioritisation of Stakeholders
Through  an  internal  exercise  and  leveraging  insights  from  previous  engagements  with  various  stakeholders,  we 
identified  the  level  of  influence  and  dependence  of  key  stakeholders  on  the  Group.  At  the  end  of  the  process,  we 
identified and prioritised eight key stakeholder groups as shown on page 37.

Materiality Assessment
In  the  next  phase,  these  selected  internal  and  external  stakeholders  were  invited  to  participate  in  our  inaugural 
materiality  assessment,  which  helped  us  identify  the  Group’s  most  pertinent  EES  matters.  Through  this  process,  we 
identified and prioritized thirteen material matters.

Stakeholder Engagement 

The  table  below  illustrates  the  methods  and  frequency  of  engagement  for  each  stakeholder  group.  We  have  also  detailed  the  key 
interests and concerns raised by stakeholders in FY2021 and their associated material matters.

Legend for engagement frequency

Annually

Semi-annually

Quarterly

Ongoing

As needed

Key 
Stakeholders

Methods of Engagement & 
Frequency of Engagement 

Areas of Interest

Link to Material Matter

Board of 
Directors and 
Employees

  Board meetings
  Meetings and briefings
  Employee performance  

appraisals

  Trainings and developments
  Team building and activities
  Townhall sessions

•   Group’s performance, direction, 

and strategy

•  Corporate governance
•  Occupational health and safety 
• 
•  Workplace and accommodation 

Trainings and career advancement

environment

Economic performance
• 
•  Occupational health and 

safety
Talent management

• 
•  Human rights

Government and 
Regulators

  Regular compliance report
  Ad-hoc surveys and reports

•  Compliance with laws and 

regulations
Economic impact

• 

•  Compliance
• 
•  Business ethics

Economic performance

Customers

  Regular communication via       

•  Maintaining customer 

•  Product quality and safety

Suppliers

Financial 
Communities

telephones and emails 

  Ad-hoc visits

relationships

•  Potential collaborations
•  Quality of products supplied

  Supplier surveys
  Regular communications via         

telephones and emails

  Ad-hoc visits

•  Maintaining supplier relationships
•  Potential collaborations
•  Quality of products procured 

  Financial statements
  ASX and Bursa Malaysia    

announcements

  Compliance reporting
  Annual reports
  Company presentations

•  Business and financial 

• 
• 

performance
Future prospects and plans
Environmental, Social and 
Governance (“ESG”) and 
sustainable matters

• 

Supply chain management

Economic performance
Energy and emissions

• 
• 
•  Waste management
•  Water and effluents
Land remediation, 
• 
contamination or 
degradation

37

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
Key 
Stakeholders

Methods of Engagement & 
Frequency of Engagement 

Areas of Interest

Link to Material Matter

Investors / 
Investment 
Community

  Annual General Meeting
  Annual reports 
  Company presentations
  ASX and Bursa Malaysia 

announcements 

  Analyst and retail briefings

•  Business and financial 

performance
Future prospects and plans
ESG and sustainable matters

• 
• 

Economic performance
Energy and emissions

• 
• 
•  Waste management
•  Water and effluents
Land remediation, 
• 
contamination or 
degradation

•  Occupational health and 

safety

Local 
Communities

  Regular community projects 
  Annual back to school         

programmes

  Sponsorships and donations

•  Community development
• 
• 

Employment opportunities
Environmental preservation

•  Community development
•  Human rights
•  Waste management

JV Partners

  Regular communications via     

•  Maintaining partnerships

• 

Economic performance

telephones and emails

  ASX and Bursa Malaysia   

announcements 

  Internal Board meetings
  Joint venture reporting and  

meetings

Sustainability Governance

Good governance is crucial to ensure sound decisions are made regarding OMH’s sustainability direction and strategies. The Board 
of  Directors  (“Board”)  sets  the  strategic  direction  of  the  organisation,  ensuring  sustainability  is  embedded  across  the  Group.  The 
Sustainability Management Committee sets out the execution plans and oversees the implementation of strategies approved by the 
Board. 

Working groups at each material subsidiary have been set up to manage the environmental, social and governance aspects of the 
business with a specific focus on ensuring the successful delivery and implementation of the respective strategies and initiatives. These 
working groups comprise of relevant representatives from the material subsidiaries and relevant departments.

OMH Board
of Directors

Sustainability
Management
Committee

OMH Board of Directors
Sets the strategic roadmap, reviews and approves the 
Group’s Sustainability Statement.

Sustainability Management Committee
1.  Sets out the execution plans, oversees and reviews 
the  implementation  of  sustainability  strategies 
approved by the Board. 

2.  Responsible  to  review  and  update  the  materiality 

matrix when required. 

3.  Reports to the Board.

OMM

OM
Sarawak

OMS

Other
Subsidiaries

ESG Working
Group

ESG Working
Group

ESG Working
Group

ESG Working
Group

Subsidiaries
1. 
2.  Responsible 

Implements and delivers sustainability strategies. 

for  monitoring  and  providing 
quantitative  reporting  as  well  as  identifying  key 
improvement areas. 

3.  Reports 

to 

the  Sustainability  Management 

Committee.

Business Ethics

OMH is committed to the highest level of integrity and ethical standards in all business practices and aspires to be a leader in its field 
while operating openly with honesty, integrity, and responsibility. All Directors, key executives and employees are guided by the Code 
of Ethics and Conduct alongside other key policies and protocols. Our practices are aligned with our Corporate Governance, Section 3 
Ethical Standards. 

38

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
Corporate Governance Framework:

The  OMH  Corporate  Governance  Statement  has  been  prepared  in  line  with  the  ASX  Corporate  Governance  Council’s  Corporate 
Governance Principles and Recommendations 4th Edition (February 2019).

The Board’s primary role is to govern the Group. In executing its responsibilities, the Board must act in the best interests of the Group 
as  a  whole.  It  is  the  role  of  senior  management  to  manage  the  Group  in  accordance  with  the  directions  of  the  Board  and  it  is  the 
responsibility of the Board to oversee the activities of senior management in carrying out these delegated duties. The following policies 
are in place to guide the ethical business practices within OMH:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

Code of Conduct and Ethics
Code of Conduct for Directors and Key Executives
Anti-Bribery and Corruption Standard
Policy for Risk Management
Whistleblower Protection Standard

Code of Conduct and Ethics
The Board, management and all employees of OMH are committed to implementing the OMH’s core principles and values when 
dealing  with  third  parties  including  customers,  government  authorities,  creditors,  contractors,  joint  venture  partners  and  the 
community as a whole as well as other employees. 

Any breach of the code is considered as serious misconduct. Employees who have become aware of any misconduct must report the 
matter immediately to their line manager or the Company Secretary. The line manager or Company Secretary has the responsibility to 
report the breach to the appropriate senior management to advise the relevant employee of the outcome and actions implemented. 
Any  employee  who  in  good  faith,  reports  a  breach  or  a  suspected  breach  will  not  be  subject  to  any  retaliation  or  recrimination 
for making that report. Employees who breach the policies may be subject to disciplinary action, including in the case of serious 
breaches, dismissal. 

Read more on our Code of Ethics and Conduct on our website: http://www.omholdingsltd.com/aboutus/corporate-governance/.

Code of Conduct for Directors and Key Executives 
The Board has adopted a Code of Conduct for Directors and key executives to promote ethical and responsible decision making. The 
code is based on a code of conduct prepared by the Australian Institute of Company Directors. 

Read more on our Code of Conduct for Directors and Key Executives on our website: http://www.omholdingsltd.com/aboutus/corporate-governance/.

Anti-Bribery and Corruption Standard 
Bribery and corruption are strictly prohibited within the Group when dealing with all business transactions. In line with our Corporate 
Governance, section 7.8 Anti-Bribery and Corruption, OMH is committed to the fight against bribery and corruption and expects all 
employees and representatives to comply with both the letter and spirit of the laws that govern the Group’s operations in Australia, 
Malaysia, China, South Africa and Singapore. This Standard applies to all Directors, full-time and part-time employees of the Group, 
as well as agents, suppliers, contractors, business partners and any other party acting for or representing the Group. 

Subject to confidentiality obligations, the reporting of any such incidents, where necessary, will be provided to the Board annually 
and half-yearly to the Audit Committee. If incidents are considered to be material or potentially involve a breach of any law, the 
matter will be immediately referred to the Chairman of the Audit Committee. 

Read more on our Anti-Bribery and Corruption Standard on our website: http://www.omholdingsltd.com/aboutus/corporate-governance/ and our Corporate 
Governance Report integrated into this Annual Report 

Policy for Risk Management
The Board is responsible for approving OMH’s policies on risk oversight and satisfying itself that management has developed and 
implemented a sound system of risk management and internal control. 

OMH’s  risk  management  system  is  evolving.  It  is  an  on-going  process  and  it  is  recognised  that  the  level  and  extent  of  the  risk 
management system will evolve to commensurate with the development and growth of the Group’s activities. 

Read more on our Policy for Risk Management on our website: http://www.omholdingsltd.com/aboutus/corporate-governance/.

Whistleblowing Protection Standard
Any  suspected  unlawful,  unethical,  or  improper  conduct  can  be  reported  through  OMH’s  Whistleblowing  Protection  Standard. 
Disclosures under this standard can be made by an officer or employee of OMH, contractor and supplier of goods and services to 
OMH, current and former employees, associates of OMH, or family member of an individual mentioned above. 

Disclosures can be made in writing or by telephone to OMH’s Whistleblower Protection Officers.  The identity of the whistleblower 
will be kept confidential unless the whistleblower has consented to forgo anonymity.

This Standard is publicly available on our website and is in line with our Corporate Governance, section 3.3 Whistleblower Policy.

Read  more  on  our  Whistleblowing  Protection  Standard  on  our  website:  http://www.omholdingsltd.com/aboutus/corporate-governance/  and  our  Corporate 
Governance Report integrated into this Annual Report 

39

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021The  Board’s  role  and  the  Group’s  corporate  governance  practices  and  policies  are  reviewed  regularly,  and  improvements  and 
enhancements to these practices and policies are formalised for adoption as the Group’s business expands.

In conjunction with the amendment made to Section 17A of the Malaysian Anti-Corruption Commission (“MACC”) Act 2009, OM Sarawak 
has  enhanced  the  entity’s  anti-corruption  policy,  and  intends  to  communicate  the  updated  policy  to  all  employees  and  business 
associates  through  compulsory  training  sessions.  OM  Sarawak’s  employees  are  expected  to  familiarise  themselves  with  the  policy 
which will be made available on OM Sarawak’s intranet. Any queries on the policy should be communicated to their respective Head of 
Department or during the training sessions that will be conducted.

Materiality Assessment

In  FY2021,  we  engaged  an  external  consultant  to  conduct  our  inaugural  materiality  assessment.  The  objective  of  the  assessment 
was  to  identify  and  prioritise  the  Group’s  material  EES  matters.  This  involved  a  three-step  process,  consisting  of  the  Identification, 
Prioritisation and Validation stages. The materiality assessment was guided by Bursa Malaysia’s Sustainability Reporting Guide and 
Toolkits, as well as the GRI Standards.

To ensure we capture a holistic view of our key EES impacts, we engaged internal and external stakeholders during the identification 
stage via a Materiality Assessment Survey. A total of 39 responses were collected and analysed. A workshop was then conducted to 
shortlist and prioritise material matters based on the significance of OMH’s impact and impact on stakeholders. This workshop was 
attended by key internal stakeholders, including senior management. The findings of this workshop were utilised to generate OMH’s 
first materiality matrix. This matrix will be used as a compass to guide our future sustainability priorities, initiatives and strategies.

Identification

Prioritisation

Validation

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

Deploy Materiality Assessment Survey to selected internal and external stakeholders 
to shortlist OMH’s most relevant material matters
Create an inventory of material matters

Identify and prioritise OMH’s eight (8) key stakeholder groups
Rank  shortlisted  material  matters  based  on  the  significance  of  the  impact  to  OMH 
and impact to stakeholders

Develop a materiality matrix
The  materiality  matrix  was  validated  by  the  OMH’s  senior  management  team  and 
approved by the Board

We aim to review our materiality matrix annually and update it when necessary as the Group’s business grows. Macroeconomic factors 
will be included for consideration to reflect business and market conditions and to align with stakeholders’ needs. 

The materiality matrix was validated and approved by OMH’s senior management team and the OMH Board. 

40

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Materiality Matrix

Legend:   

Economic 

Environmental 

Social 

l

a
c
i
t
i
r
C

l

s
r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
S
H
M
O
o
t

t
c
a
p
m

I

i

m
u
d
e
M

  Occupational Health and 

Safety

  Business Ethics

  Compliance
  Energy and Emissions
  Human Rights
  Waste Management
  Water and Effluents
  Economic Performance
  Land Remediation, 

Contamination or Degradation

  Supply Chain Management

  Community Development
  Talent Management
  Product Quality and Safety

Medium

Importance to Business

Critical

41

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary of OMH’s Material Matters

The following are the 13 material matters identified and mapped by OMH in FY2021:

Our Business
‘Economic’

Our People
‘Social’

Our Environment
‘Environmental’

Occupational 
Health & Safety 
Maintaining a safe 
work environment 
and culture 
through focused 
and continued 
investments 
to anticipate, 
recognise, evaluate 
and control hazards 
arising in or from 
the workplace 
that could impair 
the health and 
well-being of 
employees, workers 
and customers

Community 
Development 
Voluntary 
contributions 
made toward 
the surrounding 
communities across 
OMH’s operations, 
including 
engagement and 
activities to create 
a positive social 
and environmental 
impact

Human Rights 
Measures that are 
implemented to 
protect employees’ 
and workers’ right 
across OMH’s 
operations and 
supply chains. 
This encapsulates 
matters such as 
child labour, labour 
rights, freedom 
from slavery and 
torture

Talent 
Management 
Initiatives that 
are undertaken 
to attract and 
retain diverse 
talents through 
fair treatment and 
employment as 
well as providing 
opportunities for 
capability building 
and upskilling

Energy & 
Emissions 
Initiatives 
implemented 
to minimise the 
discharge of 
environmentally 
hazardous 
substances and 
greenhouse 
gases into the 
atmosphere 
through 
efficient use and 
consumption of 
energy generated 
from renewable 
and non-renewable 
sources

Waste 
Management 
Efforts that 
are taken to 
minimise OMH’s 
environmental 
impact through 
the management 
of hazardous and 
non-hazardous 
waste

Water & Effluents 
Steps taken to 
manage water 
consumption 
across OMH’s 
operations. This 
includes efficiently 
utilising water for 
smelting processes 
and general 
purposes, as well 
as discharging 
wastewater in 
accordance with 
discharge limits 
stipulated

Land 
Remediation, 
Contamination or 
Degradation
Efforts undertaken 
to manage 
soil quality 
and initiatives 
implemented to 
remediate land 
contamination 
across OMH’s 
operations

Business Ethics 
Actions that are 
taken to safeguard 
ethical business 
conduct and 
eliminate all forms 
of corruption and 
anti-competitive 
behaviour within 
the organisation

Compliance 
Measures 
implemented 
to ensure OMH 
complies fully with 
all applicable laws 
and regulations 
within the 
jurisdiction in which 
it operates

Economic 
Performance 
Sustained 
business growth 
through sound 
management and 
distribution of 
economic value 
generated by OMH

Product Quality 
& Safety 
Systematic efforts 
undertaken to 
ensure high 
quality production 
of goods and to 
minimise health 
and safety impacts 
of OMH’s products

Supply Chain Management
Management of supply chain activities 
which include actions taken to support local 
suppliers, and to ensure OMH’s supply chain 
continuously adheres to environmental and 
social best practices

Major Targets for 2022

Supply Chain Management

Occupational Health & Safety 

Energy & Emissions 

Prepare and send Supplier’s a Code of 
Conduct 

Commit to Zero Workplace Fatality 
Case

Comply with Malaysian Ambient Air 
Quality Guideline (“MAAAQG”)

Audit 5 suppliers for quality control, 
child or forced labour, workplace 
health & safety, conditions at work and 
dormitory 

Achieve ISO 45001 (Occupational 
Health & Safety Management System) 
in FY2023

Talent Management

Achieve ISO 14001 (Environmental 
Management System) in FY2023

Complete tapping de-duster pilot plant 
trials by 1H 2023

60 local employees trained to replace 
foreign staff at OM Sarawak

Waste Management

Repurpose at least 80% of scheduled 
waste generated each year

Water & Effluents

Ensure effluent water monitoring 
parameters are within the permissible 
limit

42

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021ECONOMIC
Compliance

laws  and  regulations, 
Full  compliance  with  the  applicable 
alongside adopted standards, are essential for maintaining OMH’s 
license to operate. OMH focuses strongly on compliance-related 
activities  and  works  towards  continuous  improvement.  OMH  is 
governed by the following policies, including but not limited to:

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

Risk and Internal Control Policy
Code of Conduct for Directors and Key 
Executives
Code of Ethics and Conduct
Environmental Policy
Anti-Bribery and Corruption Standard

In  relation  to  compliance  matters,  the  Board  and  management 
are  responsible  for  reviewing  and  ratifying  the  systems  of  risk 
management, internal compliance and controls, codes of conduct 
and compliance according to applicable legislative requirements. 
We also ensure policies and compliance systems are consistent 
with OMH’s objectives, and that OMH and its officers act legally, 
ethically and responsibly at all times.

Read  more  on  the  policies  on  our  website:  http://www.omholdingsltd.com/aboutus/
corporate-governance/ and our Corporate Governance Report integrated into this Annual 
Report

The  implementation  of  the  Code  of  Ethics  and  Conduct  serves 
as  a  guideline  for  maintaining  the  highest  ethical  standards  as 
well as compliance with legal obligations across the Group.  As a 
general rule, all Directors, senior executives and employees are 
expected to adhere to the Code of Ethics and Conduct to ensure 
compliance  across  the  Group’s  operations.  The  Code  of  Ethics 
and Conduct can be found on OMH’s website.

In addition to complying with applicable legal requirements, such 
as  the Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994, Environmental 
Quality  Act  1974,  Company  Act  2016  and  Employment  Act 
1955,  OM  Sarawak  is  also  subject  to  annual  environmental 
audits  against  the  International  Finance  Corporation’s  (“IFC”)
Environmental  and  Social  Performance  Standards  imposed  by 
our project lenders. The project lenders consist of a syndicate of 
leading  local  and  international  bankers  listed  on  our  Corporate 
Directory that funded OM Sarawak’s construction which started 
in 2012.

To keep up with changes in the regulatory landscape, we consult 
with our in-house and third-party legal consultants or advisors on 
a case-by-case basis. We also engage with the relevant authorities 
regularly  to  ensure  our  business  operations  are  in  compliance 
with  laws and regulations. Other regulatory updates are received 
through  newsletter  subscriptions,  where  applicable,  and  are 
circulated internally to the relevant departments.  

Environmental Compliance

OM Sarawak has the following committees established to monitor 
and ensure compliance with the Environmental Quality Act 1974 
and its regulations: 

a) 

b) 

Environmental  Regulatory  Compliance  Monitoring 
Committee (“ERCMC”); and 
Environmental  Performance  Monitoring  Committee 
(“EPMC”) 

The ERCMC comprises of OM Sarawak’s Managing Director, Deputy 
Chief  Engineer,  Deputy  General  Manager  (Finance  &  Costing), 
Senior  Manager  Commercial,  General  Manager  (Production), 
General Manager (HR & Admin) and Environmental Manager. It was 
established to review and decide on environmental improvement 
approaches. The EPMC implements the approved environmental 
plans,  improvement  approaches,  monitors  the  effectiveness  of 

the executed plans and reports back to the ERCMC. Furthermore, 
environmental, health and safety performance is reported on a 
periodic  basis  to  an  Independent  Technical  Engineer  appointed 
by  our  project  lenders  as  required  by  the  Equator  Principles 
(“EPs”).  Environmental  compliance  audits  are  conducted  by 
external  parties  and  findings  are  consolidated  in  a  compliance 
assessment  which  is  incorporated  in  an  Environmental  Report 
submitted to our project lenders.  

In FY2021, OM Sarawak recorded zero cases of non-compliance 
against  environmental,  health  and  safety  laws  and  regulations, 
and achieved a target of zero incidents of non-compliance set by 
the Department of the Environment (“DOE”).

Socioeconomic Compliance

There were no incidents of non-compliance with socioeconomic 
laws and regulations recorded, and OMH was not subject to any 
significant fines or non-monetary sanctions.

In  the  years  2019  to  2021,  OMH  has  acted  in  accordance  with 
all  applicable  laws  and  regulations  regarding  tax  compliance  in 
all  our  jurisdictions  where  we  have  a  presence  in  and  was  not 
subject  to  any  significant  fines  or  monetary  sanctions  for  non-
compliance with tax laws and regulations.

However, it should be noted that OMM, OMH’s mining subsidiary 
in Australia, has been served a summons to attend court during 
this  reporting  period.  This  was  in  relation  to  a  fatal  accident 
which  occurred  on-site  at  Bootu  Creek  mine  in  August  2019. 
Investigations are still ongoing and will be updated through our 
disclosures to the ASX when available. 

Forward-looking Plans 

To  further  improve  compliance  monitoring  and  environmental, 
health  and  safety  performance,  we  will  be  pursuing  ISO 
ISO 
14001:2015 
45001:2018 (Occupational Health & Safety Management System) 
accreditation for our smelting operations in Sarawak. 

(Environmental  Management  System)  and 

Read more on our Code of Ethics and Conduct on our website: http://www.omholdingsltd.
com/aboutus/corporate-governance/  and  our  Corporate  Governance  Report  integrated 
into this Annual Report

Economic Performance

OMH  believes  that  our  long-term  success  hinges  on  strong 
economic  growth  that  does  not  compromise  on  our  social  and 
environmental  performance.  We  are  committed  to  delivering 
favourable  results  and 
long-term  value  creation  to  our 
shareholders  and  stakeholders,  at  the  same  time  ensuring  that 
our  economic  success  is  balanced  with  our  environmental  and 
social responsibilities.

To this end, each business unit has adopted a policy of responsible 
and  proactive  environmental  management,  and  will  work  to 
ensure continued compliance with relevant legislative obligations 
in  its  business  operations  while  ensuring  sustainable  financial 
returns.

Climate Risks and its Financial Implications

Regulatory (Transition) Risks 

Our operations in each country that we operate in are bounded 
by  national  and  local  environmental  laws  and  regulations. 
Changes in these laws and regulations will have a direct impact 
on our operations. 

These  laws  and  regulations  set  various  standards  regulating 
certain  aspects  of  health  and  environmental  quality,  providing 
risks  of  penalties  and  other  liabilities  for  the  violation  of  such 
standards,  and  establishing,  under  certain  circumstances, 
obligations  to  remediate  current  or  former  facilities  where 
operations are or have been conducted.

43

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
In  meeting  the  requirements  from  the  national  and/or  local 
environmental departments in each country that we operate in, 
we conduct regular in-house compliance monitoring and periodic 
environmental assessments. 

Physical Risks 

Smelting  is  fundamentally  an  energy  intensive  process  and 
the  production  of  ferrosilicon  and  manganese  alloys  consume 
substantial  amounts  of  energy.  The  reliability,  adequacy,  and 
sustainability  of  the  supply  of  electricity  are  critical  to  ensure 
production continuity for these operations. 

Our  Sarawak  plant’s  power  supply  is  predominantly  from 
hydropower, and given the continuous nature of production, any 
unexpected disruption to power supply could disrupt the smelting 
process.  For  example,  this  may  occur  during  unexpectedly  dry 
periods induced by long-term climate change effects, which may 
lead to lower water levels in hydropower plants. An increase in 
cost arising from such disruption might be material and may not 
be fully compensated by our service providers.

Read  more  on  our  Sustainability  Statement,  Environmental  –  Energy  &  Emission 
integrated into this Annual Report. 

COVID-19 Response

Safeguarding  the  health  and  safety  of  our  employees  whilst 
maintaining operational resilience remain our top priority. During 
the  reporting  period,  the  Group  formulated  and  implemented 
the necessary measures to mitigate the financial impacts of the 
COVID-19 pandemic. We also strive to maintain stable production 
through  constantly  updating  our  business  continuity  plans  in 
response to actual market conditions and logistic constraints to 
position  the  Group  effectively  against  business  continuity  risks. 
Key initiatives implemented include: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

Stockpiling  critical  raw  materials  to  avoid  unforeseen 
supply chain disruptions, which could potentially disrupt 
production and increase costs;
Deferring  intensive  capital  expenditure  since  the  start 
of the pandemic to preserve liquidity for working capital 
changes; and
Encouraging employees’ active participation in vaccination 
drives to safeguard our workforce.

OMH  has  been  strengthening  our  position  within  the  region 
and seeks to be the ferroalloy supply partner of choice to major 
steel  mills  globally.  With  the  Sarawak  plant  benefiting  from 
competitively priced and reliable hydropower supply, the Group 
has  long-term  strategic  plans  in  place  to  expand  production 
sustainably.

Read more on our financial performance outlined in the following reports:

1. 
2. 

Financial Statements section of this Annual Report; and
2021  Full  Year  Result  Announcement  and  Appendix  4E  for  further  financial 
analysis  on  our  website:  http://www.omholdingsltd.com/wp-content/
uploads/2022/02/2022.02.28-ASX-Appendix-4E.pdf

Products being sampled at the quality inspection centre in OM Sarawak.

We  have  established  quality  inspection  centres  at  our  smelting 
plants, which oversee the quality control procedures at different 
stages of production. The process begins with raw materials, which 
undergo  a  series  of  sampling,  laboratory  analysis,  and  physical 
inspections.  Our  plants  are  fully  equipped  with  the  requisite 
laboratory equipment to carry out sampling and analysis on raw 
materials and finished products, as well as multiple sampling and 
analysis throughout the smelting process.

Product  Safety  Information  (“PSI”)  are  provided  for  all  our 
products  to  customers  and  logistic  service  providers  upon 
request, with tests in accordance with relevant chapters from the 
UN  Recommendations  on  the  Transport  of  Dangerous  Goods, 
Manual  of  Tests  and  Criteria,  and  also  in  accordance  with  UN 
Globally  Harmonized  System  of  Classification  and  Labelling  of 
Chemicals to provide relevant health, safety and environmental 
(“HSE”) information. Our ores also meet the requisite regulatory, 
safety, and environmental standards where they are marketed.

All  ferroalloys  produced  by  OMH  are  highly  commoditised. 
Accordingly,  there  are  minimal  differences  between  ferroalloys 
produced  in  different  plants  of  the  world,  and  are  therefore 
fungible.  As  long  as  a  product  meets  a  standard  set  of 
specifications, it is deemed to be of the same grade and quality. 
Manganese  ore  on  the  other  hand  is  largely  determined  by 
geology,  with  each  region  producing  a  unique  product  that 
cannot  be  altered  substantially.  Consequently,  research  and 
development  on  product  quality  and  safety  are  not  relevant 
as  ferroalloys  are  a  group  of  relatively  well-defined  industrial 
products  with  fixed  specifications,  while  manganese  ore 
specifications are determined by geological factors and only need 
to comply with relevant safety and environmental standards.

Across the Group, we strive to produce products that comply with 
contractual  requirements.  We  provide  a  direct  primary  channel 
of  feedback  via  our  marketing  department,  and  any  cases  of 
product non-compliance are addressed jointly with the relevant 
quality inspection centres. 

Product Quality & Safety

Supply Chain Management

At  our  Bootu  Creek  Mine,  product  quality  inspection  through 
sampling and analysis are carried out at our on-site laboratory. 
Assaying is also independently conducted by a reputable surveyor 
at the Darwin Port at the time the product is loaded onto vessels.

As  the  largest  producer  of  ferroalloys  in  South  East  Asia,  OMH 
strives to produce commodity grade products that comply with all 
relevant standards, and specialty products that satisfy customers’ 
requirements.  This  is  accomplished  by  a  thorough  approach  to 
production  and  logistics,  with  multiple  sampling  points  along 
the production process. All our products are shipped with an in-
house laboratory certificate, with independent certification from 
reputable  international  surveyors  and  laboratories  which  are 
available on request. 

• 

• 

Prepare and send Supplier’s a Code 
of Conduct
Audit 5 suppliers for quality control, 
child  or  forced  labour,  workplace 
health & safety, conditions at work 
and dormitory

Responsible  and  sustainable  supply  chain  management 
is 
important  to  encourage  suppliers  to  responsibly  build 
sustainable businesses themselves, with a net positive impact on 
communities and the environment. 

44

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
Supply Chain Assessment

Across the Group, our value chain consists of over 600 suppliers 
globally,  comprising  suppliers  of  raw  materials,  energy,  goods, 
services, and logistics. 

OM  Sarawak  currently  has  standard  operating  procedures  in 
place  for  annual  performance  evaluations  for  raw  material 
suppliers,  and  these  procedures  are  compliant  with  the  IFC 
Environmental and Social Performance Standards. From 2018 to 
date, all raw material suppliers under evaluation were required 
to provide a Declaration Letter of Compliance in relation to the 
employment  of  sustainable  practices  and  the  non-employment 
of child and forced labour.

Based  on  these  evaluations,  a  contractor  or  supplier  may 
be  disqualified  as  a  vendor  if  it  does  not  meet  the  required 
standards.  In  2021,  all  major  raw  material  suppliers  completed 
these declarations and evaluations and none were disqualified.

To support the local economy, we actively procure our products 
and services within the countries our business operates in. Given 
the  highly  specialized  nature  of  ferroalloy  production,  it  is  not 
uncommon for bulk raw materials, such as ore or metallurgical 
coke,  to  be  only  available  in  certain  geographies.  As  such,  bulk 
raw materials are often purchased from foreign suppliers as they 
are not available locally. 

Procurement Spending (FY2021)

Foreign 
93%

Local 
7%

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

Conversely, auxiliary material suppliers and service providers are 
mostly domestic, and these small to medium enterprises account 
for  the  majority  share  of  our  suppliers.  For  our  operations 
in  Sarawak,  we  engaged  a  total  of  298  suppliers,  of  which 
approximately 89% were local suppliers and 11% were foreign.

Suppliers Contracted (FY2021)

Local 
89%

Foreign 
11%

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

Forward-looking Plans

We  aim  to  improve  on  our  existing  guideline  by  establishing  a 
Supplier  Code  of  Conduct  in  2022.  In  the  next  two  (2)  years  we 
have set the following objectives:

SOCIAL
Occupational, Health and Safety

• 

• 

Commit to Zero Workplace Fatality 
Case
Achieve ISO 45001 in FY2023

Occupational  Health  and  Safety  (“OHS”)  is  intrinsically  linked  to 
the  way  we  work  and  is  of  utmost  importance  to  OMH,  given 
the  nature  of  the  industry  we  operate  in.  As  a  Group,  we  are 
committed to achieving the highest possible performance when 
managing  OHS-related  matters  across  all  business  operations, 
with a target to eliminate all incidents and injuries. 

In  line  with  the  Group’s  values,  the  safety  and  wellbeing  of  our 
employees  is  of  critical  priority,  as  reflected  in  our  materiality 
matrix.  Our  operating  subsidiaries  manage  risk  through  a 
planned and careful approach focusing on hazard identification, 
minimisation and monitoring.

Compliance

Our  mining  operations  in  Australia  and  smelting  operations  in 
Malaysia  and  China  are  required  to  comply  with  national  and 
local occupational health and safety laws and regulations. 

OMM, our mining entity that owns and operates the Bootu Creek 
Mine in Northern Territory, Australia, must comply with the OHS 
requirements  found  in  the  Work  Health  and  Safety  (National 
Uniform  Legislation)  Act  2011  that  sets  out  the  legislative 
health and safety requirements of a mine site and the activities 
associated with mining. Regular safety inspections are conducted 
at  the  Bootu  Creek  Mine  to  assess  compliance  with  the  Work 
Health and Safety Act. OMM also has a Risk Management Plan in 
place to safeguard the health and safety of employees at the mine 
site. All employees are required to report all accidents, incidents 
and injuries to their supervisors immediately when they occur. 

Our  smelting  operations  in  Sarawak,  Malaysia  is  required  to 
comply  with  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Act  1994  and 
its  regulations,  Guidelines  and  Code  of  Practices  as  enforced 
by  the  Department  of  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  (“DOSH”) 
under  the  Ministry  of  Human  Resources  Malaysia.  These  laws, 
regulations  and  guidelines  cover  the  general  safety,  health  and 
welfare  of  employees.    We  are  also  governed  by  the  Factories 
and  Machinery  Act  1967  under  which  periodical  inspections  of 
our lifting and hoisting equipment, unfired pressure vessels and 
general  installation  in  our  Sarawak  plant  are  conducted  by  the 
DOSH  officers.  These  laws  and  regulations  are  communicated 
to  employees  through  Health  and  Safety  Committee  meetings, 
toolbox  meetings  and  social  media  platforms  (such  as  working 
group chats). Other forms of communication include distribution 
of internal memos, induction training and refresher training.

Similarly,  our  China  operations  are  subject  to  the  Law  on 
Production Safety, which requires us to implement standards to 
ensure work safety and satisfy conditions set by applicable laws, 
administrative regulations and national industrial standards.

Health and Safety Governance

• 

• 

To  align  and  incorporate  the  ISO  14001  and  ISO  45001 
requirements in the Supplier Code of Conduct, which align 
with the Group’s initiatives on environmental protection, 
and  compliance  with  human  rights,  labour  and  social 
standards; and

At  OM  Sarawak,  we  recognise  the  importance  of  a  robust  and 
comprehensive health and safety management system. The OHS 
management  system  emphasises  the  importance  of  managing 
the  hazard  risks  and  involves  all  levels  of  employees  and  non-
employees.  The  management  system  is  supported  by  an  OHS 

To  establish  policies  to  conduct  ad-hoc  supplier  audits 
internally  by 
reviewing  supplier  documents  and 
conducting random site audits, where feasible.

45

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Policy  which  communicates  OM  Sarawak’s  aims  of  achieving 
zero  work-related  fatalities  and  creating  a  safe  and  conducive 
environment where everyone has full ownership of implementing 
good OHS practices. The policy emphasises that safety is a shared 
responsibility  and  accountability  for  maintaining  a  safe  work 
environment falls on all levels of management and employees. 

OM  Sarawak  established  a  Health  and  Safety  Committee  that 
meets on a quarterly basis to discuss OHS matters. The committee 
is  chaired  by  top-level  management  including  OM  Sarawak’s 
Managing  Director  and  Deputy  Chief  Engineer,  assisted  by  the 
Health and Safety Manager as secretary, and a balanced quorum 
of  employees  comprising  of  representatives  from  management 
and  non-managerial  levels.  The  committee’s  primary  function 
is to assist with the development of OHS policies and initiatives, 
review  the  effectiveness  of  OHS  programmes  implemented, 
as  well  as  recommend  improvements  to  OHS  procedures  and 
the  existing  OHS  management  system.  The  committee  also 
investigates OHS incidents that occur and recommends suitable 
control measures to prevent recurrence. 

In  addition  to  the  Health  and  Safety  Committee,  OM  Sarawak 
has  in  place  a  Health  Team,  an  integral  part  of  the  Health  and 
Safety  Department.    The  team  organises  health  awareness 
talks  and  programmes  for  employees  which  cover  topics  such 
as  infectious  diseases  and  general  health.  The  Health  Team 
comprises experienced medical personnel that are well-equipped 
to  manage  employees’  occupational  health  matters.  The  team 
develops  yearly  health  programmes  (e.g.,  health  check-ups  for 
all levels of employees) and provides 24 hours on-site treatment. 

The  Health  and  Safety  Department  has  also  established  a  Fire 
Protection  Team  that  comprises  trained  personnel  to  manage 
plant  fire  safety.  The  Fire  Protection  Team  is  responsible  for 
maintaining the plant fire protection equipment and conducting 
emergency and fire drills. These drills are performed periodically 
in  collaboration  with  OM  Sarawak’s  other  health  and  safety 
departments and teams, as well as the local fire department.

OM  Materials  (Sarawak)  conducted  a  Fire  Drill  in  collaboration  with 
Sarawak Fire and Rescue Department (Bomba) Samalaju at the Samalaju 
Lodge (Local Camp) on November 16, 2021

OM Sarawak also provides its employees with the following health 
services that are included as part of their employment benefits:

General 
hospitalisation 
scheme

General 
personal 
accident

On-site health 
care facility 
for early 
treatment

Panel clinic 
and in-house 
ambulance

Yearly 
health check 
programme

Dedicated health 
team with 
24 hours onsite 
treatment

46

Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment and Risk 
Control (“HIRARC”)

Hazard 
Identification, 
Risk Assessment, 
and Risk Control 
(“HIRARC”)

HIRARC  is  a  process  methodology 
that  is  a  fundamental  component 
of  OM  Sarawak’s  OHS  management 
activities 
All 
system. 
are 
in 
adequately 
accordance  with 
the  prescribed 
HIRARC  procedures  and  findings 
are  communicated  to  all  relevant 
parties.  The  HIRARC  procedures  are  coherent  with 
the 
corresponding  work  instructions  and  are  reviewed  if  gaps  are 
identified.

evaluated 

work 

Incident  investigation  processes  are  also  in  place  to  swiftly 
investigate  incidents  by  identifying  causal  factors,  providing 
control measures and a lesson learned process to avoid similar 
recurrence. For example, in FY2021, an incident was logged due to 
extreme heat. In response, controls around permissible number 
of  employees  exposed  to  a  heat  source  and  degree  of  heat 
exposure were reviewed and updated to prevent reoccurrence.

Additional  initiatives  that  are  currently  in  place  to  ensure  OHS 
matters are well-managed include:

Accident 
Prevention Starts 
from Me (“APM”)
Guidelines

APM  is  a  proactive  tool  to  identify 
and  eliminate  unsafe  acts  and 
unsafe working conditions. It solicits 
employees’ participation in the early 
detection  of  hazardous  situations 
without  any  reprisal  if  the  act  or 
condition is reported in good faith.

Health and Safety Grievance

There  are  numerous  channels  and  platforms  for  employees  to 
report  any  unsafe  acts  or  unsafe  conditions  in  the  workplace. 
Among  them  is  the  APM  guidelines  which  provides  a  form  for 
employees to fill and submit to the Health and Safety Department. 
Employees  can  also  raise  OHS-related  concerns  through  daily 
toolbox briefings and Health and Safety Committee meetings. 

A  total  of  40  unsafe  acts  and  conditions  for  improvement  were 
reported in FY2021 by employees via the APM guidelines.

A safe mobile hotline service has also been made available as a 
communication channel for employees to report unsafe acts or 
conditions in the workplace.   

Health and Safety Inspections and Audits

OM Sarawak conducted internal health, safety and environmental 
(HSE)  audits  as  well  as  site  and  furnace  inspections  throughout 
FY2021,  and  will  continue  to  do  so  and  report  all  findings 
and  rectifications  in  OM  Sarawak’s  Safety  Improvement  and 
Management of Hazards Campaign (SIMHAC) forms.

The primary objective of the internal inspection and audit function 
is  to  assist  and  assure  OM  Sarawak  exercises  a  systematic  and 
disciplined  approach  to  evaluate  and  improve  the  effectiveness 
of health and safety management and governance.

The  SIMHAC  audit  team  comprises  members  from  relevant 
disciplines with expertise in the following: production, equipment 
and engineering, safety and health, as well as environment. The 
audit  is  conducted  at  least  once  a  year.  The  Health  and  Safety 
Department  have  also  conducted  a  total  of  1,452  recorded  site 
inspections in FY2021. 

Protecting Our People During the COVID-19 Crisis

The  smelting  operations  at  our  Sarawak  plant  was  adversely 
impacted  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic  as  outlined 
in  our 
Processing and Smelting Operational Review section. In response 
to the pandemic, OM Sarawak established a COVID-19 Task Force 
Committee to safeguard the safety and wellbeing of employees, 

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021in  the 

and  actively  supported  and  participated 
Industry 
Vaccination  Administration  Centre  programme  conducted  by 
the government. In collaboration with Pejabat Kesihatan Bintulu 
(Bintulu  Health  Office),  a  COVID-19  Low-Risk  Quarantine  and 
Treatment  Centre,  or  commonly  known  as  Pusat  Kuarantin 
dan  Rawatan  COVID-19  (“PKRC”),  was  also  set  up  as  a  close 
contact quarantine centre to cater for cases within the Samalaju 
Industrial Park (“SIP”) area. We also continue to ensure there is a 
strict adherence to the COVID-19 standard operating procedure 
in our operations.  

Health and Safety Training 

To  minimise  risks,  all  employees  and  non-employees  are 
required  to  undergo  relevant  OHS  briefings  and  trainings.  This 
year,  we  recorded  55,782  OHS-specific  training  hours  recorded 
by 644 employees, while 307,692 induction training hours were 
recorded by 1,782 new employees and contractors. 

As  part  of  OM  Sarawak’s  contractor  management  procedures, 
contractors  are  required  to  provide  their  commitment  towards 
providing  a  safe  workplace  by  signing  a  Health  and  Safety 
Agreement.  The  contractual  agreement  comprises  OHS 
requirements  such  as  the  provision  of  personal  protective 
equipment  and  maintaining  equipment  to  ensure  a  safe 
workplace.  OM  Sarawak’s  OHS  Policy  is  also  affixed  to  the 
agreement.

Safety Performance

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate

1.37

1.06

0.61

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

In  2021,  a  total  of  five  (5)  lost  time  injury  cases  were  recorded 
across  the  3,660,594  man-hours  worked  at  OM  Sarawak.  The 
Lost  Time  Injury  Frequency  Rate  (LTIFR)  for  the  reporting  year 
was  1.37,  an  increase  of  0.31  compared  to  the  previous  year. 
Lost time injury includes fatality, permanent disability or serious 
bodily injury as described in the Occupational Safety and Health 
Act  under  Notification  of  Accidents,  Dangerous  Occurrence, 
Occupational  Poisoning  and  Occupational  Disease  Regulation 
2004 First Schedule.

Incident  investigation  techniques  widely  used  at  OM  Sarawak 
include  the  root  cause  analysis  and  the  ‘5  Whys  and  1  How’ 
technique.  These  techniques  allow  OM  Sarawak  to  identify 
contributing  and  underlying  factors  and  formulate  appropriate 
control measures. 

Key Initiatives and Forward-looking Plans

In 2022, we will resume annual health check-ups for employees 
and  our  Chemical  Health  Surveillance  for  selected  employees 
who  are  deemed  to  be  at  higher  risk  to  chemical  exposure. 
These  had  been  temporarily  discontinued  due  to  the  COVID-19 
pandemic. Safety improvements and a Management of Hazards 
Campaign will also be launched in 2022. A longer-term target will 
be  established  to  align  the  current  OHS  Management  System 
with ISO 45001:2018 (Occupational Health & Safety Management 
Systems) with plans to obtain certification by the end of 2023.

Finally,  our  on-site  healthcare  facility  will  be  upgraded  in  2022 
and will be equipped with a sterilisation machine, medical grade 
air filter, cardiac monitor, additional treatment beds and includes 
the  acquisition  of  a  new  ambulance.  A  Road  Safety  Campaign 
will  also  be  carried  out  in  2022,  along  with  the  construction  of 
a pedestrian walkway to ensure improved safety for employees 
moving around the plant’s compound. 

Community Development

The  Group  believes  that  our  activities  can  play  a  key  role  in 
sustainable community development, by serving as a catalyst for 
positive economic and social change.

As a Group, OMH’s main focus is to support the local community 
with  a  better  quality  of  life  by  improving  standards  of  living  for 
underprivileged communities. Our efforts are unique to regions 
we operate in as they vary based on local needs.

Read more on our policies in relation to community development on our website: 
http://www.omholdingsltd.com/aboutus/corporate-governance/

1. 
2. 
3. 

Code of Ethics and Conduct  
Diversity and Inclusivity Policy
Community Relations Policy

Supporting Our Local Community

OM Sarawak

We actively engage with stakeholders that are impacted by OM 
Sarawak’s activities. To contribute meaningfully to the wellbeing 
and development of the local community, dialogue sessions are 
conducted to understand their perspectives, needs and concerns. 

Over  the  years,  OM  Sarawak  has  implemented  initiatives  and 
support programmes to give back to the community. These include 
educational  programmes,  fundraising  dinners  for  sports  and 
recreation  programmes,  and  local  infrastructure  improvement 
projects.  These  activities,  however,  were  temporarily  halted  in 
2020,  following  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  and  will  resume  once 
the situation permits. 

Some  of  the  beneficiaries,  programmes  and  events  that  OM 
Sarawak supports are:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

Villages surrounding SIP 
Sports and recreational associations
Back-to-school programmes
COVID-19 sponsorship for medical apparel
Local  government  agencies  –  health  division  offices,  fire 
department and ex-police association 

We  also  provide  employment  opportunities,  and  constantly 
seek  to  increase  the  local  share  of  employment.  This  is  further 
elaborated under Talent Management.

Donations  and  sponsorships  are  provided  in  a  transparent 
manner and must undergo internal approval processes. In 2021, 
OM  Sarawak  made  donations  and  sponsorships  totalling  AUD 
126,978 (equivalent to USD 92,770) to the local community. The 
majority  of  the  contributions  comprised  of  personal  protective 
equipment  donated  to  the  Bintulu  Division  Health  Office  to 
facilitate the COVID-19 vaccination programmes and various case 
detection activities within the Bintulu Division. 

47

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021is  also  required  to  conduct  annual  engagements  with  relevant 
stakeholders  to  share  the  latest  environmental  updates.  Other 
initiatives  implemented  to  manage  environmental  impacts  are 
further elaborated under the Environmental section.

Forward-looking Plans 

To enhance our community outreach programmes, OM Sarawak 
plans to organise the following activities in the near future: 

• 

• 

Community  projects  in  collaboration  with  schools  and 
non-governmental organisations (“NGOs”); and

Establish  platforms  to  sell  goods  produced  by  groups 
and NGOs to support local economic growth

Human Rights

Human  rights  are  fundamental  principles  of  personal  dignity 
and  universal  equality.  Respect  for  human  rights  fosters  social 
progress,  better  standards  of  living  and  greater  freedom  for 
individuals. OMH is committed to respecting human rights across 
our  business  and  to  upholding  the  laws  and  regulations  of  the 
countries in which we operate. 

OMH’s  Human  Rights  Policy  was  established  to  help  protect 
the  human  rights  of  our  stakeholders,  and  to  prevent  all  forms 
of  violation.  Our  key  commitments  towards  human  rights  are 
outlined below:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

Respect the rights and dignity of employees, contractors, 
partners, local communities and those affected by our 
businesses;

Provide  equal  opportunity  and  an  environment  free 
from discrimination including support for the principles 
of freedom of association and collective bargaining;

Not condone or use forced, compulsory or child labour; 
and

Protect personnel and assets in a secure environment in 
which business operations can be conducted efficiently 
and successfully.

Read more on our Human Rights Policy and other relevant policies, standards and codes 
on our website: http://www.omholdingsltd.com/aboutus/corporate-governance/

1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 

Human Rights Policy
Diversity and Inclusion Policy
Code of Ethics and Conduct
Whistleblower Protection Standard

OM  Sarawak  donated  laptops  and  Personal  Protective  Equipment  (PPE)  to  Bintulu 
Division  Health  Office.  The  donated  items  which  consist  of  laptops,  disposable 
coveralls,  latex  gloves,  medical  gowns,  and  hand  sanitisers,  will  be  used  to  facilitate 
the COVID-19 vaccination programmes within Sarawak, as well as various active case 
detection activities within Bintulu division 

OMM

For  our  mining  entity  in  Australia,  OMM  actively  engages  with 
traditional  landowners  and  other  persons  who  may  be  directly 
affected  by  the  operations  at  the  Bootu  Creek  Mine.  These 
engagements  are  conducted  through  regular  meetings  with 
community representatives.

The  protection  of  significant  cultural  and  heritage  sites  has 
been  widely  promoted  among  employees.  As  a  contribution  to 
traditional  landowners,  several  community  projects  including 
fencing of sacred sites, road maintenance and minor rehabilitation 
programmes were carried out. 

To  support  the 
upskilling  opportunities  are  also  provided  to 
candidates through various training programmes.

Indigenous  community,  employment  and 
Indigenous 

Negative Impacts on the Local Communities

OM Sarawak operates within a dedicated industrial park and the 
nearest  local  community  is  situated  approximately  10  km  away 
from  the  plant.  Notwithstanding  this,  the  following  have  been 
identified  as  potential  impacts  that  could  negatively  affect  the 
livelihood of the local communities.

• 

• 

Traffic Generation Impact – The key impact on the main 
road network is the trucking of containers via the Bintulu-
Miri Coastal Road. However, bulk raw materials and bulk 
export  products  are  transported  between  OM  Sarawak 
and  the  Samalaju  Port  by  trucks  via  the  Site  Access  or 
Coastal Road and are not anticipated to have a significant 
traffic  impact  on  external  road  networks.  Most  workers 
stay within the Samalaju New Township which is located 
within the SIP. To prevent traffic congestion, in-house bus 
services  to  transport  workers  to  and  from  our  Sarawak 
plant to Samalaju New Township are provided.

Socio-Economic  Impact  –  negative  impact  to  the  local 
community  in  terms  of  increase  in  traffic  flow,  number 
of  foreign  workers  and  health  and  safety  concerns.  To 
address this, OM Sarawak has established a mechanism 
to  manage  grievances  and  expectations  from 
local 
stakeholders.

All personnel and applicable external parties will be provided with access to a copy of this 
policy via OMH’s website. 

Human Rights Risks Assessment and 
Management

At  OM  Sarawak,  we  ensure  strict  compliance  with  our  Labour 
Policy  which  prohibits  the  employment  of  children  and  young 
persons, where ‘child’ is defined as a person under 15 years of 
age and ‘young persons’ as those above 15 years but below 18 
years of age, based on the Sarawak Labour Ordinance.  

As  explained  in  Supply  Chain  Management,  we  also  ensure 
that all raw material suppliers comply with these human rights 
standards. Suppliers are required to sign an annual declaration 
to  confirm  that  they  do  not  employ  children  or  use  forced 
labour.  If  any  forms  of  child  or  forced  labour  are  discovered 
through visits or site audits otherwise made known to us, OM 
Sarawak will take prompt steps to remedy the situation. 

All other key environmental impacts are identified and documented 
in the Detailed Environmental Impact Assessment (“DEIA”) Report 
and mitigation measures are also listed for execution. Under the 
EPs  and  IFC  Performance  Standard  requirements,  OM  Sarawak 

48

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021All  officers,  employees  and  contractors  of  OMH  must  comply 
with  this  standard,  which  is  aligned  with  our  Corporate 
Governance,  section  3  Ethical  Standards,  3.3  Whistleblower 
Policy. 

Read more on our Whistleblower Protection Standard on our website: 
http://www.omholdingsltd.com/aboutus/corporate-governance/

OM  Sarawak  also  has  a  Grievance  Policy  in  place.  All  new 
employees are briefed on the policy during induction. Posters 
in multiple languages (English, Mandarin, and Malay) are made 
available  in  offices  and  plant  buildings  to  increase  awareness 
among employees and contractors on the grievance mechanism 
in place.

Employees can scan the QR code provided on the posters and log 
their grievances through an online form.  A team is appointed to 
act upon and resolve grievances that are submitted. In FY2021, 
seven (7) grievances were recorded and resolved.

Forward-looking Plans 

To enhance the protection of human rights across our business 
operations, we are looking to conduct the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

ISO14001  and 

Obtain 
for 
environmental  management  system  and  occupational 
health and safety management system respectively by 
the end of 2023;

ISO45001  certification 

Provide  copies  of  employment  contract  terms  in  the 
native language of foreign employees;

Conduct  awareness  briefings  for  employees  on  the 
Grievance Policy; and

Establish  standard  operating  procedures  for  supplier 
social  compliance  which  includes  the  development  of 
a  Supplier  Code  of  Conduct  to  ensure  suppliers  meet 
international human rights standards.

Talent Management

 • 

local  employees  trained  to 

60 
replace foreign staff

Human  capital  plays  a  pivotal  role  in  driving  the  achievement 
of  OMH’s  business  objectives.  We  believe  in  building  and 
strengthening our workforce, mentoring a versatile talent pool, 
and  empowering  our  employees  through  various  upskilling 
programmes to create an effective and resilient workforce.   

Step 1: 
Request suppliers to provide 
improvement plan with identified root 
causes, and containment and preventive 
actions.

Step 2: 
Visit supplier’s factory to conduct site 
audit. Interview workers and conduct 
documentation checks to verify corrective 
action taken to remediate child and/or 
forced labour issues.

Step 3: 
If audit findings are unsatisfactory:
Suspend supplier
1. 
Remove supplier from OM 
2. 
Sarawak’s supplier list (instantly 
or within a definite timeline)
Re-qualify supplier by conducting 
a second site audit and ensure 
that zero incidents of non-
conformance or violation of 
human rights are found

3. 

OM Sarawak’s Supplier Assessment and Management

Key Initiatives

Supplier 
Performance 
Evaluation

Annual  performance  evaluations,  which 
include  compliance  with  human  rights 
standards,  are  conducted  for  all  raw 
material  suppliers.  Preferred  vendors 
will  be  rated  “A”  if  they  achieve  an  overall  score  of  80%  and 
above. If the supplier is rated “D”, they will be disqualified as a 
vendor. OM Sarawak is looking to extend these evaluations to 
other key suppliers in the near future.

Overall Score

Grade

Condition

80.00% and above

Grade A

Preferred Vendor

Below 79.99% until 

Grade B

Generally Acceptable Vendor

65.00%

Below 64.99% until 

Grade C

Conditionally Acceptable Vendor 

40.00%

(with minor areas of concerns)

Below 40.00%

Grade D

Non Recommended Vendor

Note: OM Sarawak’s Scoring Evaluation

Equal 
Opportunities

OMH  does  not  condone  the  unfair 
treatment of individuals based on factors 
such as age, gender, and beliefs, among 
other  factors.  Equal  opportunities  are 
offered to all qualified individuals in recruitment, compensation, 
promotion, training and other employment practices based on 
merit, ability, performance and potential. 

Grievance Mechanism

Cases  of  human  rights  violations  can  be  reported  using 
the  whistleblowing  channel  outlined  in  the  Whistleblower 
Protection Standard. 

Employees in the OM Sarawak’s Office 

49

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Employment

As  at  31  December  2021,  we  had  2,086  employees  within  the 
Group, of which 83% are employed at our smelting operations in 
Malaysia followed by China (12%), Australia (3%) and Singapore 
(2%). 

Total number of employees within the Group

Malaysia 
83%

China 
12%

Australia 
3%

Singapore 
2%

Note: Aggregate data from OMH

Due  to  the  scale  of  our  operations  in  Malaysia,  the  rest  of 
this section will focus solely on OM Sarawak. Disclosures may 
extend  to  the  entire  Group  as  our  sustainability  reporting 
practices mature.  

In FY2021, we recruited 297 new hires equivalent to a hiring rate 
of 18.6%. Our employee turnover rate was 30.9%, significantly 
higher  than  our  historic  hiring  rate  as  a  consequence  of  the 
COVID-19  pandemic  (Refer  to  the  Processing  and  Smelting 
Operational Review section). 

New Hires By 
Gender

New Hires By 
Age Group

Female 
81%

Male 
19%

Above 
50 years 
old 
40%

Below 
30 years 
9%

30 to 
50 years 
51%

Employee Turnover 
by Gender

Employee Turnover 
By Age Group

• 

• 

Internal  hiring  to  provide  career  development  and 
upskilling opportunities to our existing employees; and

Job advertising on online job portals, online professional 
networking sites, newspapers and social media.

We  support  our  new  talents  by  conducting  a  one-day  New 
Employee  Induction  Programme  to  introduce  OM  Sarawak’s 
culture  and  inform  them  on  important  company  and  Group 
policies  and  procedures,  such  as  grievance  processes,  safety, 
security, and disciplinary policies.

Diversity and Equality

Employees in discussion at OM Sarawak’s meeting room

We  value  employing  people  of  varying  gender,  age,  skills, 
cultural  backgrounds,  ethnicities,  nationalities,  religions,  and 
lived experiences. A diverse workforce, within the local context, 
is  essential  for  resilient  growth,  improved  productivity,  and 
stronger engagement. 

Recruiting and retaining the right people from a diverse pool of 
talented candidates enables the Group to: 

• 

• 

Make better informed decisions, innovate better, draw 
on a wider range of ideas, experiences, and approaches; 
and 
Better represent the diversity of local communities and 
stakeholders.

As outlined in our Corporate Governance Report on Diversity, 
the  total  representation  of  women  employees  across  the 
Group, including women holding senior executive positions and 
those on the OMH Board, is as follows:

Male 
88%

Female 
12%

Below 
30 
years 
37%

Above 50 
years 
old 
11%

30 to 
50 years 
52%

OMH Personnel

OMH Board of Directors

Senior Executives

Total of OMH Group 
employees

Note: Aggregate data from OMH

Number of 
Women

2

4

346

%

28.57

25.00

17.03

As at 31 December 2021, approximately 9.59% of OMH’s mining 
subsidiary  workforce  consisted  of  Indigenous  employees.  
During  FY2021,  it  was  also  observed  that  the  majority  of  OM 
Sarawak’s  workforce  were  male  (85%)  and  aged  50  years  and 
below  (91%).  Various  ethnic  groups  are  also  represented  at 
our smelting operations – 41% of OM Sarawak’s employees are 
Chinese  (which  comprises  both  local  Malaysians  of  Chinese 
ethnicity and foreign Chinese nationals), followed by 37% who 
are Iban. 

Note: Aggregate data from OMH

During  the  year,  OM  Sarawak  utilised  several  channels  and 
collaborated  with  various  organisations 
for  recruitment 
purposes:

Open interviews in collaboration with the Social Security 
Organisations;

Open interviews at polytechnics and universities;

Virtual career talks at local polytechnics and universities 
(such  as  Curtin  University  Sarawak,  Swinburne 
University, Polytechnic Mukah);

• 

• 

• 

50

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Employee 
Diversity

Workforce Diversity 
(Age Group)

Female 
15%

Male 
85%

Below 
30 years 
43%

Workforce Diversity 
(Racial Group)

Above 
50 years 
old 
9%

30 to 
50 years 
48%

Iban 37%

Chinese 41%

Melanau 10%

Malay 3%
Indian 2%

*Others 7%

*Others  -  Refers  to  several  minor  ethnic  groups  placed  collectively  under 
‘Others’  such  as  Begetan,  Bidayuh,  Bisaya,  Kajang,  Kayan,  Kedayan, 
Kegaman, Kenyah, Lahanan, Lun Bawar, Penan, Punan and others.  

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

Read  more  on  our  Diversity  Policy  on  our  website:    http://www.omholdingsltd.com/
aboutus/corporate-governance/  and  our  Corporate  Governance  Report  integrated  into 
this Annual Report

Fair Remuneration and Benefits

OMH acknowledges that the provision of fair remuneration and 
benefits  is  essential  for  attracting  and  retaining  employees. 
Therefore,  we  strive  to  provide  competitive  remuneration 
packages  to  our  workforce.  We  also  adhere  to  the  minimum 
local wage standards that are applicable to our businesses (e.g., 
OM  Sarawak  adheres  to  the  Sarawak  Labour  Ordinance  and 
Minimum Wages Order 2018).

Annual  leave  and  retirement  contributions  are  mandatory 
for  all  employees.  Additional  benefits  such  as  maternity  and 
paternity leave entitlements, additional allowances, subsidies, 
and reimbursements vary depending on where our businesses 
operate.

Retirement 
Benefits 

Retirement  benefits  for  employees  are 
provided  through  defined  contribution 
plans,  as  provided  by  the  laws  of  the 
countries  in  which  the  Group  operates 
in:

a) 
b) 
c) 

Singapore: Central Provident Fund (“CPF”)
Australia: Employee Superannuation Plans “(SUPER”)
Malaysia: Employees Provident Fund (“EPF”) 

In  response  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  flexible  work-from-
home arrangements were rolled out across the Group with the 
aim to keep all employees safe and reduce the risk of employees 
getting infected with COVID-19. Employees who were required 
to be on-site were segregated into non-overlapping teams with 
staggered shifts to ensure minimal physical contact.

Performance-based Remuneration

Within the Group, remuneration is predicated on job function 
and  requirements,  employee  qualifications  and  working 
experience.  No  other  distinctions  are  made  based  on  gender 
or  other  diversity  criteria.  Variable  performance-based 
compensation is determined based on the annual performance 
appraisal system in place which is conducted at least annually. 

We  also  prioritise  internal  promotions  and  hire  to  retain 
employees,  providing  suitable  career  progression  based  on 
their  strengths  and  demonstrated  abilities.  At  OM  Sarawak, 
we  have  a  standard  pay  scale  for  technical  operators  and 
staff,  and  a  structured  competency-based  career  tracking 
and  assessment  programme  for  stoking  operators  as  well  as 
production engineers.

As at 31 December 2021, we recorded 152 promotions and 
internal hires, equivalent to a promotion or internal hire rate 
of 9.5% 

Investing in Our People

Efforts in Hiring Local Employees

Since entering its operational phase, OM Sarawak has worked 
to  reduce  its  reliance  on  foreign  employees.  In  2014,  Chinese 
nationals accounted for 80% of the entity’s workforce, but this 
has reduced to 32% in FY2021.

As smelting is a relatively new industry in Sarawak, skilled core 
positions (currently mostly helmed by foreign manpower from 
China), generally require 10 to 15 years of on-site experience to 
acquire the necessary level of competency. 

Percentage of Malaysian vs Foreigners

Foreigners 
32%

Malaysian 
68%

Initiatives implemented include:

• 

• 

• 
• 

Creation of local management and trainee positions 
via training programmes
Deployed  semi-skilled  local  manpower  to  positions 
within the core furnace and maintenance operations 
through upskilling to skilled or technical roles
Intensified localisation programmes 
Collaborated  with  the  local  university  to  enhance 
training programmes for local operators

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

51

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021In 2021, as part of the continuous localization effort, we successfully trained 50 local employees to replace some of the roles that 
were previously filled by foreign manpower. This was made possible through our smelting operator development programmes, 
which helped to mitigate further production disruptions due to a shortage of skilled foreign labour as a result of COVID-19 related 
travel restrictions.

Worker at OM Sarawak takes product sample to be tested by soaking or splashing it with water.

As mentioned previously, upskilling our workforce is crucial to sustaining continued growth and improvements in productivity and 
performance for the Group. We invest in our workforce through a variety of training programmes.

Internal and external training programmes conducted by OM Sarawak in FY2021:

Training Programmes Conducted

Technical programmes
Stoking Apprentice I 
• 
Training

•  Casting Training
•  Power Distribution 

Training
Smelter Lifting Training

• 

Safety programmes
•  Kempen Pergi and Balik 
Kerja (Go and Return 
Campaign)

•  Conveyor Belt Safety 

Training

•  Basic Fire Safety Training
Smelter Safety Refresher 
• 
Training

•  Chemical Handling and 

Safety Training

Competency training
•  Authorised Entrant and 

Standby Person

•  Occupational Health Nurse 

Development training
•  KAIZEN
•  Domestic Inquiry
•  Understanding of HACCP

52

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Training  programmes  conducted  in  FY2021  included  Technical  Programmes,  Safety  Programmes,  Competency  Training  and 
Development Training. These programmes were conducted to upskill the existing workforce, address competency gaps, as well as 
motivate and increase engagement among employees. In FY2021, we recorded the average training hours according to gender and 
employment category as follows:

Training Hours

Training Hours

41

40

4.2

4.1

2.1

2.0

Male

Female

i v e

N o n - e x e c u t

i v e

E x e c u t

M a n a g e m e n t
S e n i o r

  M a n a g e m e n t

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

Employee Engagement 

Employee 
surveys

Virtual online 
training

Virtual online 
Townhall 
session

Festive 
celebrations

Annual 
dinner

Sports 
activities

In FY2021, employee engagement activities were limited due to COVID-19 and were largely conducted virtually to minimise physical 
contact. Employee activities that are usually carried out annually, such as festive celebrations, annual dinners and sports activities, 
were postponed to reduce the risk of employees getting infected with COVID-19. These activities will resume in the future when 
feasible and safe to do so. 

Forward-looking Plans 

OM  Sarawak  will  continue  training  local  operators  at  the  highest  rate  possible,  to  provide  sufficient  manpower  buffer  in  core 
operations and continue the localization process.  We will also sponsor local workers to obtain the Certificate in Manufacturing 
Technology (Smelting), a joint venture upskilling programme with Universiti Malaysia Sarawak (“UNIMAS”) which we announced in 
February 2022. At OM Sarawak, our long-term goal is to employ a workforce of at least 80% local employees. We also aim to roll out 
our Managerial Development Programme in the near future, to cultivate leadership and managerial talent.  

53

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021ENVIRONMENTAL
o
Energy & Emissions

• 

• 
• 

Comply with Malaysian Ambient Air 
Quality Guideline (MAAAQG)
Achieve ISO 14001 in FY2023
Complete  tapping  de-duster  pilot 
plant trials by 1H 2023

We  believe  the  protection  of  the  environment 
is  a  key 
responsibility  of  the  Group.  Hence,  maintaining  responsible 
practices  in  energy  consumption  and  emissions  management 
is crucial to protect the environment and to demonstrate good 
stewardship of natural resources.  

Energy management practices at our flagship smelter complex 
in  Sarawak,  Malaysia,  are  implemented  in  accordance  with 
the  plant’s  Environmental  Management  System  which  was 
formulated  in  line  with  the  ISO  14001:2004  standard.  OM 
Sarawak is also pursuing ISO 14001:2004 certification. 

Energy Management

The  conversion  of  raw  materials  into  ferroalloys  involves  high 
temperature  smelting  processes  that  consume  large  amounts 
of  electricity.  The  electric  arc  furnace  operates  at  varying 
temperatures,  in  excess  of  1000°C,  depending  on  the  type  of 
metal oxide reduction required for various ferroalloys. 

54

OM Materials (Sarawak) Sdn. Bhd. (“OM Sarawak”), one of the largest ferroalloy plants in 

the region, the Group’s flagship smelter complex in Samalaju, Sarawak.

OM  Sarawak  occupies  202.35  hectares  within  the  SIP  which 
caters  specifically  for  energy-intensive  industries.  Since  the 
inception  of  the  Sarawak  plant,  we  have  entered  into  a  20-
year  power  purchase  agreement  (“PPA”)  (until  the  year  2033) 
with  the  State’s  power  company  for  the  continuous  supply  of 
competitively priced electricity at an initial capacity of 350 MW.  
Electricity supplied is predominantly generated from renewable 
sources.

While  the  main  smelting  operations  consumes  electricity, 
diesel fuel is also used for our logistics operations and for the 
transportation of raw materials and finished goods.

Electricity Consumption

Electricity Consumption 
(Million GJ)

10.69

11.07

8.80

7.51

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

OM Sarawak consumed 7.51 million gigajoules (GJ) of electricity 
in  FY2021.    Electricity  consumption  was  reduced  by  14.6%  in 
FY2021  when  compared  to  FY2020  -  mainly  due  to  reduced 
production during the COVID-19 pandemic, where only 12 out 
of 16 furnaces were in operation.

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Breakdown of FY2021 Electricity 
Consumption

Breakdown of FY2021 Energy 
Consumption

APCE, Production 
Equipment 
and Ancillary 
Equipment and 
Services 
6.8%

Smelting 
Process 
93.2%

Fuel (Diesel) 
0.75%

Electricity 
99.25%

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

Out of the total electricity consumed in FY2021, 93.2% was used 
to  power  our  smelting  processes  while  the  remaining  6.8% 
was consumed to operate the Air Pollution Control Equipment 
(“APCE”),  production  equipment  and  ancillary  equipment  and 
services.

The  overall  energy  consumption  for  FY2021  was  7.57  million 
GJ.  99.25%  of  the  energy  consumed  was  electricity  and  the 
remaining 0.75% was diesel fuel. The total energy consumption 
decreased  by  14.4%  as  compared  to  FY2020  due  to  reduced 
production in FY2021. 

Fuel Consumption

Energy Intensity

Diesel Consumption 
(Million GJ)

Energy Intensity 
(GJ/Tonne of Ferrosilicon)

0.06

31.15

31.81

31.99

31.66

31.22

31.97

0.04

0.04

0.04

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

OM Sarawak consumed 0.06 million GJ of diesel in FY2021. The 
increase of 36.6% in diesel consumption was attributed to the 
trial operations of the sinter plant. The sintering trial operation 
accounted for 47% of the overall diesel usage for FY2021. 

FY 2016

FY 2017

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

Energy Intensity 
(GJ/Tonne of Manganese Alloy)

12.16

12.51

13.39

13.69

13.89

Breakdown of FY2021 Electricity 
Consumption

Sintering 
Operation 
47%

Logistic 
Vehicles & 
Machineries 
53%

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

Energy Consumption

Total Energy Consumption
 (Million GJ)

10.73

11.11

8.84

7.57

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

FY 2017

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

In FY2021, the energy intensity to produce a tonne of ferrosilicon 
and  a  tonne  of  manganese  alloy  was  31.97  GJ  and  13.89  GJ 
respectively, which was a 2.4% and 2.2% increase from FY2020.

The  marginal  increase  in  energy  intensity  for  ferrosilicon  was 
due  to  variations  in  raw  material  proportions  and  grades,  a 
consequence of supply chain disruptions during the COVID-19 
pandemic.  The  increase  in  energy  intensity  for  manganese 
alloys was due to changes in the product mix, with lower energy 
intensive  products  being  reduced  from  the  product  mix  in 
FY2021.

55

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Key Initiatives and Forward-looking Plans 

As part of our continuous efforts to improve energy management 
and facilitate sustainable production, the following optimisation 
plans are to be carried out on a continuous basis:  

• 

• 

• 

Selecting better raw materials, better pre-processing of 
raw materials, and reusing sintered ore;

Utilising improved instruments and process controllers 
to optimise the production processes; and 

scheduled 

Performing 
equipment  maintenance 
and  using  improved  process  equipment  to  improve 
equipment  reliability  and  provide  higher  operating 
efficiency.

In  2022,  in  collaboration  with  the  International  Manganese 
Institute  (IMnI),  a  ‘cradle-to-gate’  Life  Cycle  Analysis  (“LCA”) 
will be conducted on manganese ore and manganese alloys to 
better understand our environmental footprint and benchmark 
ourselves  against  other  producers  in  the  industry.  The  scope 
of  the  LCA  will  cover  processes  from  extraction  of  resources 
to  processing  (smelting),  and  stops  at  our  plant  gate.  This 
assessment  will  assist  our  customers,  who  are  major  steel 
mills within the region, in making decisions that will benefit the 
environment  as  they  lean  towards  enhancing  sustainability  in 
their supply chains.     

The  total  GHG  emissions  in  FY2021  were  1,151  kilotonnes  of 
carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2-eq). Over the past three years, 
we  have  observed  a  decrease  in  total  GHG  emissions,  with  a 
17.4%  reduction  recorded  between  FY2021  and  FY2020.  This 
decrease  in  emissions  was  mainly  due  to  lower  production 
activities.  GHG  emissions  are  calculated  based  on  the 
Greenhouse  Gas  Protocol  and  2006  Intergovernmental  Panel 
on Climate Change (“IPCC”) Guidelines.

Out of the total 1,151 kilotonnes CO2-eq emitted in FY2021, 724 
kilotonnes CO2-eq were direct Scope 1 GHG emissions, and 427 
kilotonnes CO2-eq were indirect Scope 2 GHG emissions. Both 
Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions decreased by 19.0% and 14.3%, 
respectively, compared to FY2020. As reiterated previously, this 
was due to a lower capacity utilization.

Scope 1 Emissions 
(Kilotonnes of CO2-eq)

1,103

1,098

894

724

Greenhouse  Gases  (GHG)  and  Other  Significant 
Air Emissions

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

We  are  fully  committed  to  ensuring  that  air  quality  remains 
within  the  permissible 
level  set  out  by  the  respective 
environmental  regulatory  bodies  in  the  countries  that  the 
Group  operates  in.  Continuous  research  and  development  on 
air quality improvements remain a long-term goal for OMH. 

Our  Sarawak  plant  in  Malaysia  is  required  to  abide  by  the 
Environmental  Quality  (Clean  Air)  Regulations  2014  and  the 
Malaysia Ambient Air Quality Standard 2020. 

During the production of ferroalloys, the use of carbonaceous 
materials  is  required  as  reducing  agents  during  the  chemical 
conversion  process,  leading  to  the  inevitable  emissions  of 
carbon dioxide (CO2). Such emissions can potentially be reduced 
but  cannot  be  eliminated  completely  with  currently  available 
technology.

Total GHG Emissions                       
(Kilotonnes of CO2-eq)

1,678

1,789

1,393

1,151

Scope 1 emissions are mainly derived from smelting processes. 
These emissions are the result of metallic oxide reduction and 
consumption  of  carbonaceous  material  during  the  reduction 
process.  Scope 1 emissions disclosed exclude the combustion of 
fuel by company vehicles as the distance travelled to transport 
raw  materials,  products  and  by-products  to  the  storage  yard 
are not material.

Scope  2  emissions  are  associated  with  the  consumption  of 
electricity from the power grid, which is predominantly powered 
by the hydroelectric dams in Sarawak.

Scope 2 Emissions                          

(Kilotonnes of CO2-eq)

692

575

498

427

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

Note: Emissions factor for 2018 to 2020 are based on figures provided by Sarawak Energy 

Berhad. The emission factor used for FY2021 Scope 2 Emission calculation is based on 

FY2020 provided by Sarawak Energy Berhad.

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

56

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021GHG Emission Intensity
(CO2-eq of per tonne Ferrosilicon Produced)

5.31

5.48

5.27

5.22

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

GHG Emission Intensity
(CO2-eq of per tonne Manganese Alloy Produced)

3.10

2.66

2.63

Resources  are  also  being  allocated  to  carry  out  research  and 
feasibility  studies  to  improve  the  filtration  efficiency  of  the 
main furnace de-dusting systems, and to upgrade the current 
de-dusting  systems  used  during  the  tapping  process  for 
ferrosilicon  furnaces.  OM  Sarawak  has  performed  trial  tests 
using  filter  bags  from  various  reputable  manufacturers  and 
has  started  utilising  higher  quality  filter  bags,  with  improved 
filtration media, to improve the filtration efficiency.

Improvement  plans  for  upgrading  the  plant’s  ferrosilicon 
tapping de-duster systems were finalised in FY2021 and a pilot 
project is lined up for execution in 2022.

The  new  system  designs  will  take  into  consideration  various 
parameters,  including  the  characteristics  of  dust,  production 
processes  and  the  on-site  operating  conditions  to  meet 
production  requirements.  The  project  design  will  include 
upgrading the current de-duster system, as well as modifying 
the extraction hood system and fume control dampers system. 
With the utilisation of a pulsejet system, the upgraded de-duster 
system  will  have  a  higher  filtration  efficiency  and  is  expected 
to  significantly  reduce  dust  and  fume  emissions  during  the 
tapping process. 

2.09

Waste Management

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

The  GHG  Scope  1  emissions  intensity  ratio  for  FY2021  was 
3.16 CO2-eq per tonne of FeSi produced, a 3.9% reduction from 
FY2020. For manganese alloy, the FY2021 GHG Scope 1 emissions 
intensity  ratio  was  1.74  CO2-eq  per  tonne  of  manganese  alloy 
produced, a 2.8% reduction from FY2020.

in  the  plant.  The  CEMS  system 

Total  Particulate  Matter  (“TPM”)  is  monitored  continuously 
through  a  Continuous  Emissions  Monitoring  System  (“CEMS”) 
is  periodically 
installed 
audited  and  calibrated  to  ensure  accuracy  and  reliability  and 
is  connected  to  the  DOE  of  Malaysia  in  real-time.  Quarterly 
Relative  Response  Audit  (“RRA”)  tests  are  also  carried  out  for 
all  stacks  at  each  furnace  to  ensure  the  validity  of  particulate 
matter  readings.  During  routine  maintenance  of  the  CEMS, 
OM  Sarawak  will  carry  out  hourly  stack  opacity  observations 
according to OM Sarawak’s standard operating practices.

Additionally,  ambient  air  quality  monitoring  is  performed  to 
monitor SO2, NO2, and PM10 levels across all OM Sarawak’s plant 
operations.

In  FY2021,  it  was  reported  that  all  air  quality  parameters  (i.e., 
total  suspended  particulate  (TSP),  particulate  matter  (PM10), 
carbon  monoxide  (CO),  nitrogen  dioxide  (NO2)  and  sulphur 
dioxide  (SO2))  met  the  limits  prescribed  under  the  Malaysian 
Ambient Air Quality Guidelines (“MAAQG”).

Key Initiatives and Forward-looking Plans

The  Utilities  and  De-dusting  System  (“UDS”)  Department 
operates  and  maintains  the  APCE.  The  APCE  are  a  series  of 
equipment  that  work  to  prevent  pollutants  from  entering  the 
atmosphere. The operation is supervised by several competent 
personnel who are Certified Environmental Professionals in Bag 
Filter Operation (“CePBFO”) and are acknowledged by the DOE.  
The  UDS  Department  personnel  perform  daily  inspections  of 
the  APCE  and  scheduled  replacements  of  aged  filter  bags  to 
reduce dust emissions.  

As  part  of  our  ongoing  initiatives,  OM  Sarawak  also  organises 
annual knowledge sharing sessions with industry peers to share 
sustainability  practices  especially  when  it  comes  to  managing 
operations within SIP. 

• 

Repurpose at least 80% of scheduled 
waste generated each year

Waste  management 
integral  part  of  OMH’s 
environmental  responsibility.  It  is  also  a  requirement  that  we 
comply  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations,  and  that  waste 
management strategies implemented are sustainable.

forms  an 

Across the Group, the Reduce, Reuse and Recycle (“3R”) concept 
is embedded within waste management procedures.

There  are  no  significant  waste-related  impacts  arising  from 
mining  or  processing  activities  at  the  Bootu  Creek  Mine  in 
Australia.  Waste  rock  and  processing  tails  are  stored  on-site 
and  are  not  acid  generating.  These  wastes  are  managed  in 
accordance  with  the  Waste  Management  Plans  for  waste  rock 
and  tailings  storage  that  was  submitted  to  and  approved  by 
the  Northern  Territory  Department  of  Primary  Industry  and 
Resources. 

Read more on our ASX Listing Rules 5.8.1 & 5.9.1 Summary Information integrated into 
this Annual Report. 

At  OM  Sarawak,  waste  management  practices  and  initiatives 
are  performed  in  accordance  with  the  Environmental  Quality 
(Scheduled  Wastes)  Regulations  2005  and  are  guided  by  the 
Environmental  Management  System.  Waste  generated 
is 
recorded in the Electronic Scheduled Waste Information System 
(“eSWIS”) which was developed by the DOE.

Silicomanganese slag is a green coarse glassy by-product of the 
silicomanganese smelting process, and is often repurposed for 
use in cement, or as an aggregate for use in construction. Silica 
fume is a fine powder-like by-product of ferrosilicon smelting and 
is recovered from our de-duster systems. It is often densified 
for  use  in  the  construction  industry.  Both  by-products  have 
been tested by SIRIM Behad (“SIRIM”), a national standards and 
quality organization in Malaysia, and have been certified to be 
non-reactive and are not expected to present danger to human 
health  except  through  oral  and  nasal  consumption.  Based  on 
the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (“TCLP”) analysis 
conducted  by  SIRIM,  both  by-products  are  well  within  the 
threshold limits for both organics and inorganics.

In FY2021, OM Sarawak generated 149 kilotonnes of scheduled 
waste, which was a 6.6% increase from FY2020. Both silica fume 
and silicomanganese (SiMn) slag are classified as SW104 by the 
DOE,  being  dusts  and  slags  respectively,  and  constitute  the 

57

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
In  addition,  experiments  for  the  potential  use  of  SiMn  slag 
to  partly  substitute  clinker  in  Portland  cement  are  currently 
ongoing too. OM Sarawak is collaborating with a local cement 
producer  for  trial  studies.  Studies  on  the  application  of  SiMn 
slag as raw material for brick making, concrete block and road 
construction is also currently in the research and development 
stage. 

OM  Sarawak  also  took  the  initiative  to  launch  its  Food  Waste 
Recycling Project in collaboration with a third-party local food 
waste processing entity, with the aim of converting food waste 
into  organic  fertiliser.  In  FY2021,  17,000  kg  of  food  waste  was 
collected and successfully converted to 850kg of fertiliser. This 
will be an ongoing activity to minimise disposal of food waste 
at the plant.  

majority of scheduled waste generated. 96.3% of the scheduled 
waste generated was repurposed in FY2021 and not disposed.

Hazardous  waste  storage  facilities  are  also  available  on-site, 
and  have  been  properly  designed  to  contain  and  prevent  the 
waste  from  contaminating  any  nearby  water  bodies  with  the 
following key handling and management practices in place: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Stored in containers or waste bags that are compatible 
and  durable  to  prevent  spillage  or 
leakage  and 
segregated according to the types of waste;

Containers  and  waste  bags  clearly 
for 
identification with warning signs, waste code and name 
indicated;

labelled 

All scheduled wastes are transported to a DOE-approved 
treatment facility for final disposal or recovery; and

Domestic  and  non-hazardous  wastes  generated  are 
collected  by  government-authorised  solid  waste 
management  contractors  for  disposal  to  approved 
landfill sites 

Schedule Waste Breakdown 
(kilotonnes)

170

157

140 138

149

144

139

109

33

32

23

21

OM Sarawak collaborates with Ex-Community in food waste recycling project.

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

2. 

3R Concept

Generated

Repurposed

Disposed

Non-Schedule Waste Breakdown 
(Tonnes)

500 500

356 356

318 318

225 225

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

Generated

Disposed

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

Non-schedule  waste  generated  for  FY2021  was  225  tonnes,  a 
29.2% decrease from FY2020.

Key Initiatives and Forward-looking Plans

1. 

Collaboration with External Parties

OM Sarawak is currently collaborating with external parties to 
research  and  develop  ways  to  repurpose  waste  generated  by 
the plant.

The  entity  has  been  collaborating  with  a  local  higher  learning 
institution  under  the  Sarawak  Research  and  Development 
Council Grant to study the potential usage of silica fume as raw 
material. The feasibility study is currently ongoing. 

58

All  waste  generated  by  plant  operations  is  managed  by  OM 
Sarawak  and  third-party  contractors  are  only  engaged  for 
disposal  and  recycling.    We  work  hard  to  reduce  the  amount 
of  waste  disposed  and  incorporate  the  3R  concept  across 
the  subsidiary  –  this  not  only  minimises  our  environmental 
footprint, but also promotes cost savings.

Non-hazardous  wastes  with  commercial  value,  such  as  jumbo 
bags,  heavy  vehicle  batteries,  and  used  tyres,  are  segregated 
and  sold  to  third-party  recyclers.  In  addition,  wood  waste 
generated  across  the  operations,  mainly  from  used  broken 
pallets  and  other  wood-based  materials,  are  repurposed  as 
reductants for smelting.

OM  Sarawak  repurposes  SiMn  slag  for  internal  use  as  an 
aggregate for roads and ground levelling works. Spent lubricant 
oil from on-site vehicles is sold to DOE-registered recyclers for 
biodiesel production.

OM Sarawak is also currently collaborating with a local higher 
institution  under  the  Sarawak  Research  Department  Council 
Grant, to reuse silica waste generated as a stabilising agent in 
peat  soil.  Preliminary  results  from  the  research  project  have 
demonstrated positive outcomes.

Furthermore, OM Sarawak has been granted a special permit by 
the DOE to recover silica fume to produce micro-silica products. 
Silica  fume  is  recovered  through  a  densification  process  to 
produce  micro-silica  for  sale  to  construction  industries.  It  is 
widely accepted as filling material in the concrete and cement 
industry.    This  grey  coloured  powder  is  categorised  as  a 
supplementary  cementitious  material  and  is  used  to  harden 
concrete through hydraulic or pozzolanic activity. 

OM Sarawak currently runs a silica fume densification process 
and aims to ensure that silica fume generated meets industry 
saleable  requirements  and  targets  to  increase  the  saleable 
silica fume to reduce wastage and waste disposal costs. 

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 20213. 

Training

To ensure employees are aware of waste management practices, 
waste  management  plans  for  both  industrial  and  hazardous 
waste  have  been  developed  for  employees’  reference.  OM 
Sarawak  plans  to  conduct  waste  management  briefings  and 
increase training frequency in the coming years.

Water and Effluents

Water forms an essential component of our business and OMH 
works  to  ensure  water  resources  are  adequately  managed 
across our operations.

As iterated earlier, OM Sarawak is bound by legal requirements 
of  the  Environmental  Quality  Act  1974,  specifically  the 
Environment  Quality  (Industrial  Effluent)  Regulations  2009, 
Fifth Schedule. 

Water and Effluent Management

• 

Ensure  effluent  water  monitoring 
parameters 
the 
permissible limit

are  within 

OM  Sarawak’s 
furnaces  run  high-temperature  smelting 
processes  and  water  is  used  primarily  for  furnace  cooling 
purposes.  Chemical  additives  are  added  to  cooling  water  to 
minimise pipe scaling and corrosion.

The  plant’s  cooling  system  was  designed  to  be  a  closed-loop 
water  circulation  cooling  system.  It  is  mainly  used  to  cool 
furnace equipment and furnace transformers. The water is lost 
via evaporation from the cooling towers and water blowdown 
process.  The  blowdown  water  is  channelled  to  the  blowdown 
water  pond,  where  water  is  recycled  and  reused  for  general 
cleaning. 

OM  Sarawak  utilises  municipal  water  that  is  not  extracted 
from  sensitive  or  protected  water  bodies  (i.e.,  not  part  of  the 
Ramsar  Wetlands  list).  To  mitigate  unforeseen  water  supply 
interruption  from  the  Municipal  Water  Supply  Board,  OM 
Sarawak is equipped with a water reservoir that can store up to 
48 hours’ worth of continuous water flow for plant operations.

Water Consumption
(Million m3)

2.00

1.79

1.47

1.22

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

Note: Aggregate data from OM Sarawak

In  FY2021,  1.22  million  m3  of  water  was  consumed  by  OM 
Sarawak. The water consumption for FY2021 reduced by 17%  as 
compared to FY2020 due to the reduction of furnace operations 
in FY2021.

All  key  water  quality  impacts  are  identified  and  documented 
in  OM  Sarawak’s  DEIA  Report  along  with  the  corresponding 
mitigation  measures.  Periodic  environmental  monitoring  is 
carried out by a third-party consultant and any incidents of non-
compliance  are  reported  and  rectified  immediately.  Internal 
laboratory  analysis  is  conducted  on  wastewater  for  selected 
parameters such as manganese content. 

Industrial  effluent  or  liquid  waste  generated  from  the  plant’s 
operations  will  be  treated  prior  to  discharge  to  meet  the 
regulatory  standards  for  water  quality.  Wastewater  quality  is 
monitored  on  a  regular  basis  and  incidents  where  the  water 
quality does not meet the compliance standards or permissible 
limits/parameters are flagged and addressed immediately. 

In FY2021, the effluent quality was found to be compliant with 
the Environmental Quality (Industrial Effluent) Regulation 2009, 
with  the  exception  of  one  sampling  point.  The  manganese 
content  of  effluent  was  observed  to  be  1.33  parts  per  million 
(ppm),  exceeding  the  permissible  limit  of  1  ppm  (Q4  2021 
result  showed  improvement  with  a  reading  of  0.85  ppm). 
This  observation,  however,  was  deemed  acceptable  due  to 
the  abundance  of  manganese  in  the  local  soil.  Nevertheless, 
OM  Sarawak  will  make  all  efforts  to  minimize  the  manganese 
content in effluent.   

All  production  areas  within  the  boundary  of  the  plant, 
including  the  raw  material  open  storage  yard,  are  equipped 
with  a  perimeter  drainage  system  and  sedimentation  system 
to  capture  suspended  solids  and  mineral  particles  in  surface 
runoff discharged.

Sanitary  water  is  piped  directly  to  SIP’s  centralised  sewage 
treatment  plant.  The  wastewater  discharge  is  treated  to  meet 
the  limits  under  Standard  B  of  the  Environmental  Quality 
(Sewage) Regulations 2009. 

Key Initiatives and Forward-looking Plans 

The  following  initiatives  outline  OM  Sarawak’s  continuous 
efforts to ensure good water and effluent management: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Water  chemical  treatment  system  was  introduced  to 
the plant’s close-loop water cooling system in 2017. The 
system  mitigates  water  pipeline  corrosion  and  scaling, 
and  hence,  reduces  the  amount  of  blowdown  water  in 
the circulation system which significantly reduces water 
consumption for cooling purposes;  

The  plant’s  water  reservoir  tank  and  water  tanks  at 
cooling  stations  were  designed  and  constructed  in 
an  enclosed  manner.  This  conserves  more  water  by 
reducing evaporation rates compared to non-enclosed 
water tanks;

Best  practices  have  been  introduced  under  the  Daily 
and Weekly Water Quality Monitoring Programme which 
was  implemented  to  ensure  water  quality  does  not 
exceed pH and conductivity limits;

Standard  operating  procedures  have  been  established 
at the pump station to manage and reduce unnecessary 
water usage; 

A  total  of  34  water  flowmeters  were  installed  at  key 
locations  across  the  plant  to  effectively  monitor  daily 
water  consumption.  Installation  of  flowmeters  will 
continue in 2022; and

Sarawak 

communicates 

OM 
the 
management  team  of  the  Municipal  Water  Board  to 
ensure  the  main  flow  meter  is  calibrated  to  provide 
accurate readings.

closely  with 

Other 
include 
improvement  plans  for  the  coming  year 
enhancing reporting on runoff water from plant areas, installing 

59

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021flow  meters  at  fire  hydrants  to  identify  leakages  from  fire 
hydrant pillars and installing additional online water treatment 
controllers  at  the  water  pump  station  to  optimise  chemical 
usage and water consumption. 

Land Remediation, Contamination or 
Degradation

This section focuses on the land remediation and rehabilitation 
processes for our mining entity, OMM, the owner and operator 
of  the  Bootu  Creek  Mine  located  in  the  Northern  Territory, 
Australia. Mining activities have ceased at the end of 2021.  

OMM – Bootu Creek Mine

Land and soil management is an integral component of mining 
in  the  semi-arid  temperate  climate  of  the  Northern  Territory. 
Mining  can  have  adverse 
impacts  on  the  environment. 
Identifying and managing these impacts is an important aspect 
when managing business operations as a whole. Implementing 
appropriate objectives, strategies and targets to achieve good 
soil  and  land  management  ensures  that  OMM  can  continue 
to  maintain  high 
levels  of  environmental  performance, 
ensure  compliance  with  its  regulators  and  governing  acts, 
while  benefiting  stakeholders, 
landowners  and 
shareholders.

including 

Rehabilitation of disturbed areas is identified as a key closure 
criterion  upon  completion  of  mining  activities  and  upon 
returning  of  the  lease  area  to  landowners.  Rehabilitation  of 
infrastructure  areas  will  be  conducted  pre-closure,  while 
other areas such as tracks, roads and exploration areas will be 
remediated as and when they are no longer used in operations. 

Various  waste  rock  dumps  across  the  site  have  been 
progressively  rehabilitated  and  revegetated  to  decrease 
environmental  impacts  from  erosion,  introduction  of  weed 
species, and waterway pollution.

2019
Bioremediation of
hydrocarbon-contaminated areas

2020
Trial to small test areas

2021
A wider bioremediation campaign
commenced in FY2021 to treat contained
contaminated areas which resulted in 
successful remediation, confirmed by 
laboratory analysis of Total Recoverable
Hydrocarbons (TRH)

OMM’s timeline for land remediation at the Bootu Creek Mine.

The  bioremediation  of  hydrocarbon-contaminated  areas 
commenced  in  2019  and  2020,  which  included  trials  of  small 
test  areas.  A  wider  bioremediation  campaign  commenced  in 
FY2021  to  treat  contained  contaminated  areas  which  resulted 
in successful remediation, as confirmed by laboratory analysis 
of Total Recoverable Hydrocarbons (“TRH”). 

OM Sarawak – Sarawak Ferroalloy Smelting Complex

OM  Sarawak’s  operational  site  is  located  in  a  designated 
industrial  zone  that  is  situated  away  from  any  sensitive 
receptors.  Prior  to  the  construction  of  the  smelting  plant,  a 
DEIA  was  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  Sarawak  State’s 
Natural Resources and Environment Order, 1997 and Malaysia’s 
Environmental Quality Act 1974. The DEIA was submitted to and 
approved by the DOE. 

In  Malaysia,  we  are  bounded  by  the  legal  requirement  of 
Environmental Quality Act 1974 and the Environmental Impact 
Assessment  (“EIA”)  Approval  Condition  that  stipulates  the 
requirement  to  monitor  soil  quality  as  part  of  the  quarterly 
environmental  monitoring  assessment  conducted  by  a  third-
party consultant.

Key Initiatives and Forward-looking Plans 

OMM’s  soil  and  land  management  targets  at  the  Bootu  Creek 
Mine  comprise  of  compliance  with  all  management  strategies 
outlined  in  OMM’s  Environmental  Management  Plan.  These 
strategies include the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Limiting areas of disturbance;

Conserving  environmental  resource  stockpiles  for  site 
rehabilitation and long-term use (i.e., topsoil and quarry 
rock);

Constructing waste rock dumps to minimise erosion and 
landform instability;

Minimising  wind  and  water  erosion  on  disturbed 
and  constructed  surfaces  by  conducting  progressive 
rehabilitation;

Preventing the introduction of soil-borne diseases and 
weeds;

Minimising  adverse 
activities;

impacts  on  adjacent  pastoral 

Preventing 
hydrocarbon management; and

land  contamination  by 

implementing 

Site-wide  training  to  ensure  all  employees  operate 
within OMM’s environmental values and objectives.

OMM  is  committed  to  meet  these  targets  and  satisfy  all  land 
management  criteria  upon  closure.  Upon  completing  land 
remediation processes, the mineral lease will be released back 
to its landowners. The highlights during FY2021 operations at 
the Bootu Creek Mine include the progressive rehabilitation of 
the  Chugga  West  and  Chugga  North  waste  landforms.  These 
areas  have  been  profiled  and  shaped  with  topsoil  application 
and are planned to be seeded in 2022.

The  bioremediation  campaign  of  hydrocarbon  contaminated 
materials  also  proved  to  be  successful,  signalling  positive 
land  clean-up  efforts  at  the 
expectations  for  continued 
workshop  and  fuel  facility  areas.  Large  scale  hydrocarbon-
contaminated  soil  at  pre-closure  will  be  remediated  in  situ 
using  microorganism  bioremediation.  The  remaining  smaller 
scale  contaminated  consumable  waste  will  be  incinerated 
or  alternatively  transferred  offsite  to  a  suitable  facility.  The 
remaining  waste  will  be  removed  and  disposed  of  within  the 
inert onsite landfill.

An overarching environmental aspects and impacts assessment 
was  performed  prior  to  operations  commencing  at  Bootu 
Creek  Mine,  and  outcomes  and  management  strategies  were 
presented  in  OMM’s  Environmental  Management  Plan.  This 
plan  was  reviewed  and  approved  by  the  Northern  Territory 
Department of Industry, Tourism and Trade (“DITT”). 

OMM  has  scheduled  extensive  environmental  operations  for 
2022.  Machinery  works  will  focus  on  rehabilitating  all  waste 
rock landforms, encompassing approximately 245 hectares on 
the Bootu Creek Mine site. Local environmental consultants will 
be engaged to conduct a Land Function Analysis (LFA) to assess 
existing rehabilitation throughout 2022. 

60

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENTOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT 
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

The Directors are pleased to present their statement to the members together with the audited consolidated financial statements 
of OM Holdings Limited (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”) for the financial year ended 31 December 
2021 and the statement of financial position of the Company as at 31 December 2021.

In the opinion of the Directors, 

(a) 

(b) 

the consolidated financial statements of the Group and the statement of financial position of the Company are drawn up so as 
to give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Group and of the Company as at 31 December 2021 and the financial 
performance, changes in equity and cash flows of the Group for the financial year ended on that date; and

at the date of this statement, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and 
when they fall due.

The Board of Directors has on the date of this statement, authorised these financial statements for issue.

Names of Directors 

The Directors of the Company in office at the date of this statement were:

Low Ngee Tong  
Zainul Abidin Rasheed  
Julie Anne Wolseley  
Tan Peng Chin  
Thomas Teo Liang Huat 
Dato’ Abdul Hamid Bin Sh Mohamed    
Tan Ming-Li  

(Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer)
(Independent Deputy Chairman) 
(Non-Executive Director and Joint Company Secretary)
(Independent Non-Executive Director)
(Independent Non-Executive Director)
(Independent Non-Executive Director) (Appointed on 10 May 2021)
(Independent Non-Executive Director) (Appointed on 10 May 2021)

In accordance with Bye-law 88(1) of the Company’s Bye-laws, one-third of the Directors (excluding the Chief Executive Officer) retire 
at the forthcoming annual general meeting and, being eligible, offer themselves for re-election.

Arrangements to enable Directors to acquire shares or debentures

During and at the end of the financial year, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries was a party to any arrangement of which 
the object was to enable the Directors to acquire benefits through the acquisition of shares in or debentures of the Company or 
any other corporate body.

61

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT 
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Directors’ interests in shares

None of the Directors who held office at the end of the financial year had any interests in the shares of the Company or its related 
corporation, except as follows:

The Company -

Low Ngee Tong

Julie Anne Wolseley

Tan Peng Chin

Holdings registered
in the name of
director or nominee

Holdings in which
director is deemed
to have an interest

As at

1.1.2021

As at

31.12.2021

As at

1.1.2021

As at

31.12.2021

Number of ordinary shares fully paid

68,110,631

68,110,631

5,562,002

5,562,002

(1) 2,020,000

(1) 2,035,200

–

–

–

–

–

–

Note:
(1) 

2,035,200 (2020 - 720,000) shares are held by bank brokerage firms on behalf of Mr Tan Peng Chin.

Shares Options

No options were granted during the financial year to take up unissued shares of the Company or any corporation in the Group.

No shares of the Company or any corporation in the Group were issued during the financial year by virtue of the exercise of options.

There were no unissued shares of the Company or any corporation in the Group under option at the end of the financial year.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee at the end of the financial year comprised the following members:

Thomas Teo Liang Huat (Chairman)
Julie Anne Wolseley
Dato’ Abdul Hamid Bin Sh Mohamed

The  Audit  Committee  performs  the  functions  set  out  in  the  Audit  Committee  Charter  available  on  the  Company’s  website.  The 
Company  has  also  considered  the  fourth  edition  of  the  Corporate  Governance  Principles  and  Recommendations  with  relevant 
amendments  developed  by  the  ASX  Corporate  Governance  Council.  In  performing  those  functions,  the  Audit  Committee  has 
reviewed the following:

overall scope of both the internal and external audits and the assistance given by the Company’s officers to the auditors. It 
has met with the Company’s internal and external auditors to discuss the results of their respective examinations and their 
evaluations of the Company’s system of internal accounting controls;

the audit plan of the Company’s independent auditor and any recommendations on internal accounting controls arising from 
the statutory audit; and

the  half-yearly  financial  information  and  the  statement  of  financial  position  of  the  Company  and  the  consolidated  financial 
statements of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 as well as the auditor’s report thereon.

i. 

ii. 

iii. 

62

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT 
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Audit Committee (Cont’d)

The Audit Committee has full access to management and is given the resources required for it to discharge its functions. It has full 
authority and the discretion to invite any Director or executive officer to attend its meetings. The Audit Committee also recommends 
the appointment of the external auditor and reviews the level of audit and non-audit fees. 

The Audit Committee is satisfied with the independence and objectivity of the external auditor and has recommended to the Board 
of Directors that the auditor, Foo Kon Tan LLP, be nominated for re-appointment as auditor at the forthcoming Annual General 
Meeting of the Company. 

Independent auditor

The independent auditor, Foo Kon Tan LLP, Public Accountants and Chartered Accountants, has expressed its willingness to accept 
the re-appointment.

On behalf of the Directors

LOW NGEE TONG
Executive Chairman

Dated:  18 March 2022

63

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF OM HOLDINGS LIMITED  

Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements

Opinion 

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of OM Holdings Limited  (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, 
the “Group”), which comprise the statements of financial position of the Company and the Group as at 31 December 2021, and the 
consolidated  statement  of  comprehensive  income,  consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement 
of  cash  flows  of  the  Group  for  the  year  then  ended,  and  notes  to  the  financial  statements,  including  a  summary  of  significant 
accounting policies. 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Group and the statement of financial position of the 
Company are properly drawn up in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) so as to give a true and 
fair view of the financial position of the Company and the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 31 December 2021 and 
of the consolidated financial performance, consolidated changes in equity and consolidated cash flows of the Group for the year 
ended on that date. 

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards 
are  further  described  in  the  Auditor’s  Responsibilities  for  the  Audit  of  the  Financial  Statements  section  of  our  report.  We  are 
independent  of  the  Group  in  accordance  with  the  International  Ethics  Standards  Board  for  Accountants’  Code  of  Professional 
Conduct  and  Ethics  for  Professional  Accountants  (IESBA  Code)  together  with  the  ethical  requirements  that  are  relevant  to  our 
audit  of  the  financial  statements  in  Singapore,  and  we  have  fulfilled  our  other  ethical  responsibilities  in  accordance  with  these 
requirements and the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Key Audit Matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, 
and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

Key audit matter:

Risk:

Our response and work performed:

Our  audit  procedures  included  among  others, 
assessing  appropriateness  of  CGUs 
identified 
by  management,  evaluating  management’s 
assessment for impairment indications, reviewing 
the  valuation  model  and  assumptions  used,  and 
challenging  management’s  assumptions  in  our 
evaluation of the model. 

from 

experts 

independent 

in  the  external  and 

We evaluated whether there had been significant 
changes 
internal  factors 
considered  by  the  Group  in  assessing  whether 
indicators of impairment exist. In the assessment 
of  impairment,  the  Group  takes  into  account  the 
indicative  open  market  prices  of  the  finished 
products 
and 
publication  reports,  and  uses  inputs,  such  as 
market  growth  rate,  weighted  average  cost  of 
capital and other factors, typical of similar mining 
and  smelting  industries.  Senior  management  has 
applied its knowledge of the business in its regular 
review of these estimates. We also focused on the 
adequacy  of  disclosures  about  key  assumptions 
and  sensitivities.  The  disclosures  about  the 
Group’s  property,  plant  and  equipment,  land  use 
rights,  exploration  and  evaluation  costs,  mine 
development  costs  and  right-of-use  assets  are 
included  in  Notes  4,  5,  6,  7  and  9  to  the  financial 
statements respectively.  

tested 

The  Group’s  non-financial  assets  comprise 
property,  plant  and  equipment, 
land  use 
rights,  exploration  and  evaluation  costs,  mine 
development  costs  and  right-of-use  assets 
amounting to A$633.7 million as at 31 December 
for 
2021.  Non-financial  assets  are 
impairment  whenever  events  or  changes 
in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
may  not  be  recoverable.  An  impairment  loss  is 
recognised  for  the  amount  by  which  the  asset’s 
carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 
The  recoverable  amount  is  based  on  certain 
key  assumptions,  such  as  cash  flow  projections 
covering  a  five-year  period  and  the  perpetual 
growth rate and discount rate per cash generating 
unit  (CGU).  A  CGU  is  defined  as  the  smallest 
identifiable  group  of  assets  that  generates  cash 
inflows that  are  largely  independent of  the  cash 
inflows  from  other  assets  or  groups  of  assets. 
These  assumptions  which  are  determined  by 
management,  including  the  impact  from  the 
COVID-19 pandemic, are judgmental. 

level,  the 
In  determining  appropriate  CGU 
Group has considered whether there are: active 
markets  for  intermediate  products;  external 
users  of  the  processing  assets;  mining  or 
smelting  operations  through  the  use  of  shared 
infrastructure;  stand-alone  mines  or  smelting 
plants operated on a portfolio basis. Significant 
judgement 
is  required  by  management  to 
determine  whether  multiple  assets  should  be 
grouped to form a CGU. 

Due to the uncertain global economic environment, 
there  are  higher  inherent  risks  relating  to  the 
impairment of the Group’s non-financial assets.

Impairment of non-
financial assets

64

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021  
  
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF OM HOLDINGS LIMITED  

Key Audit Matters (Cont’d)

Key audit matter:

Risk:

Our response and work performed:

Recognition of deferred 
tax assets

The Group recognised deferred tax assets based 
upon  unutilised  tax  losses  and  other  temporary 
differences. The Group exercised its judgement to 
determine the amount of deferred tax assets that 
can be recognised, to the extent that it is probable 
that future taxable profit will be available against 
which the temporary differences can be utilised. 
As  at  31  December  2021,  the  Group  recognised 
deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities of 
A$18.5 million and A$1.3 million respectively. 

In  addition,  the  Group  has  unrecorded  deferred 
tax  assets  of  A$2.5  million  as  at  31  December 
2021.

Our  audit  procedures  included  among  others, 
review of the component auditors’ audit working 
papers  to  understand  the  local  tax  regulations 
and their work performed on the recognition of 
deferred  tax  assets.  We  have  also  assessed  the 
profit forecast to evaluate the reasonableness of 
the recognition of deferred tax assets.

We discussed with the Group’s key management 
and  considered  their  views  on  the  Group’s 
recoverability  of  deferred  tax  assets,  including 
the  impact  from  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  to  the 
extent  that  it  is  probable  that  future  taxable 
income  will  be  available  against  which  the 
temporary  differences  can  be  utilised.  We  also 
focused on the adequacy of disclosures about key 
assumptions  and  sensitivities.  The  disclosures 
about  the  Group’s  deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities are included in Note 10 to the financial 
statements.

Other Information 

Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual 
report, but does not include the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon, which we obtained prior to the date of this 
auditor’s report. The annual report is expected to be made available to us after that date. 

Our  opinion  on  the  financial  statements  does  not  cover  the  other  information  and  we  will  not  express  any  form  of  assurance 
conclusion thereon. 

In  connection  with  our  audit of the  financial  statements,  our  responsibility  is  to  read the  other information identified above 
when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 

When we read the annual report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the 
matter to those charged with governance and take appropriate actions in accordance with ISAs.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged With Governance for the Financial Statements 

Management is responsible for the preparation of financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with IFRSs, and 
for such internal controls as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management 
either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.  

The responsibilities of those charged with governance include overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process. 

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements 

Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  as  a  whole  are  free  from  material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.  Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists.  Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements. 

As  part  of  an  audit  in  accordance  with  ISAs,  we  exercise  professional  judgement  and  maintain professional scepticism 
throughout the audit.  We also:  

•    

•    

•    

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and 
perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.  The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting 
from  error,  as  fraud  may  involve  collusion,  forgery,  intentional  omissions,  misrepresentations,  or  the  override  of  internal 
control.  

Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in 
the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. 

Evaluate  the  appropriateness  of  accounting  policies  used  and  the  reasonableness  of  accounting  estimates  and  related 
disclosures made by management.  

65

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021  
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF OM HOLDINGS LIMITED  

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements (Cont’d)

•    

•    

•    

Conclude  on  the  appropriateness  of  management’s  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  and,  based  on  the  audit 
evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on 
the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw 
attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to 
modify our opinion.  Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report.  However, 
future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.  

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the 
financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.  

Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the 
Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements.  We are responsible for the direction, supervision and 
performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.  

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit 
and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. 

We  also  provide  those  charged  with  governance  with  a  statement  that  we  have  complied  with  relevant    ethical  requirements 
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to 
bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.    

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance 
in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters.  We describe these matters in 
our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, 
we  determine  that  a  matter  should  not  be  communicated  in  our  report  because  the  adverse  consequences  of  doing  so  would 
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.  

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Mr Ho Teik Tiong.

Foo Kon Tan LLP 
Public Accountants and
Chartered Accountants

Singapore, 
18 March 2022

66

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2021 

The Company

The Group

31 December
2021
A$’000

31 December
2020
A$’000

31 December 
2021
A$’000

31 December
2020
A$’000

Note

Assets
Non-Current
Property, plant and equipment 
Land use rights
Exploration and evaluation costs
Mine development costs
Investment property
Right-of-use assets
Deferred tax assets
Interests in subsidiaries
Interests in associates
Other investment

Current
Inventories
Trade and other receivables 
Capitalised contract costs
Prepayments
Cash and bank balances

Total assets

Equity
Capital and Reserves
Share capital 
Treasury shares
Reserves

Non-controlling interests 
Total equity

Liabilities
Non-Current 
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Deferred capital grant

Current
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables 
Provisions
Deferred capital grant
Contract liabilities
Income tax payables

Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

14
15
16

17

18
19
20

21
22
23
24
10
25

21
22
23
24
25
26

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
143,667
-
-
143,667

-
9,417
-
125
44
9,586
153,253

36,931
(2,330)
50,581
85,182
-
85,182

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-
-
68,071
-
-
-
-
68,071
68,071
153,253

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
142,117
-
-
142,117

-
12,553
-
88
42
12,683
154,800

36,931
(2,330)
48,308
82,909
-
82,909

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

14,003
-
57,888
-
-
-
-
71,891
71,891
154,800

610,684
9,308
2,955
2,689
599
8,073
18,478
-
119,311
-
772,097

353,308
56,362
1,484
3,671
112,334
527,159
1,299,256

36,931
(2,330)
470,665
505,266
105,033
610,299

296,129
4,174
54,325
7,973
1,292
10,609
374,502

112,895
3,535
176,727
1,915
778
9,686
8,919
314,455
688,957
1,299,256

The annexed notes form an integral part of and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements.

612,684
8,922
2,326
16,726
574
1,992
13,788
-
126,832
1,888
785,732

216,307
62,992
1,856
3,528
63,031
347,714
1,133,446

36,931
(2,330)
365,042
399,643
68,596
468,239

288,279
415
54,791
10,869
1,229
10,730
366,313

126,766
1,255
155,760
1,806
736
6,064
6,507
298,894
665,207
1,133,446

67

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Other income

Distribution costs 

Administrative expenses 

Other operating expenses 

Finance costs

Profit/(loss) from operations

Share of results of associates

Profit/(loss) before income tax

Income tax

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Currency translation differences arising from foreign subsidiaries                      

(attributable to owners of the Company) 

Cash flow hedges

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Currency translation differences arising from foreign subsidiaries                       

(attributable to non-controlling interests)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

Profit/(loss) attributable to:

Owners of the Company

Non-controlling interests 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to:

Owners of the Company

Non-controlling interests

Profit per share 

- Basic

- Diluted

Year ended

Year ended

31 December

31 December

2021

A$’000

2020

A$’000

Note

3

27

28

28

29

30

31

31

1,040,810

784,633

(766,292)

(688,371)

274,518

14,301

(68,742)

(21,706)

(71,397)

(19,774)

107,200

5,412

112,612

(3,281)

109,331

21,576

2,854

24,430

5,302

5,302

29,732

139,063

81,907

27,424

109,331

105,623

33,440

139,063

Cents

11.11

11.11

96,262

6,756

(41,661)

(15,924)

(37,787)

(28,827)

(21,181)

16,525

(4,656)

1,718

(2,938)

(24,160)

1,253

(22,907)

(6,417)

(6,417)

(29,324)

(32,262)

5,352

(8,290)

(2,938)

(17,868)

(14,394)

(32,262)

Cents

0.73

0.73

The annexed notes form an integral part of and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements.

68

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021-

n
o
N

l
a
t
o
T

y
t
i
u
q
e
o
t

e
l
b
a
t
u
b
i
r
t
t
a

e
g
n
a
h
c
x
E

-

n
o
N

l
a
t
o
T

y
t
i
u
q
e

0
0
0
$
A

’

g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c

f
o
s
r
e
d
o
h

l

d
e
n
i
a
t
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
u
t
c
u
fl

g
n
i
g
d
e
H

0
0
0
$
A

’

0
0
0
$
A

’

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i

t
n
e
r
a
p
e
h
t

s
t
fi
o
r
p

0
0
0
$
A

’

0
0
0
$
A

’

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

0
0
0
$
A

’

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

l
a
t
i
p
a
C

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

0
0
0
$
A

’

e
l
b
a
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
d

e
r
a
h
S

0
0
0
$
A

’

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

0
0
0
$
A

’

i

m
u
m
e
r
p

s
e
r
a
h
s

0
0
0
$
A

’

y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

e
r
a
h
S

l
a
t
i
p
a
c

0
0
0
$
A

’

9
3
2
,
8
6
4

6
9
5
,
8
6

3
4
6
,
9
9
3

7
3
6
,
0
6
1

1
2
0
,
6

)
1
1
9
,
4
(

4
6
0
,
6
1

8
6
8
,
8

3
6
3
,
8
7
1

)
0
3
3
,
2
(

1
3
9
,
6
3

7
9
9
,
2

7
9
9
,
2

7
9
9
,
2

7
9
9
,
2

-

-

-

-

3
6
0
,
9
3
1

0
4
4
,
3
3

3
2
6
,
5
0
1

7
0
9
,
1
8

1
3
3
,
9
0
1

4
2
4
,
7
2

2
3
7
,
9
2

6
1
0
,
6

7
0
9
,
1
8

6
1
7
,
3
2

-

7
0
9
,
1
8

-

-

-

6
7
5
,
1
2

6
7
5
,
1
2

-

-

-

0
4
1
,
2

0
4
1
,
2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

9
9
2
,
0
1
6

3
3
0
,
5
0
1

6
6
2
,
5
0
5

4
4
5
,
2
4
2

7
9
5
,
7
2

)
1
7
7
,
2
(

4
6
0
,
6
1

8
6
8
,
8

3
6
3
,
8
7
1

)
0
3
3
,
2
(

1
3
9
,
6
3

-

n
o
N

l
a
t
o
T

y
t
i
u
q
e
o
t

e
l
b
a
t
u
b
i
r
t
t
a

e
g
n
a
h
c
x
E

-

n
o
N

l
a
t
o
T

y
t
i
u
q
e

0
0
0
$
A

’

g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c

f
o
s
r
e
d
o
h

l

d
e
n
i
a
t
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
u
t
c
u
fl

g
n
i
g
d
e
H

0
0
0
$
A

’

0
0
0
$
A

’

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i

t
n
e
r
a
p
e
h
t

s
t
fi
o
r
p

0
0
0
$
A

’

0
0
0
$
A

’

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

0
0
0
$
A

’

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

l
a
t
i
p
a
C

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

0
0
0
$
A

’

e
l
b
a
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
d

e
r
a
h
S

0
0
0
$
A

’

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

0
0
0
$
A

’

i

m
u
m
e
r
p

s
e
r
a
h
s

0
0
0
$
A

’

y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

e
r
a
h
S

l
a
t
i
p
a
c

0
0
0
$
A

’

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f
e
m
o
c
n

i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t

O

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f
e
m
o
c
n

i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l

a
t
o
T

g
n

i
l
l

o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n
m
o
r
f
n
o
i
t
c
e
n

j

i

l

a
t
i
p
a
C

)
1
1
e
t
o
N

(

t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i

s
r
e
n
w
o
h
t
i

w
s
n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
T

1
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

1
2
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a

J

1
t
A

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f

t
fi
o
r
P

Y
T
I
U
Q
E
N

I
S
E
G
N
A
H
C
F
O
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
D
E
T
A
D
I
L
O
S
N
O
C

1
2
0
2
R
E
B
M
E
C
E
D
1
3
D
E
D
N
E
R
A
E
Y
L
A

I

C
N
A
N
I
F
E
H
T
R
O
F

8
6
8
7
0
5

,

0
9
9
2
8

,

8
7
8
4
2
4

,

2
5
6
2
6
1

,

1
8
1
0
3

,

)
1
5
8
5
(

,

4
6
0
6
1

,

8
6
8
8

,

3
6
3
8
7
1

,

)
0
3
3
2
(

,

1
3
9
6
3

,

)
8
3
9
2
(

,

)
0
9
2
8
(

,

2
5
3
5

,

2
5
3
5

,

-

-

)
4
2
3
9
2
(

,

)
4
0
1
6
(

,

)
0
2
2
3
2
(

,

-

)
0
6
1
4
2
(

,

0
4
9

)
7
6
3
7
(

,

)
7
6
3
7
(

,

-

-

)
7
6
3
7
(

,

)
7
6
3
7
(

,

)
7
6
3
7
(

,

)
7
6
3
7
(

,

-

-

-

-

)
2
6
2
2
3
(

,

)
4
9
3
4
1
(

,

)
8
6
8
7
1
(

,

2
5
3
5

,

)
0
6
1
4
2
(

,

0
4
9

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

9
3
2
8
6
4

,

6
9
5
8
6

,

3
4
6
9
9
3

,

7
3
6
0
6
1

,

1
2
0
6

,

)
1
1
9
4
(

,

4
6
0
6
1

,

8
6
8
8

,

3
6
3
8
7
1

,

)
0
3
3
2
(

,

1
3
9
6
3

,

e
h
t

r
o
f

)
s
s
o

l
(
/
e
m
o
c
n

i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t

O

r
a
e
y

e
h
t

r
o
f

)
s
s
o

l
(
/
e
m
o
c
n

i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l

a
t
o
T

r
a
e
y

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f

)
s
s
o
L
(
/
t
fi
o
r
P

0
2
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a

J

1
t
A

)
)
i
i
i
v
(
0
2
e
t
o
N

(

i

d
a
p
s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D

s
r
e
n
w
o
h
t
i

w
s
n
o
i
t
c
a
s
n
a
r
T

0
2
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t
A

.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

a

i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
s
e
h
t
h
t
i

w
n
o
i
t
c
n
u
n
o
c
n

j

i

l

d
a
e
r
e
b
d
u
o
h
s
d
n
a
f
o
t
r
a
p

l

a
r
g
e
t
n

i

n
a
m
r
o
f

s
e
t
o
n
d
e
x
e
n
n
a
e
h
T

69

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Note

5, 28

25, 28

7, 28

4, 28

9, 28

8, 28

28

28

28

27

27

28

30

14, 28

27

6, 28

15, 28

28

27

6

4

Year ended

31 December 
2021
A$’000

Year ended
31 December 
2020
A$’000

112,612

(4,656)

193

(756)

12,835

38,745

5,876

10

18

-

7,341

-

(799)

84

2,854

3,775

(9,219)

153

646

19,774

(298)

(5,412)

188,432

(123,999)

3,498

327

(3,275)

3,178

26,848

2,752

(4,701)

93,060

1,157

94,217

(754)

(8,243)

(20)

2,631

-

12,934

298

6,846

206

(817)

6,505

43,285

5,644

11

-

296

36

(1,388)

-

268

1,253

3,397

-

-

-

28,827

(691)

(16,525)

65,651

4,196

(11,397)

(534)

(631)

765

28,605

(2,049)

(1,646)

82,960

(6,401)

76,559

(1,363)

(15,490)

-

-

(500)

6,048

691

(10,614)

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Profit/(loss) before income tax 

Adjustments for:

Amortisation of land use rights

Amortisation of deferred capital grant

Amortisation of mine development costs

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Depreciation of investment property

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Lease modification

Write-off of property, plant and equipment

Fair value gain on other investment

Gain on disposal of other investment

Unwinding of discount on non-current trade payables

Reclassification from hedging reserve to profit or loss

Write-down of inventories to net realisable value

Gain from derecognition of financial liabilities 

Write-off of exploration and evaluation costs

Impairment loss on trade and other receivables

Interest expense

Interest income

Share of results of associates

Operating profit before working capital changes

(Increase)/Decrease in inventories

Decrease/(Increase) in trade receivables

Decrease/(Increase) in capitalised contract costs

Increase in prepayments, deposits and other receivables

Increase in contract liabilities

Increase in trade payables 

Increase/(Decrease) in other payables

Decrease in provisions

Cash generated from operations

Income tax refund/(paid)

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Payments for exploration and evaluation costs

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of right-of-use asset

Proceeds from disposal of other investment

Purchase of other investment

Dividends received from an associate

Interest received

Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities

70

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Repayment of bank and other loans (Note A)
Proceeds from bank and other loans (Note A)
Principal repayment of lease liabilities (Note A)
Capital contribution by non-controlling interest shareholder
Decrease/(Increase) in cash collateral
Dividend paid
Interest paid (Note A)
Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

Exchange difference on translation of cash and cash equivalents at beginning of 

the year

Year ended

31 December 
2021
A$’000

Year ended
31 December 
2020
A$’000

Note

20(viii)

(51,145)
21,140
(5,611)
2,997
913
-
(21,902)
(53,608)

47,455
45,951

2,761

(33,185)
12,972
(6,241)
-
(2,268)
(7,367)
(30,013)
(66,102)

(157)
48,900

(2,792)

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year 

17

96,167

45,951

Note A  Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

The following is the disclosure of the reconciliation of items for which cash flows have been, or will be, classified as financing activities, 
excluding equity items:

1 
January 
2021
A$’000

1,670

Cash 
inflows
A$’000

Cash 
outflows
A$’000

Interest
paid
A$’000

Derecognition 
of financial 
liabilities
A$’000

New
 leases
A$’000

Foreign
exchange
difference
A$’000

Interest
expense
A$’000

31
December
2021
A$’000

-

(5,611)

(330)

-

11,601

44

335

7,709

Non-cash changes

415,045

21,140

(51,145)

-

(10,050)

3,692

-

-

(21,572)

-

-

-

32,711

1,323(1)

409,024

-

18,116

236

1
 January
2020
A$’000

7,092

Cash 
inflows
A$’000

Cash 
outflows
A$’000

Interest
paid
A$’000

Lease
modification

-

(6,241)

(306)

(64)

Non-cash changes

New
 leases
A$’000

960

Foreign
exchange
difference
A$’000

Interest
expense
A$’000

31
December
2020
A$’000

(77)

306

1,670

473,918

12,972

(33,185)

-

7,112

-

-

(29,707)

-

-

-

-

(40,894)

2,234(1)

415,045

-

26,287

3,692

Lease liabilities

Borrowings - bank 
and other loans

Trade and other 
payables - Interest 
payables

Lease liabilities

Borrowings - bank 
and other loans

Trade and other 
payables - Interest 
payables

(1)  

This is related to the amortisation of borrowing cost classified as “finance cost” in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

The annexed notes form an integral part of and should be read in conjunction with these financial statements.

71

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

1 

General information

The financial statements of the Company and of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 were authorised 
for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Directors on the date of the Directors’ Statement. 

The Company is incorporated as a limited liability company listed on both the Australian Securities Exchange and Bursa 
Malaysia, and is domiciled in Bermuda.

The registered office is located at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street Hamilton, HM11 Bermuda. 

2(a)  Basis of preparation

The  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRSs”),  which 
collectively includes all applicable individual IFRSs and Interpretations approved by the International Accounting Standard 
Board (“IASB”), and all applicable individual International Accounting Standards (“IASs”) and Interpretations as originated by 
the Board of the International Accounting Standards Committee and adopted by the IASB. 

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except as disclosed in the accounting 
policies below.  

The  financial  statements  are  presented  in  Australian  Dollar  which  is  the  Company’s  functional  currency.  All  financial 
information is presented in Australian Dollar, unless otherwise stated.

As at 31 December 2021, the Company has net assets of A$85,182,000 (2020 - A$82,909,000) and net current liabilities of 
A$58,485,000 (2020 - A$59,208,000). Included in the Company’s current liabilities as at 31 December 2021 are a non-trade 
amount  owing  to  OM  Materials  (S)  Pte  Ltd  (“OMS”),  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  of  A$64,543,000  (2020  -  A$55,093,000). 
OMS has provided a letter of undertaking that it shall provide continuing financial support to the Company, including not 
demanding immediate repayment for debts owing to OMS. Therefore, the Company is of the view that the preparation of 
financial statements on a going concern basis is appropriate. 

Impact of COVID-19

The ongoing and evolving Coronavirus Disease (“COVID-19”) pandemic has had a significant impact on the global economy 
and  the  economies  of  the  countries  in  which  the  Group  operates.  There  is  significant  uncertainty  as  to  the  duration  of 
the pandemic and its impact on those economies. In regard to the Group, the consideration of COVID-19 has been in the 
following areas:

• 
• 
• 

Impairment of non-financial assets (Notes 4, 5, 6, 7 and 9)
Recognition of deferred tax assets (Note 10)
Allowance for expected credit losses of trade and other receivables (Note 15)

Significant accounting estimates and judgements

The  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  IFRS  requires  the  use  of  judgements,  estimates  and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at 
the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the financial year. Although 
these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions, actual results may differ from 
those estimates.

The  critical  accounting  estimates  and  assumptions  used  and  areas  involving  a  high  degree  of  judgement  are  described 
below.

Significant judgements in applying accounting policies

Income taxes (Note 29)

The  Group  has  exposures  to  income  taxes  in  numerous  jurisdictions.  Significant  judgement  is  involved  in  determining 
the  group-wide  provision  for  income  taxes.  There  are  certain  transactions  and  computations  for  which  the  ultimate  tax 
determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Group recognises liabilities for expected tax issues 
based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due.

Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recognised, such differences 
will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such a determination is made.

Determination of functional currency

The  Group  measures  foreign  currency  translation  in  the  respective  currencies  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries.  In 
determining the functional currencies of the entities in the Group, judgement is required to determine the currency that 
mainly influences sales prices for goods and services and of the country whose competitive forces and regulations mainly 
determines the sales prices of its goods and services. The functional currencies of the entities in the Group are determined 
based on management’s assessment of the economic environment in which the entities operate and the entities’ process 
of determining sales prices.

72

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(a)  Basis of preparation (Cont’d)

Significant accounting estimates and judgements (Cont’d)

Significant judgements in applying accounting policies (cont’d)

Allowance for expected credit losses (ECL) of trade and other receivables (Note 15)

Allowance for ECL of trade and other receivables are based on assumptions about risk of default and expected loss rates. The 
Group uses judgement in making these assumptions and selecting the inputs to the ECL calculation, based on the Group’s 
past collection history, existing market conditions as well as forward looking estimates at each reporting date. Probability 
of default constitutes a key input in measuring ECL. Probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a 
given time horizon, the calculation of which includes historical data, assumptions and expectations of future conditions. 

The Company and the Group adopt a simplified approach and use a provision matrix to calculate ECL for receivables which 
are trade in nature. The provision rates are based on days past due for groupings of various customer segments that have 
similar loss patterns. The provision matrix is initially based on the Group’s historical observed default rates. The Group will 
calibrate  the  matrix  to  adjust  historical  credit  loss  experience  with  forward-looking  information.  The  assessment  of  the 
correlation between historical observed default rates, forecast economic conditions and ECL is a significant estimate. The 
amount of ECL is sensitive to changes in circumstances and forecast economic conditions. 

The Company and the Group apply the 3-stage general approach to determine ECL for receivables which are non-trade in 
nature. ECL is measured as an allowance equal to 12-month ECL for stage-1 assets, or lifetime ECL for stage-2 or stage-3 
assets. An asset moves from stage-1 to stage-2 when its credit risk increases significantly and subsequently to stage-3 as 
it becomes credit-impaired. In assessing whether credit risk has significantly increased, the Company considers qualitative 
and quantitative reasonable and supportable forward looking information. Lifetime ECL represents ECL that will result from 
all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument whereas 12-month ECL represents the portion of 
lifetime ECL expected to result from default events possible within 12 months after the reporting date.

Deferred tax assets (Note 10)

The Group reviews the carrying amount of deferred tax assets at the end of each reporting period. Deferred tax assets 
are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the temporary 
differences can be utilised. This involves judgement regarding future financial performance of the particular legal entity or 
tax group in which the deferred tax asset has been recognised. Management has assessed that it is reasonable to recognise 
deferred tax assets based on probable future taxable income.

Determination of cash-generating units (CGU) for non-financial assets

A CGU is defined as the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of 
the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. In determining appropriate CGU level, the Group has considered 
whether there are: active markets for intermediate products; external users of the processing assets; mining or smelting 
operations through the use of shared infrastructure; stand-alone mines or smelting plants operated on a portfolio basis. 
Significant judgement is required by management to determine whether multiple assets should be grouped to form a CGU. 
Management has identified the appropriate CGU level to be the mine or smelting plant together with their direct processing 
assets at the same location.     

Critical assumptions used and accounting estimates in applying accounting policies 

Impairment of non-financial assets

Non-financial assets comprise property, plant and equipment (Note 4), land use rights (Note 5), exploration and evaluation 
costs (Note 6), mine development costs (Note 7) and right-of-use assets (Note 9). Determining whether the carrying value 
is  impaired  requires  an  estimation  of  the  value  in  use  of  the  cash-generating  units.  This  requires  the  Group  to  estimate 
the future cash flows expected from the cash-generating units and an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the 
present value of cash flows. The carrying amounts of non-financial assets are disclosed in the consolidated statement of 
financial position.

Mine development costs (Note 7)

The fair value of the mine development costs was determined based on the property’s highest and best use, using the income 
approach. If the fair value of the mine development costs increases/decreases by 10% from management’s determination, 
the Group’s profit for the year will decrease/increase by approximately A$269,000 (2020 - A$1,673,000).

Impairment of investment in subsidiaries (Note 11)

Determining whether an investment in a subsidiary is impaired requires an estimation of the value-in-use of that investment.  
The value-in-use calculation requires the Company to estimate the future cash flows expected from the cash-generating 
units and an appropriate discount rate in order to calculate the present value of the future cash flows. Management has 
evaluated the recoverability of the investment based on such estimates and assessed that no impairment was required. If 
the present value of estimated future cash flows decreased by 1% from management’s estimates, it is not likely to materially 
affect the carrying amount.

73

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(a)  Basis of preparation (Cont’d)

Significant accounting estimates and judgements (Cont’d)

Critical assumptions used and accounting estimates in applying accounting policies (cont’d)

Net realisable value of inventories (Note 14)

Net realisable value of inventories is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated cost 
necessary  to  make  the  sale.  These  estimates  are  based  on  the  current  market  conditions  and  historical  experiences  of 
selling products of similar nature. It could change significantly as a result of competitor actions in response to changes in 
market conditions. Management reassesses the estimations at the end of each reporting date. The carrying amount of the 
inventories carried at net realisable value as at 31 December 2021 is A$20,010,000 (2020 - A$7,455,000). If the net realisable 
value  of  the  inventories  decreases  by  10%  from  management’s  estimates,  the  Group’s  loss  for  the  year  will  increase  by 
A$2,001,000 (2020 - A$745,500).

Estimation of the incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”)

For the purpose of calculating the right-of-use asset and lease liability, an entity applies the interest rate implicit in the lease 
(“IRIIL”) and, if the IRIIL is not readily determinable, the entity shall use its IBR applicable to the lease asset. The IBR is the rate 
of interest that the entity would have to pay to borrow over a similar term, and with a similar security, the funds necessary to 
obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment. For most of the leases whereby 
the Group is the lessee, the IRIIL is not readily determinable. Therefore, the Group estimates the IBR relevant to each lease 
asset by using observable inputs (such as market interest rate and asset yield) when available, and then making certain 
lessee specific adjustments (such as a group entity’s credit rating). The carrying amounts of the Group’s right-of-use assets 
and lease liabilities are disclosed in Note 9 and 22 respectively. An increase/decrease of 50 basis points in the estimated IBR 
will not significantly decrease/increase the Group’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. 

2(b)  Adoption of new and revised standards effective for the current financial year

On 1 January 2021, the Group and the Company have adopted all the new and revised IFRS, IFRS Interpretations (“IFRS INT”) and 
amendments to IFRS, effective for the current financial year that are relevant to them. The adoption of these new and revised IFRS 
pronouncements does not result in significant changes to the Group’s and the Company’s accounting policies and has no material 
effect on the amounts or the disclosures reported for the current or prior reporting periods:

Reference

Description

Amendments to IFRS 16

COVID-19 Related Rent Concessions

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4, 

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform - Phase 2

IFRS 16

Effective date
(Annual periods 
beginning on 
or after)

1 June 2020

1 January 2021

2(c)  New and revised IFRS in issue but not yet effective

The following are not expected to have any financial impact, being the new or amended IFRS and Interpretations issued as of 2021 
that are relevant to the Group and the Company and which are not yet effective but may be early adopted for the current financial 
year:

Reference

Description

Effective date
(Annual periods 
beginning on 
or after)

Amendments to IFRS 16

COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 

1 April 2021

2021

Amendments to IAS 16

Property, Plant and Equipment - Proceeds before 

1 January 2022

Intended Use

Amendments to IAS 37

Onerous Contracts - Cost of Fulfilling a Contract

1 January 2022

Amendments to IFRS 9

Fees in the ‘10 per cent’ Test for Derecognition of 

1 January 2022

Financial Liabilities

Amendments to IAS 1

Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current

1 January 2023

Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice        

Disclosure of Accounting Policies

1 January 2023

Statement 2

Amendments to IAS 12

Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising 

1 January 2023

from a Single Transaction

74

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(c)  New and revised IFRS in issue but not yet effective (Cont’d)

Amendment to IFRS 16 COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 2021

As a result of the evolving COVID-19 situation, rent concessions continue to be granted to lessees. Such concessions might 
take a variety of forms, including payment holidays and deferral of lease payments. The amendment provides lessees with an 
option to treat qualifying rent concessions in the same way as they would if they were not lease modifications. The application 
period of the above practical expedient has been extended by one year to help lessees accounting for COVID-19-related rent 
concessions.

The practical expedient only applies to rent concessions occurring as a direct consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic, and 
only if all of the following conditions are met:

a) 

b) 
c) 

the change in lease payments results in revised consideration for the lease that is substantially the same as, or less 
than, the consideration for the lease immediately preceding the change; 
any reduction in lease payments affects only payments due on or before 30 June 2022; and
there is no substantive change to other terms and conditions of the lease.

Entities applying the practical expedient must disclose this fact, whether the expedient has been applied to all qualifying 
rent concessions, and the nature of the contracts to which it has been applied, as well as the amount recognised in profit or 
loss arising from the rent concessions.

Amendments to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment - Proceeds before Intended Use

The amendments prohibit deducting from the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment any proceeds from selling 
items produced before that asset is available for use, i.e. proceeds while bringing the asset to the location and condition 
necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. An entity shall recognise such sales 
proceeds and related costs in profit or loss and measure the cost of those items in accordance with IAS 2 Inventories. 

The amendments also clarify the meaning of ‘testing whether an asset is functioning properly’ and specify this as assessing 
whether the technical and physical performance of the asset is such that it is capable of being used in the production or 
supply of goods or services, for rental to others, or for administrative purposes.

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022, with early application permitted. 
The amendments are applied retrospectively, but only to items of property, plant and equipment that are brought to the 
location and condition necessary for them to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management on or after the 
beginning of the earliest period presented in the financial statements in which the entity first applies the amendments. The 
entity shall recognise the cumulative effect of initially applying the amendments as an adjustment to the opening balance of 
retained earnings (or other component of equity, as appropriate) at the beginning of that earliest period presented. 

Amendments to IAS 37 Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract

The  amendments  specify  that  the  ‘cost  of  fulfilling’  a  contract  comprises  the  ‘costs  that  relate  directly  to  the  contract’. 
Costs that relate directly to a contract consist of both the incremental costs of fulfilling that contract (e.g. direct labour or 
materials) and an allocation of other costs that relate directly to fulfilling contracts (e.g. depreciation charge for an item of 
property, plant and equipment used in fulfilling the contract).

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022, with early application permitted. 
The amendments apply to contracts for which the entity has not yet fulfilled all its obligations at the beginning of the annual 
reporting period in which the entity first applies the amendments. Comparatives are not restated. Instead, the entity shall 
recognise the cumulative effect of initially applying the amendments as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained 
earnings (or other component of equity, as appropriate) at the date of initial application.

Amendments to IFRS 9 Fees in the ‘10 per cent’ Test for Derecognition of Financial Liabilities

The amendments clarify that in applying the ‘10 per cent’ test to assess whether to derecognise a financial liability, an entity 
shall include only fees paid or received between the entity (the borrower) and the lender, including fees paid or received 
by either the entity or the lender on the other’s behalf. The amendments are applied prospectively to modifications and 
exchanges that occur on or after the date the entity first applies the amendments. The amendments are effective for annual 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022, with early application permitted. 

Amendments to IAS 1 Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current

The amendments affect only the presentation of liabilities as current or non-current in the statement of financial position 
and not the amount or timing of recognition of any asset, liability, income or expenses, or the information disclosed about 
those items.

The  amendments  clarify  that  the  classification  of  liabilities  as  current  or  non-current  is  based  on  the  rights  that  are  in 
existence  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  specify  that  classification  is  unaffected  by  expectations  about  whether  an 
entity will exercise the right to defer settlement of a liability, explain that rights are in existence if covenants are complied 
with at the end of the reporting period, and introduce a definition of ‘settlement’ to make clear that settlement refers to the 
transfer of cash, equity instruments, other assets or services to the counterparty. 

The amendments are applied retrospectively for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023, with early application 
permitted.

75

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(c)  New and revised IFRS in issue but not yet effective (Cont’d)

Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 Disclosure of Accounting Policies

The  amendments  change  the  requirements  in  IAS  1  with  regard  to  disclosure  of  accounting  policies.  Applying  the 
amendments, an entity discloses its material accounting policies instead of its significant accounting policies. Accounting 
policy information is material if, when considered together with other information included in an entity’s financial statements, 
it can reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make 
on the basis of those financial statements.

The amendments also clarify that accounting policy information that relates to immaterial transactions, other events or 
conditions is immaterial and need not be disclosed. However, accounting policy information may be material because of 
the nature of the related transactions, other events or conditions, even if the amounts are immaterial. In addition, if an 
entity discloses immaterial accounting policy information, such information shall not obscure material accounting policy 
information. In support of the amendments to IAS 1, amendments are also made to IFRS Practice Statement 2 to illustrate 
how an entity could judge whether information about an accounting policy is material to its financial statements.  

The amendments to IAS 1 are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023 and are applied prospectively. 
Earlier application is permitted. The amendments to IFRS Practice Statement 2 do not contain an effective date or transition 
requirements.

Amendments to IAS 8 Definition of Accounting Estimates

The amendments replace the definition of a change in accounting estimates with a definition of accounting estimates. Under 
the new definition, accounting estimates are “monetary amounts in financial statements that are subject to measurement 
uncertainty”.  Accordingly,  an  entity  develops  accounting  estimates  if  the  accounting  policies  require  items  in  financial 
statements to be measured in a way that involves measurement uncertainty. 

The amendments clarify that a change in accounting estimate that results from new information or new developments is 
not a correction of an error, and that the effects of a change in an input or a measurement technique used to develop an 
accounting estimate are changes in accounting estimates if they do not result from the correction of prior period errors. 
Illustrative examples are also added to help entities understand and apply the amendments.

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023 and are applied prospectively to 
changes in accounting policies and changes in accounting estimates that occur on or after the start of that period. Earlier 
application is permitted.

Amendments to SFRS(I) 1-12 Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction

The amendments specify how companies should account for deferred tax on transactions such as leases and decommissioning 
obligations.

IAS 12 Income Taxes specifies how a company accounts for income tax, including deferred tax, which represents tax payable 
or recoverable in the future.

In specified circumstances, companies are exempted from recognising deferred tax when they recognise assets or liabilities 
for the first time. Previously, there had been some uncertainty about whether the exemption applied to transactions such 
as leases and decommissioning obligations – transactions for which companies recognise both an asset and a liability.

The  amendments  clarify  that  the  exemption  does  not  apply  and  that  companies  are  required  to  recognise  deferred  tax 
on  such  transactions.  The  aim  of  the  amendments  is  to  reduce  diversity  in  the  reporting  of  deferred  tax  on  leases  and 
decommissioning obligations.

The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023, with early application 
permitted.

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies

Group accounting

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as at the end 
of the reporting period. The financial statements of the subsidiaries used in the preparation of the consolidated financial 
statements are prepared for the same reporting date as the Company. Consistent accounting policies are applied to like 
transactions and events in similar circumstances.

All intra-group balances, income and expenses and unrealised gains and losses resulting from intragroup transactions and 
dividends are eliminated in full.

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains control and continues 
to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases.

76

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Group accounting (Cont’d)

Basis of consolidation (Cont’d)

Losses  and  other  comprehensive  income  are  attributable  to  the  non-controlling  interest  even  if  that  results  in  a  deficit 
balance.

Transactions with Non-controlling interest
Non-controlling  interest  represents  the  equity  in  subsidiaries  not  attributable,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  owners  of  the 
Company, and are presented separately in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and within equity in the 
consolidated statement of financial position, separately from equity attributable to owners of the Company.

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries without change of control
Changes in the Company owners’ ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted 
for as equity transactions. In such circumstances, the carrying amounts of the controlling and non-controlling interests are 
adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the subsidiary. Any difference between the amount by which the 
non-controlling interest is adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognised directly in equity 
and attributed to owners of the Company.

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries resulting in loss of control

When the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it:

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

de-recognises the assets (including goodwill) and liabilities of the subsidiary at their carrying amounts as at that date 
when control is lost; 
de-recognises the carrying amount of any non-controlling interest; 
de-recognises the cumulative translation differences recorded in equity; 
recognises the fair value of the consideration received; 
recognises the fair value of any investment retained; 
recognises any surplus or deficit in the profit or loss; and
re-classifies the Group’s share of components previously recognised in other comprehensive income to the profit or 
loss or retained earnings, as appropriate.

When  the  Group  loses  control  of  a  subsidiary,  a  gain  or  loss  is  recognised  in  the  profit  or  loss  and  is  calculated  as  the 
difference  between  (i)  the  aggregate  of  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  received  and  the  fair  value  of  any  retained 
interest  and  (ii)  the  previous  carrying  amount  of  the  assets  (including  goodwill),  and  liabilities  of  the  subsidiary  and  any 
non-controlling interest. All amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in relation to that subsidiary 
are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities of the subsidiary (i.e. reclassified 
to the profit or loss or transferred to another category of equity as specified/permitted by applicable IFRSs). The fair value 
of any investment retained in the former subsidiary at the date when the control is lost is regarded as the fair value on the 
initial recognition for subsequent accounting under IFRS 9, when applicable, the cost on initial recognition of an investment 
in an associate or a joint venture.

Business combinations 

Business combination is accounted for using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities and assets meets 
the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Group. In determining whether a particular set of activities and 
assets is a business, the Group assesses whether it includes, as a minimum, an input and substantive process, and whether 
the acquired set has the ability to produce outputs. 

The Group has an option to apply a ‘concentration test’ that permits a simplified assessment of whether an acquired set of 
activities and assets is not a business. The optional ‘concentration test’ is met, and the acquired set of activities and assets 
is not a business, if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset 
or group of similar identifiable assets.

The  consideration  for  each  acquisition  is  measured  at  the  aggregate  of  the  acquisition  date  fair  values  of  assets  given, 
liabilities incurred by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree, and equity interests issued by the Group in exchange 
for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in the profit or loss as incurred.

Any  contingent  consideration  to  be  transferred  by  the  acquirer  will  be  recognised  at  fair  value  at  the  acquisition  date. 
Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration which is deemed to be an asset or liability, will be 
recognised  in  the  profit  or  loss.  The  Group  elects  for  each  individual  business  combination,  whether  non-controlling 
interest in the acquiree (if any), that are present ownership interests and entitle their holders to a proportionate share of 
net assets in the event of liquidation, is recognised on the acquisition date at fair value, or at the non-controlling interest’s 
proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Other components of non-controlling interests are measured 
at their acquisition date fair value, unless another measurement basis is required by another IFRS.

Any excess of the sum of the fair value of the consideration transferred in the business combination, the amount of non-controlling 
interest in the acquiree (if any), and the fair value of the Group’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any), over the net 
fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. In instances where the latter amount exceeds 
the former, the excess is recognised as a gain on bargain purchase in the profit or loss on the acquisition date.

77

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Subsidiaries

In the Company’s separate financial statements, investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less the allowance for any 
impairment losses on an individual subsidiary basis.

A subsidiary is an investee that is controlled by the Group. The Group controls an investee when it is exposed, or has rights 
to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over 
the investee.

Thus, the Group controls an investee if and only if the Group has all of the following:

- 
- 
- 

power over the investee;
exposure, or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.

The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if the facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes 
to one or more of the three elements of control listed above.

When the Group has less than a majority of the voting rights of an investee, it has power over the investee when the voting 
rights  are  sufficient  to  give  it  the  practical  ability  to  direct  the  relevant  activities  of  the  investee  unilaterally.  The  Group 
considers  all  relevant  facts  and  circumstances  in  assessing  whether  or  not  the  Group’s  voting  rights  in  an  investee  are 
sufficient to give it power, including:

- 
- 
- 
- 

the size of the Group’s holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of holdings of the other vote holders; 
potential voting rights held by the Group, other vote holders or other parties; 
rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and 
any additional facts and circumstances that indicate that the Group has, or does not have, the current ability to direct 
the relevant activities at the time that decisions need to be made, including voting patterns at previous shareholders’ 
meetings.

Joint operations

A joint arrangement is an arrangement in which two or more parties have joint control. Joint control is the contractually 
agreed sharing of control such that decisions about the relevant activities of the arrangement (those that significantly affect 
the returns) require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

A joint operation is a joint arrangement in which the parties that share joint control have rights to the assets, and obligations 
for  the  liabilities,  relating  to  the  arrangement.  This  includes  situations  where  the  parties  benefit  from  the  joint  activity 
through a share of the output, rather than by receiving a share of the results of trading. In relation to its interest in a joint 
operation,  the  Group  recognises:  its  share  of  assets  and  liabilities;  revenue  from  the  sale  of  its  share  of  the  output  and 
its share of any revenue generated from the sale of the output by the joint operation; and its share of expenses. All such 
amounts are measured in accordance with the terms of the arrangement, which is in proportion to the Group’s interest in 
the joint operation. These amounts are recorded in the Group’s consolidated financial statements on the appropriate line 
items.

Associates

An associate is an entity over which the Group has the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of 
the investee but not control or joint control over those policies.

The  Group  accounts  for  its  investments  in  associates  using  the  equity  method  from  the  date  on  which  it  becomes  an 
associate.

On  acquisition  of  the  investment,  any  excess  of  the  cost  of  the  investment  over  the  Group’s  share  of  the  net  fair  value 
of the investee’s identifiable assets and liabilities is accounted as goodwill and is included in the carrying amount of the 
investment. Any excess of the Group’s share of the net fair value of the investee’s identifiable assets and liabilities over the 
cost of the investment is included as income in the determination of the entity’s share of the associate’s profit or loss in the 
period in which the investment is acquired.

Under the equity method, the investments in associates are carried in the Group’s statement of financial position at cost plus 
post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of net assets of the associates. The profit or loss reflects the share of results of 
operations of the associates. Distributions received from associates reduce the carrying amount of the investment. Where 
there has been a change recognised in other comprehensive income by the associates, the Group recognises its share of 
such changes in other comprehensive income. Unrealised gains and losses resulting from transactions between the Group 
and the associate are eliminated to the extent of the interest in the associates.

When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, the Group does not recognise 
further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.

78

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Associates (Cont’d)

After application of the equity method, the Group determines whether it is necessary to recognise an additional impairment 
loss, on the Group’s investment in the associate. The Group determines at the end of each reporting period whether there 
is any objective evidence that the investment in the associate is impaired. 

If this is the case, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the 
associate and its carrying value and recognises the amount in the profit or loss.

The  financial  statements  of  the  associates  are  prepared  as  the  same  reporting  date  as  the  Company.  Where  necessary, 
adjustments are made to bring the accounting policies in line with those of the Group.

Upon loss of significant influence or joint control over the associate, the Group measures any retained interest at fair value. 
Any difference between the fair value of the aggregate of the retained interest and proceeds from disposal and the carrying 
amount of the investment at the date the equity method was discontinued is recognised in the profit or loss. 

The Group accounts for all amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in relation to that associate on 
the same basis as would have been required if that associate or joint venture had directly disposed of the related assets or 
liabilities.

When an investment in an associate becomes an investment in a joint venture, the Group continues to apply the equity 
method and does not re-measure the retained interest.

If the Group’s ownership interest in an associate is reduced, but the Group continues to apply the equity method, the Group 
reclassifies to the profit or loss the proportion of the gain or loss that had previously been recognised in other comprehensive 
income relating to that reduction in ownership interest if that gain or loss would be required to be reclassified to the profit 
or loss on the disposal of the related assets or liabilities.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets are accounted for using the cost model with the exception of goodwill. Capitalised costs are amortised on 
a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives for those considered as finite useful lives. After initial recognition, they 
are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. In addition, they are subject 
to annual impairment testing. Indefinite life intangibles are not amortised but are subject to annual impairment testing.

Intangible assets are written off where, in the opinion of the Directors, no further future economic benefits are expected 
to arise.

Goodwill

Goodwill on the acquisition of subsidiaries on or after 1 January 2010 represents the excess of the consideration transferred, 
the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest 
in the acquiree over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired.

Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries prior to 1 January 2010 and on acquisition of joint ventures and associated companies 
represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets 
acquired.

Goodwill on subsidiaries and joint ventures is recognised separately as intangible assets and carried at cost less accumulated 
impairment losses.

Goodwill on associated companies is included in the carrying amount of the investments.

Gains and losses on the disposal of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associated companies include the carrying amount of 
goodwill relating to the entity sold, except for goodwill arising from acquisition prior to 1 January 2001.  Such goodwill was 
adjusted against retained profits in the year of acquisition and is not recognised in the profit or loss on disposal.

Exploration and evaluation costs

Exploration and evaluation costs relate to mineral rights acquired and exploration and evaluation expenditures capitalised 
in respect of projects that are at the exploration/pre-development stage.

Exploration and evaluation assets are initially recognised at cost. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are stated at cost 
less any accumulated impairment losses. These assets are reclassified as mine development costs upon the commencement 
of  mine  development,  when  technical  feasibility  and  commercial  viability  of  extracting  mineral  resources  becomes 
demonstrable.

Exploration  and  evaluation  expenditures  in  the  relevant  area  of  interest  comprises  costs  which  are  directly  attributable 
to acquisition, surveying, geological, geochemical and geophysical, exploratory drilling, land maintenance, sampling, and 
assessing technical feasibility and commercial viability.

79

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Intangible assets (Cont’d)

Exploration and evaluation costs (Cont’d)

Exploration and evaluation expenditures also include the costs incurred in acquiring mineral rights, the entry premiums paid 
to gain access to areas of interest and amounts payable to third parties to acquire interests in existing projects.  Capitalised 
costs, including general and administrative costs, are only allocated to the extent that these costs can be related directly to 
operational activities in the relevant area of interest, where the existence of a technically feasible and commercially viable 
mineral deposit has been established.

The  carrying  amount  of  the  exploration  and  evaluation  assets  is  reviewed  annually  and  adjusted  for  impairment  in 
accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets whenever one of the following events or changes in facts and circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable (the list is not exhaustive):

(a)  

(b)  

(c)  

(d)  

the period for which the Group has the right to explore in the specific area has expired during the period or will expire 
in the near future, and is not expected to be recovered;
substantive expenditure on further exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources in the specific area is neither 
budgeted nor planned;
exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources in the specific area have not led to the discovery of commercially 
viable quantities of mineral resources and the Group has decided to discontinue such activities in the specific area; or 
sufficient  data  exists  to  indicate  that,  although  a  development  in  the  specific  area  is  likely  to  proceed,  the  carrying 
amount of the exploration and evaluation asset is unlikely to be recovered in full from successful development or by 
sale.

An impairment loss is recognised in the profit or loss whenever the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable 

amount.

Mine development costs

Costs arising from the development of the mine site (except for the expenditures incurred for building the mine site and the 
purchase of machinery and equipment for the mining operation which are included in property, plant and equipment) are 
accumulated in respect of each identifiable area of interest and are capitalised and carried forward as an asset to the extent 
that they are expected to be recouped through the successful mining of the areas of interest.

Accumulated  costs  in  respect  of  an  area  of  interest  subsequently  abandoned  are  written  off  to  the  profit  or  loss  in  the 
reporting period in which the Directors’ decision to abandon is made.

Amortisation is not charged on the mine development costs carried forward in respect of areas of interest until production 
commences. Where mining of a mineral deposit has commenced, the related exploration and evaluation costs are transferred 
to mine development costs. When production commences, carried forward mine development costs are amortised on a 
unit of production basis. The unit of production basis results in an amortisation charge proportional to the depletion of the 
estimated economically recoverable mineral resources.

Pre-production operating expenses and revenues were accumulated and capitalised into the Bootu Creek mine development 
costs until 31 August 2006 as the mine was involved in the commissioning phase which commenced in November 2005. 
Subsequent to 31 August 2006, the Directors of the Company determined that the processing plant was in the condition 
necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended so as to seek to achieve design capacity rates. These 
costs were carried forward to the extent that they are expected to be recouped through the successful mining of the area 
of interest.

The amortisation of capitalised mine development costs commenced from 1 September 2006 and continues to be amortised 
over the life of the mine according to the rate of depletion of the economically recoverable mineral resources.

Property, plant and equipment 

Property, plant and equipment, other than construction in progress (“CIP”), are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation 
and  accumulated  impairment  losses,  if  any.  Depreciation  is  computed  using  the  straight-line  method  to  allocate  the 
depreciable amount of these assets over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Buildings and infrastructure

Plant and machinery

3 to 20 years 

3 to 20 years

Computer equipment, office equipment and furniture

1 to 10 years

Motor vehicles

5 to 10 years

Plant and equipment - Process facility, stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if 
any. Depreciation is computed using the unit of production method to allocate the depreciable amount of these assets over 
the estimated useful lives as follows:

Plant and equipment - Process facility

Life of mine 

80

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Property, plant and equipment (Cont’d)

CIP represents assets in the course of construction for production or for its own use purpose. CIP is stated at cost less any 
impairment loss and is not depreciated. Cost includes direct costs incurred during the periods of construction, installation 
and  testing  plus  interest  charges  arising  from  borrowings  used  to  finance  these  assets  during  the  construction  period. 
CIP is reclassified to the appropriate category of property, plant and equipment and depreciation commences when the 
construction work is completed and the asset is ready for use.

The cost of property, plant and equipment includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. 
Dismantlement,  removal  or  restoration  costs  are  included  as  part  of  the  cost  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  if  the 
obligation for dismantlement, removal or restoration is incurred as a consequence of acquiring or using the asset.

Subsequent expenditures relating to property, plant and equipment that have been recognised are added to the carrying 
amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits, in excess of the standard of performance of the 
asset before the expenditure was made, will flow to the Group and the cost can be reliably measured. Other subsequent 
expenditure is recognised as an expense during the financial period in which it is incurred.

For acquisitions and disposals during the financial year, depreciation is provided from the month of acquisition to the month 
before disposal respectively. Fully depreciated property, plant and equipment are retained in the books of accounts until 
they are no longer in use.

The residual values, estimated useful lives and depreciation method of property, plant and equipment are reviewed, and 
adjusted as appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. The effects of any revision are recognised in the profit or loss 
when the changes arise.

Investment property

Investment  property  comprises  leasehold  property  that  is  held  for  long-term  rental  yields  and  for  capital  appreciation. 
Investment property is not occupied by the Group. 

The Group applies the cost model. Investment property is initially recognised at cost and subsequently carried at cost less 
accumulated depreciation, less any impairment in value similar to that for property, plant and equipment. Such costs include 
costs of renovation or improvement of the existing investment property at the time that cost is incurred if the recognition 
criteria are met; and excludes the costs of day to day servicing of an investment property. Depreciation is computed using 
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the investment property of 73 years.

Investment property is de-recognised when either it has been disposed of or when the investment property is permanently 
withdrawn from use and no future economic benefit is expected from its disposal. On disposal or retirement of an investment 
property, the difference between any disposal proceeds and the carrying amount is recognised in the profit or loss.

The carrying value of investment property is reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate 
the carrying value may not be recoverable. If such indication exists and where the carrying values exceed the estimated 
recoverable amounts, the assets are written down to their recoverable amounts.

Transfers are made to investment property when, and only when, there is a change in use, evidenced by ending of owner-occupation 
or commencement of an operating lease to another party. Transfers are made from the investment property when and only when, 
there is a change in use, evidenced by the commencement of owner-occupation or commencement of development with a view to 
sell.

Inventories

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realisable  value.  Costs  include  all  direct  expenditure  and  production 
overheads based on the normal level of activity. The costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location and 
conditions are accounted for as follows:   

(a) 
(b) 

Raw materials at purchase cost on a weighted average basis; and
Finished goods and work in progress at cost of materials and labour and a proportion of manufacturing overheads 
based on normal operating capacity.

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs necessary to 
make the sale.

Financial instruments

A  financial  instrument  is  any  contract  that  gives  rise  to  a  financial  asset  of  one  entity  and  a  financial  liability  or  equity 
instrument of another entity. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when and only when the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instruments.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, 
and only when, the Group currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts; and intends either to 
settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 

81

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Financial assets 

Classification 

Financial  assets  are  classified,  at  initial  recognition,  in  the  following  measurement  categories:  amortised  cost;  fair  value 
through other comprehensive income (FVOCI); and fair value through the profit or loss (FVTPL). The classification depends 
on the Group’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of their cash flows determining 
whether those cash flows represent ‘solely payment of principal and interest’ (SPPI).

For  assets  measured  at  fair  value,  gains  and  losses  will  either  be  recorded  in  the  profit  or  loss  or  other  comprehensive 
income (OCI). For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Group 
has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity instruments at FVOCI. The Group 
reclassifies debt instruments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes. 

Recognition and derecognition

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to 
purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets 
have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Measurement 

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at FVTPL, 
transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets 
carried  at  FVTPL  are  expensed  in  the  profit  or  loss.  Financial  assets  with  embedded  derivatives  are  considered  in  their 
entirety when determining whether their cash flows are SPPI.

Trade receivables are measured at the amount of consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for 
transferring promised goods or services to a customer, excluding amounts collected on behalf of a third party, if the trade 
receivables do not contain a significant financing component at initial recognition.

Debt instruments

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group’s business model for managing the asset and the 
cash  flow  characteristics  of  the  asset.  There  are  three  measurement  categories  into  which  the  Group  classifies  its  debt 
instruments:

• 

• 

• 

Amortised  cost:  Financial  assets  that  are  held  for  the  collection  of  contractual  cash  flows  where  those  cash  flows 
represent SPPI are measured at amortised cost. Financial assets are measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method, less impairment. Gains and losses are recognised in the profit or loss when the assets are derecognised 
or impaired, and through the amortisation process. The Company’s and the Group’s debt instruments at amortised cost 
include trade and other receivables, and cash and cash equivalents (including cash collateral). 

FVOCI: Financial assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where 
the assets’ cash flows represent SPPI, are measured at FVOCI. Financial assets measured at FVOCI are subsequently 
measured at fair value. Any gains or losses from changes in fair value of the financial assets are recognised in other 
comprehensive income, except for impairment losses, foreign exchange gains and losses and interest calculated using 
the effective interest method are recognised in the profit or loss. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognised 
in other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity to profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment when the 
financial asset is de-recognised. 

FVTPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at fair value through the profit or 
loss. A gain or loss on debt instruments that are subsequently measured at fair value through the profit or loss and are 
not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in the profit or loss in the period in which it arises. 

Equity instruments

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group has elected to present fair value 
gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to the 
profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognised in 
the profit or loss when the Group’s right to receive payments is established. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment 
losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value. The Group’s 
equity instrument at FVTPL includes other investment.

Impairment

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses (ECL) associated with its debt instruments carried 
at amortised cost and FVOCI. ECL are based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due in accordance with 
the contract and all the cash flows that the Group expects to receive, discounted at an approximation of the original effective 
interest rate. The expected cash flows will include cash flows from the sale of collateral held or other credit enhancements 
that are integral to the contractual terms. 

82

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Financial assets (Cont’d) 

Impairment (Cont’d)

The  impairment  methodology  applied  depends  on  whether  there  has  been  a  significant  increase  in  credit  risk.  ECL  are 
recognised in two stages. For credit exposures for which there has not been a significant increase in credit risk since initial 
recognition, ECL are provided for credit losses that result from default events that are possible within the next 12-months 
(a  12-month  ECL).  For  those  credit  exposures  for  which  there  has  been  a  significant  increase  in  credit  risk  since  initial 
recognition, a loss allowance is recognised for credit losses expected over the remaining life of the exposure, irrespective 
of timing of the default (a lifetime ECL). 

For receivables which are trade in nature, the Group applies a simplified approach in calculating ECL. Therefore, the Group does 
not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognises a loss allowance based on lifetime ECL at each reporting date. The Group 
has established a provision matrix that is based on its historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors 
specific to the debtors and the economic environment.

Significant increase in credit risk

In assessing whether the credit risk on a financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition, the Group 
compares  the  risk  of  a  default  occurring  on  the  financial  instrument  as  at  the  reporting  date  with  the  risk  of  a  default 
occurring on the financial instrument as at the date of initial recognition. In making this assessment, the Group considers 
both  quantitative  and  qualitative  information  that  is  reasonable  and  supportable,  including  historical  experience  and 
forward-looking information that is available without undue cost or effort. The Group presumes that the credit risk on a 
financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition when contractual payments are more than 30 days past 
due, unless the Group has reasonable and supportable information that demonstrates otherwise. 

In particular, the following information is taken into account when assessing whether credit risk has increased significantly 
since initial recognition: 

• 

• 
• 
• 

existing  or  forecast  adverse  changes  in  business,  financial  or  economic  conditions  that  are  expected  to  cause  a 
significant decrease in the debtor’s ability to meet its debt obligations;
an actual or expected significant deterioration in the operating results of the debtor;
significant increases in credit risk on other financial instruments of the same debtor; and
an  actual  or  expected  significant  adverse  change  in  the  regulatory,  economic,  or  technological  environment  of  the 
debtor that results in a significant decrease in the debtor’s ability to meet its debt obligations.

Credit-impaired financial asset

A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash 
flows of that financial asset have occurred. Evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired includes observable data about 
the following events:

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

significant financial difficulty of the issuer or the borrower;
a breach of contract, such as a default or past due event;
the lender(s) of the borrower, for economic or contractual reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, having 
granted to the borrower a concession(s) that the lender(s) would not otherwise consider;
it is becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation; or
the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties.

Definition of default

The  Group  considers  the  following  as  constituting  an  event  of  default  for  internal  credit  risk  management  purposes,  as 
historical experience indicates that receivables that meet either of the following criteria are generally not recoverable:

• 
• 

when there is a breach of financial covenants by the counterparty; or
information  developed  internally  or  obtained  from  external  sources  indicates  that  the  debtor  is  unlikely  to  pay  its 
creditors, including the Group, in full (without taking into account any collaterals held by the Group).

The Group considers that default has occurred when a financial asset is more than 90 days past due unless the Group has 
reasonable and supportable information to demonstrate that a more lagging default criterion is more appropriate. 

Measurement of expected credit losses 

The measurement of ECL is a function of the probability of default, loss given default (i.e. the magnitude of the loss if there is a 
default) and the exposure at default. The assessment of the probability of default and loss given default is based on historical 
data adjusted by forward-looking information. As for the exposure at default, for financial assets, this is represented by the 
assets’ gross carrying amount at the reporting date; for loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts, the exposure 
includes the amount drawn down as at the reporting date, together with any additional amounts expected to be drawn 
down  in  the  future  by  the  default  date  determined  based  on  historical  trend,  the  Group’s  understanding  of  the  specific 
future financing needs of the debtors, and other relevant forward-looking information. 

83

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Financial assets (Cont’d) 

Impairment (Cont’d)

Write-off policy

The  Group  writes  off  a  financial  asset  when  there  is  information  indicating  that  the  counterparty  is  in  severe  financial 
difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery, e.g. when the counterparty has been placed under liquidation or has 
entered into bankruptcy proceedings. Financial assets written off may still be subject to enforcement activities under the 
Group’s recovery procedures, taking into account legal advice where appropriate. Any recoveries made are recognised in 
the profit or loss.

Determination of fair value of financial assets

The fair values of quoted financial assets are based on quoted market prices. If the market for a financial asset is not active, 
the Group establishes fair value by using valuation techniques. These include the use of recent arm’s length transactions, 
reference to other instruments that are substantially the same, discounted cash flow analysis, and option pricing models, 
making maximum use of market inputs. Where fair value of unquoted instruments cannot be measured reliably, fair value 
is determined by the transaction price.

Financial liabilities

The Company’s and the Group’s financial liabilities include borrowings, lease liabilities, trade and bill payables, accruals and 
other payables.

All interest-related charges are recognised as an expense in “finance cost” in the profit or loss. Financial liabilities are de-recognised 
if the Company’s and the Group’s obligations specified in the contract expire or are discharged or cancelled.

Borrowings

Borrowings  are  recognised  initially  at  the  fair  value  of  proceeds  received  less  attributable  transaction  costs,  if  any. 
Borrowings  are  subsequently  stated  at  amortised  cost  which  is  the  initial  fair  value  less  any  principal  repayments.  Any 
difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is taken to the profit or loss over the 
period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. The interest expense is chargeable on the amortised cost over 
the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

Gains and losses are recognised in the profit or loss when the liabilities are de-recognised as well as through the amortisation 
process.

Borrowings  which  are  due  to  be  settled  within  12  months  after  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  are  included  in  current 
borrowings in the statements of financial position even though the original terms were for a period longer than twelve months 
and an agreement to refinance, or to reschedule payments, on a long-term basis is completed after the end of the reporting 
period. Borrowings to be settled within the Company’s and the Group’s normal operating cycle are classified as current. Other 
borrowings due to be settled more than twelve months after the end of reporting period are included in non-current borrowings 
in the statements of financial position.

Borrowing  costs  that  are  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition,  construction  or  production  of  a  qualifying  asset  are 
capitalised as part of the cost of the related asset. Otherwise, borrowing costs are recognised as expenses when incurred. 
Borrowing costs consist of interest and other financing charges that the Company and the Group incur in connection with 
the borrowing of funds. 

Capitalisation of borrowing costs commences when the activities to prepare the qualifying asset for its intended use are 
in progress and the expenditures for the qualifying asset and the borrowing costs have been incurred. Capitalisation of 
borrowing  costs  cease  when  substantially  all  the  activities  necessary  to  prepare  the  qualifying  assets  are  substantially 
completed for their intended use.

Foreign exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings are capitalised to the extent that they are regarded 
as an adjustment to interest costs.  

Trade and bill payables/accruals and other payables

Trade  and  bill  payables/accruals  and  other  payables  are  initially  measured  at  fair  value,  and  subsequently  measured  at 
amortised cost, using the effective interest method.

84

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Financial liabilities (Cont’d) 

5% Convertible Note

Convertible  notes  are  initially  recorded  at  fair  value.  The  fair  value  of  the  liability  portion  is  determined  using  a  market 
interest rate for an equivalent non-convertible bond; this amount is then recorded as a non-current liability on an amortised 
cost  basis  until  extinguished  on  conversion,  redemption  or  maturity  of  the  bonds.    The  remainder  of  the  proceeds  is 
allocated to the conversion option, which is recognised and included as a current liability as the convertible note is issued 
in a currency that is not the functional currency of the issuer and hence, cannot be classified as equity. As the economic 
characteristics and risks of the redemption option are closely related to the host contract, the redemption option is not 
accounted for separately from the host contract.

Financial guarantees

The  Company  has  issued  corporate  guarantees  to  banks  for  bank  borrowings  of  its  subsidiaries.  These  guarantees  are 
financial guarantee contracts as they require the Company to reimburse the banks if the subsidiaries fail to make principal 
or interest payments when due in accordance with the terms of their borrowings.

Financial guarantee contracts are initially recognised at their fair value plus transaction costs in the statement of financial 
position. The fair value of financial guarantees is determined based on the present value of the difference in cash flows 
between the contractual payments required under the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without 
the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligations. 

Financial guarantee contracts are subsequently measured at the higher of the amount determined in accordance with the 
ECL  model  under  IFRS  9  and  the  amount  initially  recognised  less,  where  appropriate,  the  cumulative  amount  of  income 
recognised in accordance with the principles of IFRS 15.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured 
at their fair value. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a 
hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. 

There are 3 types of hedges as follows: 

(a) 
(b) 

(c) 

hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedge);
hedges of a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction (cash 
flow hedge); or 
hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation (net investment hedge).

However, the Group only designates certain derivatives as cash flow hedge. 

The  Group  documents  at  the  inception  of  the  transaction  the  relationship  between  hedging  instruments  and  hedged 
items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Group also 
documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in 
hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. 

Movements on the hedging reserve in other comprehensive income are shown in Note 20. The full fair value of a hedging 
derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 
months, and as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months. Trading 
derivatives are classified as a current asset or liability.  

Cash flow hedges

For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash 
flow hedges are recognised in other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised 
immediately in the profit or loss. For hedging instruments used to hedge bank borrowings that finance the construction 
of a subsidiary’s ferrosilicon production facility, any ineffective portion is capitalised as part of the cost of the ferrosilicon 
production facility (“construction-in-progress”).

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to the profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects the profit 
or loss (for example, when the forecast sale that is hedged takes place). The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of 
interest rate swaps which hedge variable rate borrowings is recognised in the profit or loss within ‘finance income/cost’. 
However,  when  the  forecast  transaction  that  is  hedged  results  in  the  recognition  of  a  non-financial  asset  (for  example, 
inventory or fixed assets), the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the 
initial measurement of the cost of the asset. The deferred amounts are ultimately recognised in cost of goods sold in the 
case of inventory or in depreciation in the case of the fixed assets. 

When  a  hedging  instrument  expires  or  is  sold,  or  when  a  hedge  no  longer  meets  the  criteria  for  hedge  accounting,  any 
cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is 
ultimately recognised in the profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain 
or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the profit or loss. 

85

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities (Cont’d) 

Derivative financial instruments not designated as hedging instrument

Derivative  financial  instruments  are  not  designated  as  hedging  instruments,  in  individual  contracts  or  separated  from 
hybrid  financial  instruments,  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value  on  the  date  of  the  derivative  contract  is  entered  into 
and subsequently re-measured at fair value. Such derivative financial instruments are accounted for as financial assets or 
financial liabilities at fair value through the profit or loss. Gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are recorded 
directly in the profit or loss for the year. 

The changes in fair value of the derivative financial instruments not designated as hedges are capitalised as part of the cost 
of the ferrosilicon production facility (“construction-in-progress”) if these derivatives are used to hedge the bank borrowings 
that finance the construction of the ferrosilicon production facility.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  at  bank  and  balances  on  hand,  demand  deposits  with  banks  and  highly  liquid 
investments with original maturities of 3 months or less which are readily convertible to cash and which are subject to an 
insignificant risk of changes in value. 

Share capital and treasury shares

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of new ordinary shares are 
deducted against the share capital account. 

When  any  entity  within  the  Group  purchases  the  Company’s  ordinary  shares  (“treasury  shares”),  the  consideration  paid 
including any directly attributable incremental cost is presented as a component within equity attributable to the Company’s 
equity holders, until they are cancelled, sold or reissued.

When  treasury  shares  are  subsequently  cancelled,  the  cost  of  treasury  shares  are  deducted  against  the  share  capital 
account if the shares are purchased out of capital of the Company, or against the retained earnings of the Company if the 
shares are purchased out of earnings of the Company. 

When treasury shares are subsequently sold or reissued pursuant to the employee share option scheme, the cost of treasury 
shares  is  reversed  from  the  treasury  share  account  and  the  realised  gain  or  loss  on  sale  or  reissue,  net  of  any  directly 
attributable incremental transaction costs and related income tax, is recognised in the capital reserve of the Company. 

When shares recognised as equity are repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, which includes directly attributable 
costs is recognised as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are classified as treasury shares and are presented in 
the treasury share reserve. When treasury shares are sold or reissued subsequently, the amount received is recognised as 
an increase in equity and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is presented within share premium.

Share premium

Any excess of the proceeds received over the par value of the shares is recorded in share premium.

Government grants

Government  grants  are  recognised  when  there  is  reasonable  assurance  that  the  grant  will  be  received  and  all  attaching 
conditions will be complied with. Where the grant relates to an asset, the fair value is recognised as deferred capital grant 
on the statement of financial position and is amortised to the profit or loss over the expected useful life of the relevant asset 
by equal annual instalments.

Provisions and contingent liabilities 

Provisions are recognised when the Company and the Group have a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a 
past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation 
and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.  Present obligations arising from onerous contracts 
are recognised as provisions.

The  Directors  review  the  provisions  annually  and  where  in  their  opinion,  the  provision  is  inadequate  or  excessive,  due 
adjustment is made.

Where  the  time  value  of  money  is  material,  provisions  are  discounted  using  a  current  pretax  rate  that  reflects,  where 
appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, the increase in provision due to the passage of time 
is recognised as finance costs.

86

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Provisions and contingent liabilities (Cont’d)

Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, 
the obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote. Possible 
obligations, whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future uncertain 
events not wholly within the control of the Group are also disclosed as contingent liabilities unless the probability of outflow 
of economic benefits is remote. 

Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the statements of financial position of the Group, except for contingent liabilities 
assumed  in  a  business  combination  that  are  present  obligations  and  which  the  fair  values  can  be  reliably  measured. 
Contingent liabilities are recognised in the course of the allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities acquired 
in a business combination. They are initially measured at fair value at the date of acquisition and subsequently measured at 
the higher of the amount that would be recognised in a comparable provision as described above and the amount initially 
recognised less any accumulated amortisation, if appropriate.

Leases 

(i)  

The Group as lessee

The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right-of-use 
asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term 
leases (defined as leases with a lease term of twelve months or less) and leases of low value assets. For these leases, the Group 
recognises  the  lease  payments  as  an  operating  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  lease  unless  another 
systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed.

(a)  

Lease liability

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement 
date,  discounted  by  using  the  rate  implicit  in  the  lease.  If  this  rate  cannot  be  readily  determined,  the  Group  uses  the 
incremental borrowing rate specific to the lessee. The incremental borrowing rate is defined as the rate of interest that the 
lessee would have to pay to borrow over a similar term and with a similar security the funds necessary to obtain an asset of 
a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar  economic environment.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:

•  
•  

•  
•  
•  

fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives;
variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement 
date;
the amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;
exercise price of purchase options, if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and
payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to terminate the 
lease.

Variable lease payments that are not based on an index or a rate are not included as part of the measurement and initial 
recognition of the lease liability. The Group shall recognise those lease payments in the profit or loss in the periods that 
trigger those lease payments.

For all contracts that contain both lease and non-lease components, the Group has elected to not separate lease and non-
lease components and account these as one single lease component.

The lease liabilities are presented as a separate line item in the statement of financial position. 

The lease liability is subsequently measured at amortised cost, by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the 
lease liability (using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

The Group remeasures the lease liability (with a corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset or to the profit 
or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has already been reduced to nil) whenever:

•    

•   

•    

the  lease  term  has  changed  or  there  is  a  significant  event  or  change  in  circumstances  resulting  in  a  change  in  the 
assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised 
lease payments using a revised discount rate;
the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed 
residual value, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial 
discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised 
discount rate is used); or
a lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease 
liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate at the effective date of 
the modification.

87

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Leases (Cont’d)

(i)  

The Group as lessee (Cont’d)

(b)  

Right-of-use asset

The  right-of-use  asset  comprises  the  initial  measurement  of  the  corresponding  lease  liability,  lease  payments  made  at 
or  before  the  commencement  day,  less  any lease  incentives  received and any  initial  direct  costs.  They are  subsequently 
measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Whenever the Group incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it is 
located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is 
recognised and measured under IAS 37. To the extent that the costs relate to a right-of-use asset, the costs are included in 
the related right-of-use asset, unless those costs are incurred to produce inventories.

Depreciation on right-of-use assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their depreciable amounts over 
the shorter period of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset, are as follows:

Leasehold buildings   
Plant and machinery  
Office equipment 
Motor vehicles 

:  
:  
:  
:  

over lease term of 1 to 2 years
1 to 2 years
5 years
5 to 10 years

If a lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group expects 
to exercise a purchase option, the related right-of-use asset is depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset. The 
depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease.

Costs prepaid for the usage of land in the PRC and Malaysia under leasing agreements form part of the Group’s right-of-use 
assets and are presented as land use rights in the statement of financial position. Amortisation of land use rights is calculated 
on a straight-line method over the term of use being 50 to 60 years.

The right-of-use assets, except for land use rights, are presented as a separate line item in the statement of financial position.

The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified impairment 
loss.

(ii)  

The Group as lessor 

Generally, the accounting policies applicable to the Group as a lessor in the comparative period were not different from IFRS 
16, except for the classification of the sublease entered into that resulted in a finance lease classification.

When the Group acts as a lessor, it determines at lease inception whether each lease is a finance lease or an operating lease.

To classify each lease, the Group makes an overall assessment of whether the lease transfers substantially all of the risks 
and rewards incidental to ownership of the underlying asset. If this is the case, then the lease is a finance lease; if not, then 
it is an operating lease. As part of this assessment, the Group considers certain indicators such as whether the lease is for 
the major part of the economic life of the asset.

At inception or on modification of a contract that contains a lease component, the Group allocates the consideration in the 
contract to each lease component on the basis of their relative stand-alone prices. If an arrangement contains lease and 
non-lease components, then the Group applies IFRS 15 to allocate the consideration in the contract.

The Group applies the derecognition and impairment requirements in IFRS 9 to the net investment in the lease. The Group 
further regularly reviews estimated unguaranteed residual values used in calculating the gross investment in the lease.

The Group recognises lease payments received from investment property under operating leases as income on a straight- 
line basis over the lease term within “other income” in the profit or loss. 

Income taxes

Current income tax for current and prior periods is recognised at the amount expected to be paid to or recovered from the 
tax authorities, using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting 
period.

Deferred income tax is recognised for all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and 
their carrying amounts in the financial statements except when deferred income tax arises from the initial recognition of 
goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and affects neither accounting or taxable 
profit or loss at the time of the transaction.

88

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Income taxes (Cont’d)

A deferred income tax liability is recognised on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, associates 
and joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is 
probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

A deferred income tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that a future taxable profit will be available against 
which the deductible temporary differences and tax losses can be utilised.

Deferred income tax is measured:

(i) 

(ii) 

at  the  tax  rates  that  are  expected  to  apply  when  the  related  deferred  income  tax  asset  is  realised  or  the  deferred 
income tax liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the 
end of reporting period; and 

based on the tax consequence that will follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of reporting 
period, to recover or settle the carrying amounts of its assets and liabilities. 

Current  and  deferred  income  taxes  are  recognised  as  income  or  expense  in  the  profit  or  loss,  except  to  the  extent  that 
the tax arises from a business combination or a transaction which is recognised either in other comprehensive income or 
directly in equity. Deferred tax arising from a business combination is adjusted against goodwill on acquisition.

Current tax assets and current tax liabilities are presented net if, and only if, 

(a)  
(b) 

the Group has the legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts; and 
intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 

The Group presents deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities net if, and only if,

(a) 

(b) 

the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities; and 

the deferred tax assets and the deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on 
either:

(i) 
(ii) 

the same taxable entity; or
different  taxable  entities  which  intend  either  to  settle  current  tax  liabilities  and  assets  on  a  net  basis,  or  to 
realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts of 
deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be settled or recovered.

Royalties and Special Mining Taxes

Other  tax  expense  includes  the  cost  of  royalty  and  special  mining  taxes  payable  to  governments  that  are  calculated  on 
a  percentage  of  taxable  profit  whereby  profit  represents  net  income  adjusted  for  certain  items  defined  in  applicable 
legislation.

Employee benefits

Defined contribution plan

Retirement benefits to employees are provided through defined contribution plans, as provided by the laws of the countries 
in which it has operations. The Singapore incorporated companies in the Group contribute to the Central Provident Fund 
(“CPF”).  The  Australian  subsidiary  in  the  Group  is  required  to  contribute  to  employee  superannuation  plans  and  such 
contributions are charged as an expense as the contributions are paid or become payable. 

The Australian subsidiary contributes to individual employee accumulation superannuation plans at the statutory rate of 
the employees’ wages and salaries, in accordance with statutory requirements, so as to provide benefits to employees on 
retirement, death or disability. Contributions are made based on a percentage of the employees’ basic salaries.

The employees of the Group’s subsidiaries which operate in the PRC are required to participate in a central pension scheme 
operated  by  the  local  municipal  government.    These  subsidiaries  are  required  to  contribute  a  certain  percentage  of  its 
payroll costs to the central pension scheme. 

These contributions are charged to the profit or loss in the period to which the contributions relate. The Group’s obligations 
under these plans are limited to the fixed percentage contributions payable.

89

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Employee benefits (Cont’d) 

Employee leave entitlements

Employee entitlements to annual leave are recognised when they accrue to employees.  Accrual is made for the unconsumed 
leave as a result of services rendered by employees up to the end of the reporting period.

Key management personnel

Key management personnel are those persons having the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling 
the activities of the entity. Directors and certain general managers are considered key management personnel.

Related parties

A related party is defined as follows:

(a)  

A person or a close member of that person’s family is related to the Company and the Group if that person:

(i)  
(ii)  
(iii)  

has control or joint control over the Company;
has significant influence over the Company; or
is a member of the key management personnel of the Company or the Group or of a parent of the Company.

(b)  

An entity is related to the Company and the Group if any of the following conditions applies:

(i)  

(ii)  

(iii)  
(iv)  
(v)  

(vi)  
(vii)  

(viii)   

the entity and the Company are members of the same group (which means that each parent, subsidiary and 
fellow subsidiary is related to the others);
one entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity (or an associate or joint venture of a member of a 
group of which the other entity is a member);
both entities are joint ventures of the same third party;
one entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;
the entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the Company or an entity 
related to the Company. If the Company is itself such a plan, the sponsoring employers are also related to the 
Company;
the entity is controlled or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a); 
a person identified in (a) (i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key management 
personnel of the entity (or of a parent of the entity); or
the  entity,  or  any  member  of  a  group  which  is  a  part,  provides  key  management  personnel  services  to  the 
reporting entity or to the parent of the reporting entity.

Impairment of non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Company’s and the Group’s non-financial assets subject to impairment are reviewed at the 
end of each reporting period to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the 
asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.

If it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of the individual asset, then the recoverable amount of the cash-generating 
unit to which the assets belong will be identified.

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable 
cash flows (cash-generating units). As a result, some assets are tested individually for impairment and some are tested at 
cash-generating unit level. Goodwill is allocated to those cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from synergies 
of the related business combination and represent the lowest level within the company at which management controls the 
related cash flows.

Individual assets or cash-generating units that include goodwill and other intangible assets with an indefinite useful life or 
those not yet available for use are tested for impairment at least annually.  All other individual assets or cash-generating 
units are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not 
be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the assets or cash-generating units’ carrying amount exceeds 
its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value, reflecting market conditions less costs to sell 
and value-in-use, based on an internal discounted cash flow evaluation.  Impairment losses recognised for cash-generating 
units,  to  which  goodwill  has  been  allocated,  are  credited  initially  to  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill.  Any  remaining 
impairment loss is charged pro rata to the other assets in the cash-generating unit. With the exception of goodwill, all assets 
are subsequently reassessed for indications that an impairment loss previously recognised may no longer exist.

90

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Impairment of non-financial assets (Cont’d)

Any impairment loss is charged to the profit or loss unless it reverses a previous revaluation in which case it is charged to 
equity.

With the exception of goodwill,

• 

• 

• 

An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount 
or when there is an indication that the impairment loss recognised for the asset no longer exists or decreases. 
An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount 
that would have been determined if no impairment loss had been recognised. 
A reversal of an impairment loss on a revalued asset is credited directly to equity under the heading revaluation surplus. 
However, to the extent that an impairment loss on the same revalued asset was previously recognised as an expense 
in the profit or loss, a reversal of that impairment loss is recognised as income in the profit or loss.

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed, even if it relates to an impairment loss recognised in an interim 
period that would have been reduced or avoided had the impairment assessment been made at a subsequent reporting or 
the end of a reporting period.  

Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured based on the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring 
promised goods or services to a customer, excluding amounts collected on behalf of third parties. Revenue is recognised 
when the Group satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a promised good or service to the customer, which is 
when the customer obtains control of the good or service. A performance obligation may be satisfied at a point in time or 
over time. The amount of revenue recognised is the amount allocated to the satisfied performance obligation.

Sale of goods

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when the goods are delivered to the customer and all criteria for acceptance 
have been satisfied and the customer obtains control of the goods. Control of an asset refers to an entity’s ability to direct 
the use of and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits (that is, the potential cash inflows or savings in outflows) 
from  the  asset.  The  amount  of  revenue  recognised  is  based  on  the  estimated  transaction  price,  which  comprises  the 
contractual price, net of the estimated volume discounts and adjusted for expected returns. 

The Group supplies ores into the China market and international shipments. For the China market, transfer of goods and 
control is passed to the customers upon full payment and notification to take deliveries. For international shipments, as 
the Group does not have the right to re-direct shipments and the risk of shipments loss in transit and at destination ports 
is covered by the buyers’ insurance, the transfer of goods and control is passed to the customers upon loading of the goods 
onto the relevant carrier at the port of shipment. The majority of customers are required to make full payment before the 
loading of goods at the port of shipment. 

Transportation of goods sold on CFR or CIF Incoterms

Revenue from rendering service for transportation of goods sold is on Cost & Freight (CFR) or Cost, Insurance & Freight 
(CIF) Incoterms and is recognised over the period of transportation to the customer. A significant proportion of the Group’s 
products are sold under CFR or CIF Incoterms, in which the Group is responsible for providing transportation of the goods 
after the date that the Group transfers control of the goods to the customers at the loading port. 

The Group’s provision of transportation service for contracts under CFR and CIF Incoterms is a distinct service and, therefore, 
a  separate  performance  obligation.  The  total  sales  price  or  transaction  price  is  allocated  to  the  separate  performance 
obligations comprising of: (a) the product sold; and (b) the transportation service including insurance and freight. Revenue 
earned from transportation of goods is recognised over time as the customer simultaneously receives the benefits provided 
as the Group performs the transportation service.

Interest income

Interest income is recognised on a time-apportioned basis using the effective interest rate method.

Dividend income

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive the dividend has been established.

Contract liabilities

Contract liabilities relate to the Group’s obligation to perform services for which the Group has received advances from 
customers. Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue as the Group performs the service under the contract. 

91

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Capitalised contract costs

Costs  to  fulfil  a  contract  are  capitalised  if  the  costs  relate  directly  to  the  contract,  generate  or  enhance  resources  used 
in satisfying the contract and are expected to be recovered. Capitalised contract costs are subsequently amortised on a 
systematic basis as the Group recognises the related revenue. An impairment loss is recognised in the profit or loss to the 
extent that the carrying amount of the capitalised contract costs exceeds the remaining amount of consideration that the 
Group expects to receive in exchange for the services to which the contract costs relate, less the costs that relate directly to 
providing the services and that have not been recognised as expense.

Functional currencies

Items  included  in  the  financial  statements  of  each  entity  in  the  Group  are  measured  using  the  currency  of  the  primary 
economic environment in which the entity operates (“functional currency”). The financial statements of the Company and 
the Group are presented in Australian Dollar, which is also the functional currency of the Company.

Conversion of foreign currencies

Transactions and balances

Transactions in a currency other than the functional currency (“foreign currency”) are translated into the functional currency 
using  the  exchange  rates  at  the  dates  of  the  transactions.  Currency  translation  differences  from  the  settlement  of  such 
transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the closing 
rates at the end of the reporting period are recognised in the profit or loss. 

However,  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  currency  translation  differences  arising  from  borrowings  in  foreign 
currencies  and  other  currency  instruments  designated  and  qualifying  as  net  investment  hedges  and  net  investment  in 
foreign operations, are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the currency translation reserve. 

When a foreign operation is disposed of or any borrowings forming part of the net investment of the foreign operation are 
repaid, a proportionate share of the accumulated translation differences is reclassified to the profit or loss, as part of the 
gain or loss on disposal. 

All  other  foreign  exchange  gains  and  losses  impacting  the  profit  or  loss  are  presented  in  the  consolidated  statement  of 
comprehensive income within “other operating expenses”.

Non-monetary items measured at fair values in foreign currencies are translated using the exchange rates at the date when 
the fair values are determined.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange 
rates at the date of the transactions.  

Group entities

The  results  and  financial  position  of  all  the  entities  within  the  Group  that  have  a  functional  currency  different  from  the 
presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

(i) 
(ii) 

(iii) 

Assets and liabilities are translated at the closing exchange rates at the end of the reporting period;
Income and expenses for each statement presenting the profit or loss and other comprehensive income (i.e. including 
comparatives) shall be translated at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions; and
All resulting currency translation differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the 
exchange fluctuation reserve.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of foreign operations are treated as assets and liabilities of 
the foreign operations and are translated at the closing rates at the reporting date. For acquisitions prior to 1 January 2010, 
the goodwill and fair value adjustments are translated at the exchange rates at the dates of acquisition.

Operating segments

The  Group  identifies  operating  segments  and  prepares  segment  information  based  on  the  regular  internal  financial 
information  reported  to  the  executive  Directors  for  their  decisions  about  resources  allocation  to  the  Group’s  business 
components  and  for  their  review  of  the  performance  of  those  components.  The  business  components  in  the  internal 
financial information reported to the executive Directors are determined following a review of the Group’s major products 
and services. 

The Group has identified the following reportable segments: 

Mining

Smelting

Exploration and mining of manganese ore

Production of manganese ferroalloys, ferrosilicon and manganese sinter ore

Marketing and trading

Trading of manganese ore, manganese ferroalloys, ferrosilicon, sinter ore, chrome ore and 
iron ore

92

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2(d)  Summary of significant accounting policies (Cont’d)

Operating segments (Cont’d)

Each of these operating segments is managed separately as they require different resources as well as operating approaches.

The  reporting  segment  results  exclude  the  change  in  fair  value  of  derivative  financial  instruments,  finance  income  and 
costs, share of results of associate, income tax and corporate income and expenses which are not directly attributable to 
the business activities of any operating segment, and are not included in arriving at the operating results of the operating 
segment.

Segment assets include property, plant and equipment, land use rights, mine development costs, inventories, receivables 
and  operating  cash  and  mainly  exclude  available-for-sale  financial  assets,  deferred  tax  assets,  interest  in  an  associate, 
goodwill and corporate assets which are not directly attributable to the business activities of any operating segment, which 
primarily applies to the Group’s headquarters.

Segment  liabilities  comprise  operating  liabilities  and  exclude  corporate  liabilities  which  are  not  directly  attributable  to 
the business activities of any operating segment and are not allocated to a segment. These include income tax payables, 
deferred tax liabilities and corporate borrowings.

3 

Principal activities and revenue 

The principal activity of the Company is that of investment holding. The principal activities of the subsidiaries are as stated 
in Note 11. 

Revenue is turnover derived from activities related to the sales of ore and ferroalloy products and related services which 
represent the invoiced value of goods or services sold, net of discounts, goods and services tax and other sales taxes. 

93

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

4
5
9
5
7
6

,

4
5
2
,
9
9
8

4
8
1
0
8
4

,

9
9
7
,
0
5
6

8
2
7
4
9
1

,

5
5
4
,
8
4
2

2
4
0
1

,

5
7
8
2
4

,

1
1
5
9
4

,

0
2
2
3

,

3
7
0
3
1

,

0
4
2
,
5
6

9
4
6
,
7
3

4
6

3
0
6
,
8
3

4
7
2
1
4

,

3
4
5
8
4

,

0
2
2
3

,

3
7
0
3
1

,

0
4
2
,
5
6

8
2
6
,
7
3

4
6

3
0
6
,
8
3

-

-

8
6
9

1
0
6
1

,

-

1
2

-

-

-

-

-

-

3
3
6
4
8
7

,

0
1
8
,
0
4
0
,
1

4
9
2
6
8
5

,

4
3
3
,
2
9
7

7
9
2
7
9
1

,

6
7
4
,
8
4
2

2
4
0
1

,

9
8
5
3
0
2

,

4
9
4
,
8
6
2

7
4
5
2
0
2

,

4
9
4
,
8
6
2

-

-

2
4
0
1

,

5
1
2
7
2

,

5
9
5
,
2
5

0
7
8
2
2

,

7
0
5
,
6
4

5
4
3
4

,

8
8
0
,
6

9
2
8
3
5
5

,

1
2
7
,
9
1
7

7
7
8
0
6
3

,

3
3
3
,
7
7
4

2
5
9
2
9
1

,

8
8
3
,
2
4
2

-

-

3
3
6
4
8
7

,

0
1
8
,
0
4
0
,
1

4
9
2
6
8
5

,

4
3
3
,
2
9
7

7
9
2
7
9
1

,

6
7
4
,
8
4
2

2
4
0
1

,

8
1
4
7
5
7

,

5
1
2
,
8
8
9

4
2
4
3
6
5

,

7
2
8
,
5
4
7

2
5
9
2
9
1

,

8
8
3
,
2
4
2

2
4
0
1

,

5
1
2
7
2

,

5
9
5
,
2
5

0
7
8
2
2

,

7
0
5
,
6
4

5
4
3
4

,

8
8
0
,
6

-

3
3
6
4
8
7

,

0
1
8
,
0
4
0
,
1

4
9
2
6
8
5

,

4
3
3
,
2
9
7

7
9
2
7
9
1

,

6
7
4
,
8
4
2

2
4
0
1

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

1
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

0
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

1
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

0
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

1
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

0
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

1
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

s
e
n

i
l
e
c
i
v
r
e
s

r
o
t
c
u
d
o
r
p
r
o
j
a
M

s
e
r
O

s
y
o

l
l

A

s
e
c
i
v
r
e
S

a
c
i
r
f
A

s
r
e
h
t
O

s
e
c
i
v
r
e
s

r
o
s
d
o
o
g
f
o
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
t

f
o
g
n
m
i
T

i

e
m

i
t
n

i

i

t
n
o
p
a
t
A

e
m

i
t

r
e
v
O

s
t
e
k
r
a
m

l
a
c
i
h
p
a
r
g
o
e
g
y
r
a
m

i
r
P

c
fi
i
c
a
P
a
i
s
A

e
p
o
r
u
E

t
s
a
E
e
d
d
M

i

l

e
u
n
e
v
e
R

l
a
t
o
T

i

g
n
d
a
r
T
d
n
a
g
n
i
t
e
k
r
a
M

g
n
i
t
l
e
m
S

i

g
n
n
M

i

e
u
n
e
v
e
r

l

a
t
o
t

’

s
p
u
o
r
G
e
h
t

f
o
n
o
i
t
a
g
e
r
g
g
a
s
i
D

s
t
n
e
m
g
e
S

)
d
’
t
n
o
C
(
e
u
n
e
v
e
r
d
n
a
s
e
i
t
i
v
i
t
c
a
l
a
p
i
c
n
i
r
P

3

94

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

4 

Property, plant and equipment  

Construction
-in-progress
A$’000

Buildings and 
infrastructure
A$’000

Plant and
machinery
A$’000

Computer
equipment,
office
equipment
and
furniture
A$’000

Motor
vehicles
A$’000

Total
A$’000

74,148
14,164
(65,847)
-
(1,425)

23,594
67
1,968
-
(897)

768,547
549
63,879
(42)
(70,337)

5,683
708
-
-
(368)

2,095
2
-
(5)
(121)

874,067
15,490
-
(47)
(73,148)

21,040
          4,310
        (11,911)        
         (6,257)
          984
          8,166

24,732
              319
              307
              (78)
             2,139
           27,419

762,596

6,023
       2,447              1,105
                (6)
      11,529
              (442)
       (1,861)
               299
       44,360
      819,071              6,979

1,971
           62
            -
         (289)
          218
         1,962

816,362
       8,243
       (81)
     (8,927)
     48,000
     863,597

344

-
(344)
-
-

12,662

157,171

3,669

1,815

175,661

1,292
-
-
(500)

41,058
344
(6)
(14,438)

861
-
-
(214)

74
-
(5)
(105)

43,285
-
(11)
(15,257)

-

13,454

184,129

4,316

1,779

203,678

                   -
                   -
                   -
                   -
                   -

            1,428
              225
                (3)
             1,185
            16,289

       36,568
               682
          24
              (250)
         (872)
              (424)
              170
       10,511
      230,360              4,494

            67
             -
          (287)
           211
         1,770

        38,745
            (1)
        (1,586)
        12,077
       252,913

The Group

Cost

At 1 January 2020
Additions 
Transfers
Written off
Exchange realignment
At 31 December 2020 and
  1 January 2021
Additions 
 Transfers (Note 9) 
Written off
Exchange realignment
At 31 December 2021

Accumulated depreciation 
  and impairment loss

At 1 January 2020
Depreciation for the year 

(Note 28)

Transfers
Written off
Exchange realignment
At 31 December 2020 and
  1 January 2021
Depreciation for 

the year (Note 28)

Transfers (Note 9)
Written off
Exchange realignment
At 31 December 2021

Net book value

At 31 December 2021

          8,166

            11,130

      588,711              2,485

             192

       610,684

At 31 December 2020

21,040

11,278

578,467

1,707

192

612,684

Buildings are located in the PRC.

As  of  31  December  2021,  property,  plant  and  equipment  with  a  total  net  carrying  amount  of  A$586,403,000  (2020  - 
A$576,099,000) had been pledged for banking facilities granted to subsidiaries (Note 21.1). 

The Group evaluates any indication of impairment in the property, plant and equipment at the end of each reporting period. 
Cash  flow  projections  used  in  these  calculations  are  based  on  financial  budgets  approved  by  management.  Cash  flows 
beyond the budget period are useful life of the property, plant and equipment are extrapolated using the estimated growth 
rates stated below. The growth rate does not exceed the long-term average growth rate of the industry in which the CGU 
operates.

These assumptions are used for the analysis of each CGU within the business segment. Management determines budgeted 
gross  margins  based  on  past  performance  and  its  expectations  of  market  developments.  The  weighted  average  growth 
rates used are consistent with forecasts included in industry reports. The discount rates used are pre-tax and reflect specific 
risks relating to the relevant segments. A further decrease in the budgeted gross margin by 1% (2020 - 1%) would not result 
in indication of impairment of the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment. 

95

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

4 

Property, plant and equipment (Cont’d)   

Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations:

2021

2020

People’s
Republic
of China

Malaysia

Australia

People’s
Republic
of China

Malaysia

Australia

Smelting operations

Smelting operations

Gross margin1

Growth rate2

3.18%

18%

29%

11%

21%

15%

0% before 
2026,
0% after 2026

2% - 3% before 
2026, 0% after 
2026

0% before 
2026, 0% after 
2026

0% before 2025,
0% after 2025

2% - 5% before 
2025,
0% after 2025

0% before 2025,
0% after 2025

Discount rate3

4.9%

6.3%

12.8%

5.9%

6.1%

12.3%

1  

2  
3  

Budgeted gross margin. The gross margin differs due to the different operating efficiencies of the various subsidiaries located in different 
geographical locations.
Weighted average growth rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the budget period.
Pre-tax  discount  rates  applied  to  the  pre-tax  cash  flow  projections.  The  discount  rates  vary  due  to  the  geographical  locations  of  the 
businesses.

5 

Land use rights

The Group

At beginning of the year

Amortisation for the year (Note 28)

Exchange realignment

At end of the year

2021

A$’000

8,922

(193)

579

9,308

2020

A$’000

9,920

(206)

(792)

8,922

The land use rights, that form part of the Group’s right-of-use assets, are for leasehold land located in the PRC and Malaysia. 

The land use rights for leasehold land located in Malaysia had a net carrying value of A$7,918,000 (2020 - A$7,608,000) and 
were pledged as security for borrowings referred to in Note 21.1(c).

Information about the Group’s leasing activities are disclosed in Note 34.

6 

Exploration and evaluation costs 

The Group

At beginning of the year

Costs incurred during the year

Written off during the year (Note 28)

Exchange realignment

At end of the year

2021

A$’000

2,326

754

(153)

28

2,955

2020

A$’000

963

1,363

-

-

2,326

The  Group  has  a  40%  (2020  –  30%)  interest  in  a  joint  arrangement  in  Australia  which  is  involved  in  the  exploration  of 
manganese. This interest in the joint arrangement is accounted for as a joint operation. In 2021 and 2020, the expenditure 
capitalised during the year relate to the Group’s share of exploration expenditure invested in the joint operation. The joint 
operation has no contingent liabilities or commitments as at 31 December 2021 and 2020. 

Subsequent to the reporting period, the funding requirement under this joint arrangement has been completed and the 
Group’s interest in the joint arrangement has increased to 51% with effect from 17 February 2022. 

96

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

7 

Mine development costs 

The Group

At beginning of the year
Adjustments to rehabilitation provisions (Note 24)
Amortisation for the year (Note 28)
At end of the year

8 

Investment property

The Group

Cost
Balance at beginning of year
Exchange realignment
Balance at end of year

Accumulated depreciation
Balance at beginning of year
Depreciation for the year (Note 28)
Exchange realignment
Balance at end of year

Net book value

Rental income
Direct operating expenses arising from investment property that generates rental 

income

Gross profit arising from investment property

The following are details of the investment property of the Group:

2021
A$’000

16,726
(1,202)
(12,835)
2,689

2020
A$’000

23,363
(132)
(6,505)
16,726

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

735
45
780

161
10
10
181

599

128

(23)
105

808
(73)
735

166
11
(16)
161

574

126

(25)
101

Property Name

Parkway Parade

      Fair value hierarchy

2021

2020

Location

Description

Total net lettable 
area
(sq m)

80 Marine Parade Road, 
#08-08 Parkway Parade,
Singapore 449269

Office premises

148

Tenure

73-year leasehold 
commenced from
31 August 2005

Fair value measurements using

Quoted prices in active 
markets for identical assets
(Level 1)

Significant other observable 
inputs
(Level 2)

Significant  unobservable 
inputs
(Level 3)

A$’000

A$’000

-

-

-

-

A$’000

2,950 

2,535

Valuation techniques used to derive fair values 

As of 31 December 2021, the fair value of investment property amounted to approximately A$2,950,000 (2020 - A$2,535,000) 
as determined by management with reference to recent market transactions of comparable properties in close proximity, 
adjusted for differences in key attributes such as property size, which is based on the property’s highest and best use.

97

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

9 

Right-of-use assets

The Group

Cost

At 1 January 2020

Exchange realignment

Lease modification

Write-off

Additions

At 31 December 2020 and 
  at 1 January 2021

Leasehold 
buildings
A$’000

Plant and
machinery
A$’000

Office
equipment
A$’000

Motor 
vehicles
A$’000

7,059

(419)

(276)

(1,120)

28

10,258

(505)

(320)

-

932

5,272

10,365

37

(3)

-

-

-

34

521

(46)

-

-

-

475

16,146

Total 
A$’000

17,875

(973)

(596)

(1,120)

960

Exchange realignment

              421

           303

                1

           28

           753

Transfers (Note 4)

             (55)

           136

                 -

Write-off

Additions

          (3,415)

             -

                 -

           8,118

          3,503

                 -

            -

            -

            -

            81

         (3,415)

         11,621

At 31 December 2021

          10,341

        14,307

                35

          503

         25,186

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 1 January 2020

Exchange realignment

Lease modification

Write-off

Depreciation 

At 31 December 2020 and 
  at 1 January 2021

3,719

(411)

(214)

(1,120)

2,828

4,802

6,800

(440)

(22)

-

2,750

9,088

9

(2)

-

-

9

16

216

(25)

-

-

57

10,744

(878)

(236)

(1,120)

5,644

248

14,154

Exchange realignment

              205

           275

                 1

           16

           497

Transfers (Note 4)

Write-off

Depreciation 

                -

           (3,415)

             1

             -

                 -

                 -  

            -

            -

             1

         (3,415)

            2,186

           3,633

                 8

           49

          5,876

At 31 December 2021

            3,778

         12,997

                25

          313

          17,113

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2021

            6,563

           1,310

                10

          190

         8,073

At 31 December 2020

470

1,277

18

227

1,992

Leasehold buildings are located in Malaysia, Singapore and Australia.

Information about the Group’s leasing activities are disclosed in Note 34.

98

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

10  Deferred taxation

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset deferred income tax assets 
against deferred income tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The amounts, 
determined  after  appropriate  offsetting  in  similar  tax  legislations,  are  shown  on  the  statement  of  financial  position  as 
follows:

The Group

Deferred tax assets

At gross

Less: Set off of tax in similar legislations

At net

Deferred tax liabilities

At gross

Less: Set off of tax in similar legislations

At net

Deferred tax assets

To be recovered within one year

To be recovered after one year

Deferred tax liabilities

To be settled within one year

To be settled after one year

2021

A$’000

2020

A$’000

84,932

(66,454)

18,478

(1,292)

-

(1,292)

-

18,478

18,478

-

(1,292)

(1,292)

89,785

(75,997)

13,788

(1,229)

-

(1,229)

-

13,788

13,788

-

(1,229)

(1,229)

Deferred tax assets (at gross) comprise tax on the following deductible temporary differences:

Excess of tax written down 
value over net book value 
of qualifying property, plant 
and equipment 
A$’000

Provisions
A$’000

Tax losses
A$’000

Others
A$’000

Total
A$’000

-

6,097

78,166

1,256

85,519

1,186

(448)

12,394

(1,030)

12,102

-

-

(7,836)

1,186

5,649

82,724

406

(1,292)

(8,471)

-

1,592

-

4,357

4,378

78,631

-

226

126

-

352

(7,836)

89,785

(9,231)

4,378

84,932

The Group

At 1 January 2020

Credited/(charged) to 

profit or loss (Note 29)

Exchange difference on 

translation

At 31 December 2020 
and 1 January 2021

Credited/(charged) to 

profit or loss (Note 29)

Exchange difference on 

translation

At 31 December 2021

99

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

10  Deferred taxation (Cont’d)

Deferred tax liabilities (at gross) comprise tax on the following taxable temporary differences:

Excess of net book
value over tax written
down value of
qualifying property,
plant and equipment,
and mine
development costs
A$’000

Provisions
A$’000

Others
A$’000

Total
A$’000

(71,602)

(11,050)

7,168

(75,484)

20,391

(10,510)

(65,603)

(2,950)

2,266

-

(684)

(83)

-

(767)

(812)

(246)

-

(1,058)

(318)

-

(1,376)

(75,364)

(9,030)

7,168

(77,226)

19,990

(10,510)

(67,746)

The Group

At 1 January 2020

(Charged)/credited to profit or loss (Note 29)

Exchange difference on translation

At 31 December 2020 and 1 January 2021

(Charged)/credited to profit or loss (Note 29)

Exchange difference on translation

At 31 December 2021

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets of A$2,501,000 (2020 - A$2,914,000) have not been recognised in respect of the following items:

The Group

Tax losses

2021

A$’000

2020

A$’000

10,423

12,032

The tax losses are subject to agreement by the tax authorities and compliance with tax regulations in the respective countries 
in which certain subsidiaries operate. The deductible temporary differences have an expiry term of 7 years. Deferred tax 
assets have not been recognised in respect of these items because it is not probable that future taxable income will be 
available against which the Group can recognise the benefits.

11 

Subsidiaries

The Company

2021

A$’000

2020

A$’000

Unquoted equity investments, at cost

8,013

8,013

Amounts due from subsidiaries

Less: Accumulated impairment losses 

At beginning and end of the year

Total

219,071

217,521

(83,417)

135,654

143,667

(83,417)

134,104

142,117

The amounts due from subsidiaries are loans to subsidiaries, representing an extension of its investments in the subsidiaries. 
These amounts are unsecured with indeterminate repayment terms. 

The Group evaluates any indication of impairment on the investment in subsidiaries at the end of each reporting period. 
The Group carries out a review of the recoverable amount of its investment in subsidiaries based on the higher of its fair 
value less cost to sell and value in use.

100

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

11 

Subsidiaries (Cont’d)

Cash  flow  projections  used  in  these  calculations  are  based  on  financial  budgets  approved  by  management.  Cash  flows 
beyond  the  budget  period  are  extrapolated  using  the  estimated  growth  rates  stated  below.  The  growth  rate  does  not 
exceed the long-term average growth rate of the industry in which the CGU operates.

These assumptions are used for the analysis of each CGU within the business segment. Management determines budgeted 
gross  margins  based  on  past  performance  and  its  expectations  of  market  developments.  The  weighted  average  growth 
rates used are consistent with forecasts included in industry reports. The discount rates used are pre-tax and reflect specific 
risks relating to the relevant segments. A further decrease in the budgeted gross margin by 1% (2020 - 1%) would not result 
in indication of impairment of the carrying amount of the investments in subsidiaries. 

Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations:

2021

2020

People’s 

Republic

of China

Malaysia

Australia

People’s 

Republic

of China

Malaysia

Australia

 Smelting operations

Smelting operations

Gross margin1

Growth rate2

3.18%

18%

29%

11%

21%

15%

0% before 
2026,
0% after 2026

2% - 3% 
before 2026, 
0% after 2026

0% before 
2026, 0% 
after 2026

0% before 
2025,
0% after 2025

2% - 5% 
before 2025,
0% after 2025

0% before 
2025,
0% after 2025

Discount rate3

4.9%

6.3%

12.8%

5.9%

6.1%

12.3%

1  

2  
3  

Budgeted gross margin. The gross margin differs due to the different operating efficiencies of the various subsidiaries located in different 
geographical locations.
Weighted average growth rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the budget period.
Pre-tax  discount  rate  applied  to  the  pre-tax  cash  flow  projections.  The  discount  rates  vary  due  to  the  geographical  locations  of  the 
businesses.

Details of the Group’s material subsidiaries at the end of the reporting period are set out below:

Proportion of 

Place of

ownership interest

incorporation/

and voting rights

Name

operation

held by the Group

Principal activities

Held by the Company
OM (Manganese) Ltd. (1)

Australia

2021

%

100

2020

%

100

Operation of manganese 

mine

Held by OM Resources (HK) Limited
OM Materials (S) Pte. Ltd. (2)

Held by OM Materials (S) Pte. Ltd.
OM Materials (Sarawak) Sdn. Bhd. (3) 

OM Materials (Qinzhou) Co. Ltd. (4)

Held by OM Materials Trade (S) Pte. Ltd.
OM Materials Trading (Qinzhou) Co. Ltd (4) 

Singapore

100

100

Investment holding and 

trading of metals and

ferroalloy products

Malaysia

75

75

Sales and processing of 

ferroalloys and ores

PRC

PRC

100

100

Sales and processing of 

ferroalloys and ores

100

100

Sales and processing of 

ferroalloys and ores

Note:
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

audited by Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd
audited by Foo Kon Tan LLP
audited by Ernst & Young, Malaysia
audited  by  Guangxi  JiaHai  Accountant  Affairs  Office  Co.  Ltd.  for  statutory  purposes  and  reviewed  by  Foo  Kon  Tan  LLP  for  group 
consolidation

101

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

11 

Subsidiaries (Cont’d)

At  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  the  Group  has  other  subsidiaries  that  are  not  material  to  the  Group.  The  principal 
activities of these subsidiaries are summarised as follows:

Principal activities

operation

Number of subsidiaries

Place of incorporation/

2021

2020

Investment holding

Investment holding

Investment holding

Investment holding

Logistics services and rental of machinery

Engineering, procurement and construction 

services, and trading of metals and ferroalloy 

products

The British Virgin Islands

Mauritius

Hong Kong

Singapore

Malaysia

PRC

Project development and project management 

Malaysia

services

Exploration and mining of minerals

Engineering services

Malaysia

Malaysia

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

10

10

Additional investment in OM Materials (Sarawak) Sdn. Bhd. (“OM Sarawak”) 

On  4  March  2021,  pursuant  to  the    Equity  Injection  Notice  dated  24  February  2021  from  OM  Sarawak,  OM  Materials  (S) 
Pte  Ltd  (“OMS”)  contributed  shares  of  US$6,839,250  (A$9,425,000)  of  the  additional  capital  injection  in  OM  Sarawak  by 
subscribing 27,685,284 ordinary shares at an issue price of RM1.00 per share. 

The table below shows details of a non-wholly owned subsidiary of the Group that has material non-controlling interests:

Place of
Incorporation
and
principal place
of business

Proportion of
ownership
interests and
voting rights
held by non-
controlling interests

Profit/(loss) allocated to 
non-controlling 
interests

Accumulated non-
controlling interests

2021
 %

2020
%

2021
A$’000

2020 
A$’000

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

Malaysia

25

25

29,356

(8,139)

94,757

56,967

Name

OM Materials 
   (Sarawak) Sdn. Bhd.

102

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

11 

Subsidiaries (Cont’d)

Summarised financial information in respect of the above subsidiary that has material non-controlling interests (“NCI”) is 
set out below. 

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

OM Materials (Sarawak) Sdn. Bhd.
Summarised Statement of Financial Position
Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Equity attributable to owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests

Summarised Statement of Comprehensive Income
Revenue
Expenses
Profit/(loss) for the year

Profit/(loss) attributable to owners of the Company 
Profit/(loss) attributable to NCI
Profit/(loss) for the year

Other comprehensive income attributable to owners of the Company
Other comprehensive income attributable to NCI
Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to owners of the Company
Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to NCI
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

Other summarised information
Net cash inflow from operating activities
Net cash outflow from investing activities
Net cash outflow from financing activities
Net cash inflow/(outflow)

12 

Interests in associates 

The Group

Cost of investment in associates (1)

Share of post-acquisition profits and reserves, net of dividends

388,899
591,284
(238,673)
(362,475)
284,278
94,757

582,353
(469,045)
113,308

84,981
28,327
113,308

2,178
726
2,904

87,159
29,053
116,212

44,746
(6,652)
(27,426)
10,668

2021
A$’000

77,669

41,642

119,311

228,907
583,058
(227,511)
(352,327)
175,160
56,967

521,940
(554,497)
(32,557)

(24,418)
(8,139)
(32,557)

768
256
1,024

(23,650)
(7,883)
(31,533)

77,404
(8,038)
(61,585)
7,781

2020
A$’000

77,672

49,160

126,832

(1)  

Comprised unquoted equity shares at cost and advances to associates net of repayments. The advances to associates represent 
extensions of the investment in associates which are unsecured with indeterminate repayment terms.     

103

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

12 

Interests in associates (Cont’d) 

Details of the Group’s material associate at the end of the reporting period was as follows:

Proportion of effective

ownership interest

Country of

and voting rights

Name

incorporation

held by the Group

Principal activities

Ntsimbintle Mining Proprietary Limited 

South Africa

(“NMPL”) (1)

Held by NMPL (2)
Tshipi é Ntle Manganese Mining
   Proprietary Limited (“Tshipi Mining”) (1)

South Africa

2021

2020

%

26

13

%

26

13

Investment holding

Exploration and

exploitation of 

minerals 

(1)  
(2)  

audited by KPMG Inc.
NMPL holds a 50.1% interest joint venture in Tshipi Mining whose results are equity-accounted in NMPL. 

Shares in the Group’s material associate are held by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Group, OMH (Mauritius) Corp.

All of the Group’s associates are accounted for using the equity method in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

The  financial  year  end  date  of  NMPL  is  28  February.  For  the  purposes  of  applying  the  equity  method  accounting,  the 
management accounts of NMPL for the year ended 31 December 2021 have been used and appropriate adjustments have 
been made as necessary. 

Summarised financial information in respect of the Group’s material associate are set out below. The summarised financial 
information below represents amounts shown in the associate’s financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Current assets
Non-current assets (1)
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net assets/(liabilities)

Income (1) 
Profit for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends received from associate

(1)  

Inclusive of equity-accounted results of Tshipi Mining.

Ntsimbintle Mining 
Proprietary Limited

2021
A$’000

4,705
176,290
(76)
(156,233)
24,686

40,043
20,883
20,883

12,934

2020
A$’000

3,556
193,787
(11)
(368,290)
(170,958)

64,146
63,649
63,649

6,048

104

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

12 

Interests in associates (Cont’d) 

Reconciliation  of  the  above  summarised  financial  information  to  the  carrying  amount  of  the  interest  in  the  associate 
recognised in the consolidated financial statements:

Net assets/(liabilities) of the associate

Shareholder loans

Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest 

in the associate

Goodwill 

Currency translation difference

Carrying value

Add:

Carrying value of individually immaterial 

associates

Carrying value of Group’s interest in associates

Ntsimbintle Mining
Proprietary Limited

Total

2021
A$’000

24,686

156,233

180,919

47,039

59,842

12,417

119,298

2020
A$’000

(170,958)

368,290

197,332

51,306

59,842

15,655

126,803

2021
A$’000

24,686

156,233

180,919

47,039

59,842

12,417

119,298

2020
A$’000

(170,958)

368,290

197,332

51,306

59,842

15,655

126,803

13

29

119,311

126,832

Aggregate information of associates that are not individually material

The summarised financial information of the immaterial associate not adjusted for in the Group’s share of equity interest 
is as follows:

- Loss for the year

- Total comprehensive loss for the year

2021
A$’000

(53)

(53)

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

(71)

(71)

2020
A$’000

The Group’s share of loss

(18)

(24)

13  Other investment

The Group

Non-current

Equity investments at FVTPL

- Quoted equity shares

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

-

1,888

The investment in quoted equity shares offer the Group the opportunity for return through dividend income and fair value 
gains. They have no fixed maturity or coupon rate.

105

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

13  Other investment (Cont’d)

Fair value hierarchy – Recurring fair value measurements

Fair value measurements using

Quoted prices in
active markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)

Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)

A$’000

A$’000

A$’000

2021

2020

                                 -

                                -                       

                                    -

1,888

-

-

14 

Inventories

The Group

At cost

Raw materials

Work-in-progress

Finished goods

At net realisable value

Work-in-progress

Finished goods

Total

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in
  cost of sales (Note 28)

Write-down of inventories to net realisable value (Note 28)

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

214,894

18,542

99,862

333,298

953

19,057

20,010

353,308

766,292

3,775

147,354

15,561

45,937

208,852

898

6,557

7,455

216,307

688,371

3,397

106

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
15 

Trade and other receivables

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

The Company

The Group

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

Trade receivables (i)

-

-

44,963

48,130

Other receivables:

Amounts due from subsidiaries (non-trade)

9,417

12,553

-

-

Deposits and other receivables:

- third party

- associate

Less: Allowance for impairment 
   of other receivables:

At beginning of the year

Impairment loss (Note 28)

At end of the year

-

-

-

-

9,417

12,553

12,272

51

12,323

-

-

-

-

-

-

(278)

(646)

(924)

Net other receivables (ii)

Total (i) + (ii)

9,417

9,417

12,553

12,553

11,399

56,362

15,111

29

15,140

(278)

-

(278)

14,862

62,992

The  non-trade  amounts  due  from  subsidiaries,  representing  advances,  are  interest-free,  unsecured  and  repayable  on 
demand.

Included in the Group’s deposits and other receivables from third parties is tax recoverable of A$459,000 (2020 - A$6,763,000) 
from tax authorities.

Trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Australian Dollar

Renminbi

United States Dollar

Malaysian Ringgit

Others

The Company

The Group

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

9,417

12,553

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

9,417

12,553

2021
A$’000

1,540

8,602

42,205

556

3,459

56,362

2020
A$’000

9,171

5,277

44,855

425

3,264

62,992

The credit risk for trade and other receivables based on the information provided by key management is as follows:

By geographical areas

Asia Pacific

Europe

Africa

Others

The Company

The Group

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

9,417

-

-

-

9,417

9,441

-

3,112

-

12,553

40,584

6,249

5,044

4,485

56,362

52,682

4,187

29

6,094

62,992

107

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

15 

Trade and other receivables (Cont’d)

Neither past due nor impaired

Trade and other receivables that were neither past due nor impaired amounting to A$9,417,000 (2020 - A$12,553,000) and 
A$56,329,000  (2020  -  A$62,153,000)  for  the  Company  and  the  Group  respectively  related  to  a  wide  range  of  debtors  for 
whom there was no recent history of default.

Past due but not impaired

The ageing analysis of trade and other receivables past due but not impaired is as follows:

Past due 0 to 3 months

Past due 3 to 6 months

Past due over 6 months

The Company

The Group

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

29

-

4

33

643

-

196

839

Trade and other receivables that were past due but not impaired related to a number of debtors that have a good track 
record with the Group. Based on historical default rates, the Group believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in 
respect of trade and other receivables not past due or past due over 6 months. These receivables are mainly arising from 
debtors that have a good credit record with the Group.

16 

Capitalised contract costs

The Group

Costs to fulfil service rendered for transportation of goods sold under 
   CFR and CIF Incoterms

Amortisation recognised as cost of sales during the year

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

1,484

1,856

1,856

1,015

The Group’s capitalised contract costs relate to fulfilment costs of freight and insurance for the transportation of goods 
sold under CFR and CIF Incoterms. These costs are charged to the profit or loss on a basis consistent with the pattern of 
recognition of the associated revenue. 

17 

Cash and bank balances 

Cash at bank and on hand

Short-term bank deposits

Total cash and bank balances 

Less:  Cash collateral

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company

The Group

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

2021
A$’000

44

-

44

-

44

42

-

42

-

42

109,824

2,510

112,334

(16,167)

96,167

2020
A$’000

58,905

4,126

63,031

(17,080)

45,951

Included in the cash collateral were amounts of A$1,399,000 (2020 - A$2,140,000) and A$14,602,000 (2020 - A$14,553,000) 
which  were  pledged  to  banks  as  security  for  banking  facilities  and  the  issuance  of  environmental  bonds  (Note  35.4) 
respectively.

108

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

17 

Cash and bank balances (Cont’d)

Cash and bank balances are denominated in the following currencies:

Australian Dollar

Renminbi

United States Dollar

Malaysian Ringgit

Others

The Company

The Group

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

41

-

3

-

-

44

39

-

3

-

-

42

2021
A$’000

19,083

16,275

70,104

5,351

1,521

112,334

2020
A$’000

17,639

15,381

23,637

6,195

179

63,031

The short term bank deposits have an average maturity of 3 months (2020 - 3 months) from the end of the financial year with 
the following weighted average effective interest rates:

The Group

United States Dollar

Renminbi

Malaysia Ringgit

18 

Share capital

The Company and The Group

Authorised:

2021
Per annum

2020
Per annum

0.06% to 0.16% 0.18% to 0.92%

-

1.15%

1.38%

1.15%

No. of ordinary shares

Amount

2021
’000

2020
’000

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

Ordinary shares of A$0.05 (2020 - A$0.05) each

2,000,000

2,000,000

100,000

100,000

Issued and fully paid:

Ordinary shares of A$0.05 (2020 - A$0.05) each

At 1 January and 31 December

738,623

738,623

36,931

36,931

The holders of ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares) are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time 
and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company. All shares (excluding treasury shares) rank equally with 
regard to the Company’s residual assets.

19 

Treasury shares

The Company and The Group

No. of ordinary shares

Amount

2021
’000

2020
’000

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

At 1 January and 31 December

1,933

1,933

2,330

2,330

Treasury shares relate to ordinary shares of the Company that are held by the Company. During the year, the Company 
acquired Nil shares (2020 - Nil shares) in the Company through on-market purchase on the Australian Securities Exchange.

109

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

20 

Reserves

Share premium 
Non-distributable reserves 
Capital reserve 
Contributed surplus 
Hedging reserve 
Exchange fluctuation reserve  
(Accumulated losses)/Retained profits

[Note (i)]
[Note (ii)]
[Note (iii)]
[Note (iv)]
[Note (v)]
[Note (vi)]
[Note (vii)]

Share premium
At 1 January and 31 December

Non-distributable reserve
At 1 January and 31 December 

Capital reserve
At 1 January and 31 December

Contributed surplus
At 1 January and 31 December

Hedging reserve
At 1 January
Cash flow hedges
At 31 December

Exchange fluctuation reserve
At 1 January
Currency translation differences
At 31 December

The Company

The Group

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

2021
A$’000

178,363
-
-
3,312
-
-
(131,094)
50,581

178,363
-
-
3,312
-
-
(133,367)
48,308

178,363
8,868
16,064
-
(2,771)
27,597
242,544
470,665

2020
A$’000

178,363
8,868
16,064
-
(4,911)
6,021
160,637
365,042

178,363

178,363

178,363

178,363

-

-

-

-

8,868

8,868

16,064

16,064

3,312

3,312

-

-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

(4,911)
2,140
(2,771)

6,021
21,576
27,597

(5,851)
940
(4,911)

30,181
(24,160)
6,021

162,652
5,352
(7,367)
160,637

Retained profits/(Accumulated losses)
At 1 January
Profit/(loss) for the year 
Dividends paid                   
At 31 December

[Note (viii)]

(133,367)
2,273
-
(131,094)

(122,213)
(3,787)
(7,367)
(133,367)

160,637
81,907
-
242,544

110

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

20 

Reserves (Cont’d)

Notes:

(i) 

(ii) 

The share premium reserve comprises the value of shares that have been issued at a premium, meaning the price paid 
was in excess of the share’s quotient value. The amount received in excess of the quotient value was transferred to the 
share premium reserve.

In  accordance  with  the  accounting  principles  and  financial  regulations  applicable  to  Sino-foreign  joint  venture 
enterprises, the subsidiaries in the PRC are required to transfer part of their profits after tax to the “Statutory Reserves 
Fund”, the “Enterprise Expansion Fund” and the “Staff Bonus and Welfare Fund”, which are non-distributable, before 
profit distributions to joint venture partners.  The quantum of the transfers is subject to the approval of the board of 
directors of these subsidiaries.

The annual transfer to the Statutory Reserves Fund should not be less than 10% of profit after tax, until it aggregates 
to 50% of the registered capital.  However, foreign enterprises may choose not to appropriate profits to the Enterprise 
Expansion Fund.

The Statutory Reserves Fund can be used to make good previous years’ losses while the Enterprise Expansion Fund 
can be used for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment and financing daily funds required.  The Staff Bonus 
and Welfare Fund is utilised for employees collective welfare benefits and is included in other payables under current 
liabilities in the statements of financial position.

The capital reserve arose from the capitalisation of various reserves and retained profits in one of the Sino-foreign joint 
ventures of the Group.  The purpose of the capitalisation is to increase the registered capital of the joint venture.

The contributed surplus of the Company represents the difference between the nominal value of the Company’s shares 
issued  for  acquisition  of  the  subsidiaries  and  the  aggregate  net  asset  value  of  the  subsidiaries  acquired.  Under  the 
Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (as amended), the contributed surplus can be distributable to shareholders under 
certain  circumstances.  At  the  Group  level,  the  contributed  surplus  is  eliminated  against  the  cost  of  investment  in 
subsidiaries. 

The hedging reserve represents hedging gains and losses recognised on the effective portion of cash flow hedges. The 
cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedge recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated hedging 
reserves is reclassified to the profit or loss when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the profit or loss. 

The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising on the translation of the financial statements 
of foreign subsidiaries and associates stated in a currency different from the Group’s presentation currency.

Retained earnings comprise the distributable reserves recognised in the preceding year less any dividend declared. The 
total of such profits brought forward and the profit derived during the period constitute the total distributable reserves, 
that is the maximum amount available for distribution to the shareholders.

(iii) 

(iv) 

(v) 

(vi) 

(vii) 

(viii)   The Group and The Company

Final tax-exempt (one-tier) dividend of 0.01 cents per share for 2019

2021
A$’000

-

-

2020
A$’000

7,367

7,367

111

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021  
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

21 

Borrowings  

Non-current

Bank loans (Note 21.1) 

Other loans (Note 21.3)

Structuring and arrangement fee

Current

Bank loans (Note 21.1)

5% Convertible Note (Note 21.2)

Other loans (Note 21.3)

Structuring and arrangement fee

21.1   Bank loans

The Company

The Group

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

14,003

-

14,003

-

14,003

14,003

282,147

14,789

296,936

(807)

296,129

101,345

-

12,138

113,483

(588)

112,895

409,024

275,360

13,893

289,253

(974)

288,279

103,184

14,003

10,177

127,364

(598)

126,766

415,045

The Company

The Group

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

2021
A$’000

Bank loans, unsecured 

Bank loans, secured [Note (a)]

Bank loans, secured [Note (b)]

Bank loans, secured [Note (c)]

Amount repayable not later than one year

Amount repayable after one year:

Later than one year and not later than five 

years

Notes:

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2020
A$’000

3,796

6,764

1,622

366,362

378,544

-

-

8,670

374,821

383,491

101,343

103,184

282,148

383,491

275,360

378,544

(a)  

These loans are secured by charges over certain bank deposits as disclosed in Note 17.

(b) 

These loans are secured by a charge over land and buildings and certain bank deposits, as disclosed in Note 4 and 
Note 17 respectively. 

(c) 

These loans are secured by:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

shares of OM Materials (Sarawak) Sdn Bhd, a company incorporated in Malaysia;
a charge over certain bank accounts;
a charge over land use rights;
a debenture;
a borrower assignment;
an assignment of insurances;
a shareholder assignment;
an assignment of reinsurances; and 
a corporate guarantee from OM Holdings Limited and Cahya Mata Sarawak Berhad (holds 25% ownership 
interest in OM Materials (Sarawak) Sdn Bhd).

112

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

21 

Borrowings (Cont’d) 

21.2   5% Convertible Note

The Company

The Group

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

5% Convertible Note:

Due not later than one year

-

14,003

-

14,003

On 7 March 2012, the Company issued to Hanwa Co. Ltd 25,000,000 convertible notes at an aggregate principal amount of 
A$19,945,953 (US$21,447,261) with a nominal interest of 5% per annum, due on 6 March 2016 and convertible in accordance 
with  the  terms  and  conditions  of  issue  including  an  initial  conversion  price  of  A$0.80  per  share.  On  4  March  2016,  the 
Company executed an amendment and restatement agreement with Hanwa Co. Ltd to extend the Convertible Note terms 
for  a  further  4  years  to  6  March  2020,  which  was  assessed  and  accounted  for  as  a  non-substantial  modification  of  the 
original financial liability. The conversion option was not recognised as a derivative financial instrument because the fair 
value was assessed to be insignificant. 

In March 2018, the convertible notes on issue were reduced from 25,000,000 to 20,000,000 following the redemption of 20% 
of the convertible notes for US$4,290,000 (equivalent to approximately A$5,500,000).

In April 2018, the convertible notes on issue were reduced further from 20,000,000 to 17,435,500 following the redemption 
by  the  Company  of  a  further  10.26%  of  the  original  convertible  notes  for  US$2,200,000  (equivalent  to  approximately 
A$2,900,000).  

In  February  2019,  the  convertible  notes  on  issue  were  reduced  further  from  17,435,500  to  12,500,000  following  the 
redemption  by  the  Company  of  19.74%  of  the  original  convertible  notes  for  US$4,234,000  (equivalent  to  approximately 
A$5,826,000).

In December 2019, the Company executed an amendment and restatement agreement with Hanwa Co. Ltd to extend the 
Convertible Note terms for a further 1 year to 6 March 2021, which was assessed and accounted for as a non-substantial 
modification of the original financial liability. The conversion option was not recognised as a derivative financial instrument 
because the fair value was assessed to be insignificant. 

As of 31 December 2020, the Company had 12,500,000 convertible notes on issue with Hanwa Co. Ltd, due on 6 March 2021. 
In  March  2021,  the  12,500,000  convertible  notes  were  fully  redeemed  by  the  Company  for  A$13,900,000  (approximately 
equivalent to US$10,700,000).

21.3  Other loans

The Company

The Group

Shareholder loan, unsecured [Note (a)] 

Shareholder loan, unsecured [Note (b)]

Third party loan, secured [Note (c)]

Third party loan, unsecured

Amount repayable not later than one year

Amount repayable after one year:

Later than one year and not later than five 

years

Later than five years

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2021
A$’000

3,075

11,277

11,714

861

26,927

2020
A$’000

2,857

10,177

11,036

-

24,070

12,138

10,177

11,714

3,075

14,789

26,927

11,036

2,857

13,893

24,070

113

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

21 

Borrowings (Cont’d) 

21.3  Other loans (Cont’d)

Notes:

(a) 

These loans are unsecured. None of the shareholders are entitled to demand or receive payment or any distribution in 
respect of any shareholders’ loans from the Group. Repayment may be made subject to satisfaction of pre-agreed tests 
typical for a project financing of this nature.

(b) 

The loan is unsecured and repayable on demand.

(c) 

The  loan  is  secured  by  a  corporate  guarantee  from  OM  Holdings  Limited.  As  at  31  December  2020,  the  loan  was 
repayable on 4 January 2022. In December 2021, the repayment date was extended to 4 January 2023. 

21.4   Currency risk

Total borrowings are denominated in the following currencies: 

The Company

The Group

United States Dollar

Malaysian Ringgit

Renminbi

Others 

21.5   Effective interest rates

-

-

-

-

-

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

337,745

75,678

1,622

-

14,003

399,493

-

-

-

-

8,670

861

14,003

409,024

415,045

The weighted average effective interest rates of total borrowings at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

Bank loans (Note 21.1)

5% convertible note (Note 21.2)

Other loans (Note 21.3)

21.6   Carrying amounts and fair values

The Company

The Group

2021

2020

2021

2020

Per annum

Per annum

-

-

-

-

1.88% to 5.07% 0.41% to 6.87%

9.00%

-

9.00%

-

1.24% to 4.53% 1.53% to 5.95%

The carrying amounts of current borrowings approximate their fair value. The carrying amounts and fair values of non-
current borrowings were as follows:

2021

Bank loans

Other loans

2020

Bank loans

Other loans

The Company

The Group

Carrying
amounts
A$’000

Fair
values
A$’000

Carrying
amounts
A$’000

Fair
values
A$’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

282,148

14,789

279,221

14,789

275,360

13,893

273,840

13,893

The fair values above are determined from the discounted cash flow analysis, discounted at market borrowing rates (per 
annum) of an equivalent instrument at the end of the reporting period which the Directors expect to be available to the 
Group. 

114

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 202122 

Lease liabilities

The Group

Undiscounted lease payments due:

- Year 1

- Year 2

- Year 3

- Year 4 and onwards

Less: Unearned interest cost

Lease liabilities

Presented as:

- Non-current

- Current

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

3,479

2,505

2,199

4

8,187

(478)

7,709

4,174

3,535

7,709

1,336

332

103

-

1,771

(101)

1,670

415

1,255

1,670

Interest expense on lease liabilities of A$330,000 (2020 - A$306,000) is recognised within “finance costs” in the profit or loss.

Rental expenses not capitalised in lease liabilities but recognised within “operating expenses” in the profit or loss are set 
out below: 

The Group

Short-term leases

Leases of low-value assets

2021
A$’000

9,707

19

2020
A$’000

9,865

454

Total cash outflows for all leases in the year amounted to A$5,941,000 (2020 - A$6,547,000).

As at 31 December 2021, the Group’s short-term lease commitments at the reporting date are not substantially dissimilar to 
those giving rise to the Group’s short-term lease expense for the year.

The Group’s lease liabilities are secured by the lessors’ title to the leased assets.

Further information about the financial risk management are disclosed in Note 38 and leasing activities in Note 34. 

Lease liabilities are denominated in the following currencies:

The Group

Australian Dollar

Malaysian Ringgit

Others 

2021
A$’000

743

5,719

1,247

7,709

2020
A$’000

613

730

327

1,670

115

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

23 

Trade and other payables

Non-current

Trade payables - third party

Other payables

Retention monies

Current

Trade payables

- third party

Amount due to subsidiaries (non-trade)

Accruals 

Other payables

Retention monies

Welfare expense payable

Interest payables

Total

The Company

The Group

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

-

-

-

-

-

65,643

2,234

194

-

-

-

68,071

68,071

68,071

-

-

-

-

-

55,280

1,673

258

-

-

677

57,888

57,888

57,888

54,164

54,530

118

43

232

29

54,325

54,791

139,453

114,433

-

14,867

17,559

1,815

2,797

236

37,274

176,727

231,052

-

9,417

23,103

2,820

2,295

3,692

41,327

155,760

210,551

Non-current trade payables relate to payables to vendors which bear interest of 5.5% (2020 - 5.5%) per annum.

The current amount due to subsidiaries (non-trade) represents advances which are unsecured, interest-free and repayable 
on demand. 

Trade and other payables are denominated in the following currencies:

Australian Dollar

Renminbi

United States Dollar

Malaysian Ringgit

Others

The Company

The Group

2021
A$’000

39,253

-

28,614

-

204

2020
A$’000

39,884

-

17,622

182

200

68,071

57,888

2021
A$’000

13,473

14,651

45,092

157,463

373

231,052

2020
A$’000

14,340

11,440

37,400

145,121

2,250

210,551

All trade payables are generally on 30 to 120 (2020 - 30 to 120) days’ credit terms.

116

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

23 

Trade and other payables (Cont’d)

The  carrying  amounts  of  current  trade  and  other  payables  approximate  their  fair  value.  The  carrying  amounts  and  fair 
values of non-current trade and other payables are as follows:

The Company

The Group

Carrying
amounts
A$’000

Fair
values
A$’000

Carrying
amounts
A$’000

Fair
values
A$’000

2021

Trade payables - third party

Other payables

Retention monies

2020

Trade payables - third party

Other payables

Retention monies

24 

Provisions 

The Group

Rehabilitation

At beginning of the year

Additions

Adjustments from mine development costs (Note 7)

Utilisation

At end of the year

Non-current

Current

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

54,164

54,164

118

43

118

43

54,530

54,530

232

29

232

29

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

12,675

-

(1,202)

(1,585)

9,888

7,973

1,915

9,888

14,453

-

(132)

(1,646)

12,675

10,869

1,806

12,675

According to the Mine Management and Environmental Management Plans submitted to the Northern Territory Government 
in Australia, the wholly-owned subsidiary, OM (Manganese) Ltd is obligated for the rehabilitation and restoration of areas 
disturbed arising from mining activities conducted by OM (Manganese) Ltd. Mine rehabilitation costs are provided for at 
the present value of future expected expenditure when the liability is incurred. Although the ultimate cost to be incurred is 
uncertain, the Group has estimated its costs based on the rates outlined by the Northern Territory Department of Industry, 
Tourism and Trade using current restoration standards and techniques. 

25  Deferred capital grant

The Group

Government grant

Non-current

Current

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

11,387

11,466

10,609

778

11,387

10,730

736

11,466

A  government  grant  was  awarded  for  the  construction  of  certain  items  of  property,  plant  and  equipment.  There  are  no 
unfulfilled conditions or contingencies attached. The movement in the deferred capital grant is due to amortisation costs of 
A$756,000 (2020 - A$817,000) (Note 28) and foreign currency translation differences.

117

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

26 

Contract liabilities

The Group

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

Transportation of goods sold under CFR and CIF Incoterms

9,686

6,064

The  Group’s  contract  liabilities  relate  to  the  Group’s  obligation  to  transport  goods  sold  to  customers  under  CFR  and  CIF 
Incoterms for which the Group has received advance payments from these customers. 

Unsatisfied performance obligations in relation to contract liabilities at the end of the reporting period are:

The Group

Aggregate amount of transaction price allocated to contracts that
   are partially or fully unsatisfied at the end of the year

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

9,686

6,064

The Group expects that 100% of the transaction price allocated to the unsatisfied performance obligations at the end of the 
current year may be recognised as revenue during the next reporting period.

27  Other income

The Group

Interest income from banks

Commission income

Fair value gain on other investment (Note 13)

Government grant

Gain on disposal of other investment 

Gain from derecognition of financial liabilities 

Sundry income

2021
A$’000

298

1,169

-

506

799

9,219

2,310

14,301

2020
A$’000

691

2,189

1,388

735

-

-

1,753

6,756

118

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

28 

Profit/(loss) before income tax

The Group

Note

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

Profit/(loss) before income tax has been arrived at after               

charging/(crediting):

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment:

- cost of sales

- other operating expenses

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment (1)

Write off of property, plant and equipment (1)

Amortisation of land use rights (1)

Write off of exploration and evaluation costs (1)

Amortisation of mine development costs (1)

Depreciation of investment property (1)

Depreciation of right-of-use assets (1)

Cost of inventories recognised as expenses
   and included in cost of sales

Write-down of inventories to net realisable value (1)

Impairment loss on trade and other receivables (1)

Unwinding of discount on non-current trade payables (1)

Amortisation of deferred capital grant (2)

Foreign exchange loss/(gain) – net (1)

Lease modification (1)

Rental expenses:

- short-term leases

- leases of low-value assets

Finance costs:

- loans

- lease liabilities

- others

Employee benefits expenses

21,976

16,769

38,745

18

7,341

193

153

12,835

10

5,876

766,292

3,775

646

84

(756)

11,684

-

9,707

19

18,512

335

927

19,774

85,608

4

5

6

7

8

9

14

14

15

25

22

22

32

(1)  
(2)  

These are included under “Other operating expenses” in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.  
This is included under “Cost of sales” in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.  

27,630

15,655

43,285

-

36

206

-

6,505

11

5,644

688,371

3,397

-

268

(817)

(574)

296

9,865

454

27,309

306

1,212

28,827

70,238

119

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

29 

Income tax 

A provision for enterprise income tax on the subsidiaries operating in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) has been made 
in  accordance  with  the  Income  Tax  Law  of  PRC  concerning  Foreign  Investment  Enterprises  and  Foreign  Enterprises  and 
various local income tax laws.

A  Global  Trader  Programme  is  granted  by  the  Singapore  Ministry  of  Trade  and  Industry  to  a  Singapore  subsidiary,  OM 
Materials  (S)  Pte.  Ltd.,  for  a  concessionary  rate  of  10%  valid  up  to  December  2023,  subject  to  the  fulfilment  of  specific 
conditions.

In  November  2017,  OM  Materials  (Sarawak)  Sdn.  Bhd.  (“OM  Sarawak”)  was  awarded  Pioneer  Status  by  the  Malaysian 
Investment Development Authority (“MIDA”), which entitles OM Sarawak exemption from tax for a period of 5 years effective 
1 December 2017 to 30 November 2021 on 100% of statutory income derived from the production of ferro-silicon, silicon 
manganese and high carbon ferromanganese. OM Sarawak is permitted to apply for an additional 5 years exemption on 
70% of its statutory income on or before 31 December 2022 subject to the satisfaction of MIDA on pre-agreed criterion. 

Taxation has been provided at the appropriate tax rates prevailing in Australia, Singapore, Malaysia, Hong Kong and PRC in 
which the Group operates on the estimated assessable profits for the year. These rates generally range from 10% to 30% 
for the reporting period. 

The Group

Current taxation:

- Singapore income tax (concessionary tax rate of 10%)

- PRC tax (tax rate of 25%)

- Australia income tax (tax rate of 30%)

- Other jurisdictions

Deferred taxation

(Over)/under provision in prior years:

- current taxation

- deferred taxation

Income tax

Other taxation:

- withholding tax

- profits-based royalty and special mining taxes

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

2,752

2,832

-

6,810

(11,076)

1,318

(655)

317

(338)

980

663

1,638

3,281

3,292

(127)

-

384

(5,765)

(2,216)

(2,599)

2,693

94

(2,122)

406

(2)

(1,718)

A reconciliation of the income tax applicable to the accounting profit/(loss) at the applicable tax rates to the income tax 
expense for the reporting period was as follows:

The Group

Profit/(loss) before income tax

Tax at applicable tax rates

Tax effect of non-taxable revenue(1)

Tax effect of non-deductible expenses(2)

Tax effect of allowances and concessions given by tax jurisdictions

Deferred tax assets on temporary difference not recognised 

Utilisation of deferred tax assets on temporary difference not recognised
   in previous years

Effects of share of results of associates

Tax rebate

(Over)/under provision in prior years

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

112,612

(4,656)

25,053

(22,781)

6,849

(2,003)

-

(4,987)

(813)

-

(338)

980

(2,960)

(317)

3,490

(2,392)

3,173

(714)

(2,480)

(16)

94

(2,122)

(1)  
(2) 

Non-taxable revenue relates mainly to Pioneer Income contributed by OM Sarawak.    
Non-deductible expenses relate mainly to depreciation and amortisation of non-qualifying assets, overseas accrued interest expenses 
and provision of expenses. 

120

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

2,854

1,253

30 

Cash flow hedges 

The Group

Cash flow hedges:

Gain arising during the year

31 

Profit per share 

The Group

Basic profit per share is calculated based on the consolidated profit attributable to owners of the parent divided by the 
weighted average number of shares on issue of 736,690,000 (2020 - 736,690,000) shares during the financial year.

Fully  diluted  profit  per  share  was  calculated  on  the  consolidated  profit  attributable  to  owners  of  the  parent  divided  by 
736,690,000 (2020 - 736,690,000) ordinary shares. The number of ordinary shares was calculated based on the weighted 
average number of shares on issue during the financial year adjusted for the effects of all dilutive convertible bonds and 
warrants. Dilutive potential ordinary shares are deemed to have been converted into ordinary shares at the beginning of 
the year or if later, the date of the issue of the potential ordinary shares.

For calculation of diluted earnings per share in 2020 and 2021, the convertible bonds are not included because they are 
anti-dilutive. 

The following table reflects profit or loss and share data used in the computation of basic and diluted profit per share from 
continuing operations for the years ended 31 December:

The Group

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of basic profit 
   per share

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:

Convertible bonds

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of
   diluted profit per share

Profit figures were calculated as follows:

2021
’000

2020
’000

736,690

736,690

-

-

736,690

736,690

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Company

81,907

5,352

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:

Interest on convertible bonds

Profit for the purposes of diluted profit per share

-

81,907

-

5,352

121

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

32 

Employee benefits expense 

The Group

Directors’ fees

Directors’ remuneration other than fees:

- Directors of the Company

- Directors of the subsidiaries

- Defined contributions plans

Key management personnel (other than Directors):

- Salaries, wages and other related costs

- Defined contributions plans

Other than key management personnel:

- Salaries, wages and other related costs

- Defined contributions plans

2021
A$’000

804

2,980

1,628

79

4,459

400

10,350

69,920

5,338

85,608

2020
A$’000

693

1,540

1,418

76

4,087

376

8,190

57,145

4,903

70,238

33 

Related party transactions

In  addition  to  the  related  party  information  disclosed  elsewhere  in  the  financial  statements,  the  following  amounts  are 
transactions with related parties based upon commercial arm’s length terms and conditions:

The Group

Commission charged to an associate

Commission charged by an associate

Sales of goods to an associate

Purchases of goods from an associate

34 

Leases

(i)  

The Group as lessee

(a)  

Properties

2021
A$’000

2,885

(336)

8,697

2020
A$’000

2,665

(400)

1,691

(100,421)

(86,624)

The Group leases several buildings including a warehouse for operational and storage purposes (Note 9). 

The  Group  makes  prepayments  for  usage  of  land  in  the  PRC  and  Malaysia  under  leasing  agreements  where  the  Group 
constructs buildings and infrastructure for office and operational use. 

There are no externally imposed covenants on these property lease arrangements.

(b)  

Plant and machinery, office equipment and motor vehicles

The  Group  makes  monthly  lease  payments  to  acquire  plant  and  machinery  and  office  equipment  used  for  manufacturing 
and  operational  activities.  The  Group  also  acquires  motor  vehicles  under  hire  purchase  arrangements  to  render  internal 
logistics support. These plant and machinery, office equipment and motor vehicles are recognised as the Group’s right-of-use 
assets (Note 9). The lease agreements for plant and machinery, office equipment and motor vehicles prohibit the Group from 
subleasing them to third parties.

Information regarding the Group’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are disclosed in Note 9 and 22 respectively.

122

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

34 

Leases (Cont’d)  

(ii)  

The Group as lessor

Investment property

Operating  leases,  in  which  the  Group  as  the  lessor,  relate  to  investment  property  (Note  8)  owned  by  the  Group  with  a 
remaining lease term of 13 months. The operating lease contract contains market review clauses in the event that the lessee 
exercises its option to renew. The lessee does not have an option to purchase the property at the expiry of the lease period.

The Group’s revenue from rental income received on the investment properties are disclosed in Note 8.

The  future  minimum  rental  receivable  under  non-cancellable  operating  leases  contracted  for  the  reporting  date  are  as 
follows:

The Group

Undiscounted lease payments to be received:

- Year 1

- Year 2

35 

Commitments

35.1 

Capital commitments

The following table summarises the Group’s capital commitments:

The Group

Capital expenditure contracted but not provided for in
   the financial statements:

- acquisition of property, plant and equipment

35.2  Other operating commitments

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

132

77

209

127

11

138

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

16,328

872

Other  contracted  operating  commitments  represent  the  provision  of  processing  services,  catering,  cleaning  and  village 
management,  electrical  power  services,  road  haulage  and  rail  haulage.  These  commitments  are  contracted  for  but  not 
provided for in the financial statements.

The Group

Not later than one year

Later than one year and not later than five years

Later than five years

35.3  Mineral Tenements

2021
A$’000

2,740

-

-

2020
A$’000

3,807

-

-

2,740

3,807

In  order  to  maintain  the  mineral  tenements  in  which  a  subsidiary  is  involved,  the  subsidiary  has  committed  to  fulfil  the 
minimum  annual  expenditures  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  Northern  Territory  Department  of  Industry, 
Tourism and Trade for the next financial year, as set out below:

The Group

Mineral tenements annual expenditure commitments

35.4 

Environmental bonds

2021
A$’000

153

2020
A$’000

101

A  subsidiary  had  environmental  bonds  to  the  value  of  A$14,602,000  (2020  -  A$14,553,000)  lodged  with  the  Northern 
Territory Government (Department of Industry, Tourism and Trade) to secure environmental rehabilitation commitments. 
The A$14,602,000 (2020 - A$14,553,000) of bonds are secured by A$13,054,000 (2020 - A$12,973,000) of bonds issued under 
financing facilities and certain cash backed.

123

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

36  Other matters

Sponsor Guarantee issued under the terms of the Power Purchase Agreement with Syarikat Sesco Berhad

Pursuant to the execution of the Amended Power Purchase Agreement (“PPA”) between a subsidiary, OM Materials (Sarawak) 
Sdn. Bhd., and Syarikat Sesco Berhad (“SSB”), the Company issued sponsor guarantees to SSB for its 75% interest of the 
subsidiary’s obligations under the PPA. 

The sponsor guarantees disclosed above do not fall into the category of financial guarantees as they do not relate to debt 
instruments.  The purpose of these guarantees is essentially to enable SSB to provide the power supply to the subsidiary on 
the condition that these guarantees are provided by the Company in the event that there are any unpaid claims arising from 
the PPA owed to SSB. There are no bank loans involved in these guarantees. As such, there is no need for the guarantees to 
be fair valued.

Project Support guarantee issued under the terms of the Facilities Agreement and the Project Support Agreement

OM Materials (Sarawak) Sdn Bhd, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a project finance Facilities Agreement (“FA”) for 
a limited recourse senior project finance debt facility.  

Concurrently, the Company also executed a Project Support Agreement (“PSA”) with OM Materials (Sarawak) Sdn Bhd (as 
Borrower), and the ultimate shareholders of the Borrower (as Obligors). The PSA governs the rights and obligations of the 
Obligors. These obligations and liabilities of the Obligors are severally liable on the basis of its shareholding proportion in 
OM Materials (Sarawak) Sdn. Bhd.  

The PSA will lapse upon the final payment of the project financing facilities. 

37  Operating segments

For management purposes, the Group is organised into the following reportable operating segments as follows:

Mining  

Smelting 

Exploration and mining of manganese ore

Production of manganese ferroalloys, ferrosilicon and manganese sinter ore

Marketing and Trading 

Trading  of  manganese  ore,  manganese  ferroalloys,  ferrosilicon  and  sinter  ore,  chrome  ore 
   and iron ore

Each of these operating segments is managed separately as they require different resources as well as operating approaches.

The reporting segment results exclude the finance income and costs, share of results of associate, which are not directly 
attributable to the business activities of any operating segment, and are not included in arriving at the operating results of 
the operating segment.

Sales between operating segments are carried out at arm’s length.

Segment  performance  is  evaluated  based  on  the  operating  profit  or  loss  which  in  certain  respects,  as  set  out  below,  is 
measured differently from the operating profit or loss in the consolidated financial statements.

124

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

l

a
t
o
T

s
r
e
h
t
O

d
n
a
g
n
i
t
e
k
r
a
M

i

g
n
d
a
r
T

g
n
i
t
l
e
m
S

i

g
n
n
M

i

0
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

1
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

0
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

1
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

0
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

1
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

0
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

1
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

0
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

1
2
0
2

0
0
0
$
A

’

3
3
6
4
8
7

,

2
5
0
0
8
5

,

0
1
8
,
0
4
0
,
1

-

-

4
2
5
,
5
4
6

6
0
0
4
1

,

9
5
1
,
7
3

6
9
2
6
8
5

,

5
7
7
9
2
1

,

4
3
3
,
2
9
7

1
6
6
,
3
3
1

5
9
2
7
9
1

,

8
0
4
1
5
3

,

6
7
4
,
8
4
2

5
7
6
,
0
9
3

2
4
0
1

,

3
6
8
4
8

,

-

9
2
0
,
4
8

)
2
5
0
0
8
5
(

,

)
4
2
5
,
5
4
6
(

3
3
6
4
8
7

,

0
1
8
,
0
4
0
,
1

6
0
0
4
1

,

9
5
1
,
7
3

1
7
0
6
1
7

,

5
9
9
,
5
2
9

3
0
7
8
4
5

,

1
5
1
,
9
3
6

5
0
9
5
8

,

9
2
0
,
4
8

e
u
n
e
v
e
r

t
n
e
m
g
e
s
e
l
b
a
t
r
o
p
e
R

s
r
e
m
o
t
s
u
c

l

a
n
r
e
t
x
e
o
t

l

s
e
a
S

s
e
a
s

l

t
n
e
m
g
e
s
-
r
e
t
n

I

n
o
i
t
a
n
m

i

i
l

E

5
5
9
6

,

6
7
6
,
6
2
1

)
2
0
6
(

)
7
6
5
,
6
(

3
3
8
2
3

,

9
1
6
,
8
2

)
7
5
3
5
(

,

2
8
6
,
9
3
1

)
9
1
9
9
1
(

,

)
8
5
0
,
5
3
(

t
fi
o
r
p
/
)
s
s
o
l
(

t
n
e
m
g
e
s
e
l
b
a
t
r
o
p
e
R

’

)
d
t
n
o
C
(

s
t
n
e
m
g
e
s
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O

7
3

,

8
7
3
7
2
6
1

,

3
1
0
,
5
1
9
,
1

8
6
5
2
8
1

,

1
6
7
,
2
8
1

2
7
7
9
4
4

,

6
5
3
,
9
5
5

7
8
8
5
9
8

,

3
6
1
,
5
7
0
,
1

1
5
1
9
9

,

3
3
7
,
7
9

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
n
e
m
g
e
s
e
l
b
a
t
r
o
p
e
R

)
4
6
7
0
2
6
(

,

)
8
6
0
,
5
3
7
(

2
3
8
6
2
1

,

1
1
3
,
9
1
1

,

6
4
4
3
3
1
1

,

6
5
2
,
9
9
2
,
1

s
e
t
a
i
c
o
s
s
a
n

i

t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n

I

s
t
e
s
s
a

l

a
t
o
T

n
o
i
t
a
n
m

i

i
l

E

,

5
2
2
2
5
0
1

,

8
5
4
,
2
6
1
,
1

4
3
2
2
9

,

0
9
3
,
8
8

2
0
0
5
8
1

,

3
3
9
,
1
4
2

2
3
7
2
0
6

,

4
7
0
,
5
3
6

7
5
2
2
7
1

,

1
6
0
,
7
9
1

s
e
i
t
i
l
i

b
a
i
l

t
n
e
m
g
e
s
e
l
b
a
t
r
o
p
e
R

)
8
1
0
7
8
3
(

,

)
1
0
5
,
3
7
4
(

7
0
2
5
6
6

,

7
5
9
,
8
8
6

0
9
4
5
1

,

3
6
2
,
8

6
3

5
8
2
3
4

,

1
4
3
,
7

5
4
7
,
8
3

-

6
9
2

6
0
2

3
6
3
1

,

5
0
5
6

,

4
4
6
5

,

1
1

-

)
8
8
3
1
(

,

-

8
1

3
9
1

4
5
7

0
1

-

3
5
1

6
7
8
,
5

5
3
8
,
2
1

-

)
7
1
8
(

6
4
6

)
6
5
7
(

7
9
3
3

,

5
7
7
,
3

-

-

-

-

9
3
3

3
7
7

3
6
1

-

1
9
1

-

-

-

-

-

-

9
5
3

6
7
7

8
5
2
,
6

-

-

-

0
1
1

-

-

4
5
2

3
5
1

-

-

-

6
4
6

-

-

-

-

-

-

4
9

1
9
1

-

1
1

6
5
4

)
8
8
3
1
(

,

-

-

-

6
5
1

5
7

4
6
1

-

-

-

-

-

0
1

1
4
4

-

-

-

-

-

2
0
6
4
1

,

5
9
0
,
6

5
5
4

-

-

-

-

-

6
0
2

6
8
8

-

8
1

3
9
1

-

-

-

-

-

4
2
4

-

)
7
1
8
(

-

-

-

-

-

)
6
5
7
(

4
8
1
2

,

6
4
7
,
1

9
8
4
3
3

,

8
8
7
,
1
3

6
3

2
3
8
8

,

-

-

6
9
2

0
0
2
1

,

5
0
5
6

,

3
1
8
2

,

-

-

-

3
5
6
,
1

2
2
1

7
1
0
,
6

-

-

-

4
4
6

5
3
4
,
3

5
3
8
,
2
1

-

-

-

i

t
n
e
m
p
u
q
e
d
n
a
t
n
a
p

l

,

y
t
r
e
p
o
r
p
f
o
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
P

i

t
n
e
m
p
u
q
e
d
n
a
t
n
a
p

l

,

y
t
r
e
p
o
r
p
f
o
ff
o
e
t
i
r

W

t
n
e
m
p
u
q
e

i

d
n
a
t
n
a
p

l

,

y
t
r
e
p
o
r
p
f
o
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D

d
n
a
t
n
a
p

l

,

y
t
r
e
p
o
r
p
f
o

l

a
s
o
p
s
i
d
n
o
s
s
o
L

s
t
h
g
i
r
e
s
u
d
n
a

l

f
o
n
o
i
t
a
s
i
t
r
o
m
A

i

n
o
i
t
a
c
fi
d
o
m
e
s
a
e
L

t
n
e
m
p
u
q
e

i

l

n
o
i
t
a
r
o
p
x
e
d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a
u
a
v
e
f
o
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

l

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

t
n
e
m
g
e
s

r
e
h
t
O

s
e
i
t
i
l
i

b
a

i
l

l

a
t
o
T

n
o
i
t
a
n
m

i

i
l

E

s
t
s
o
c

l

t
n
e
m
p
o
e
v
e
d
e
n
m

i

f
o
n
o
i
t
a
s
i
t
r
o
m
A

s
t
s
o
c

l

n
o
i
t
a
r
o
p
x
e
d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a
u
a
v
e
f
o
ff
o
e
t
i
r

l

W

y
t
r
e
p
o
r
p
t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n

i

f
o
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D

s
t
e
s
s
a
e
s
u
-
f
o
-
t
h
g
i
r

f
o
n
o
i
t
a
i
c
e
r
p
e
D

s
t
s
o
c

t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n

i

r
e
h
t
o
n
o
n
a
g
e
u
a
v

i

l

r
i
a
F

3
7
9
2

,

5
7
7
,
3

e
u
a
v

l

l

e
b
a
s
i
l

a
e
r

t
e
n
o
t

s
e
i
r
o
t
n
e
v
n

i

f
o
n
w
o
d
-
e
t
i
r

W

-

-

-

-

r
e
h
t
o
d
n
a
e
d
a
r
t
n
o
s
s
o

l

t
n
e
m

r
i
a
p
m

I

l

s
e
b
a
v
i
e
c
e
r

t
n
a
r
g

l

a
t
i
p
a
c
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
d
f
o
n
o
i
t
a
s
i
t
r
o
m
A

125

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

37  Operating segments (Cont’d)

Reconciliation of the Group’s reportable segment profit to the profit before income tax is as follows:

The Group

Reportable segment profit

Finance income

Share of results of associates

Finance costs

(Loss)/profit before income tax

2021
A$’000

126,676

298

5,412

(19,774)

112,612

2020
A$’000

6,955

691

16,525

(28,827)

(4,656)

The Group’s revenues from external customers and its non-current assets (other than deferred tax assets) are divided into 
the following geographical areas:

Asia Pacific

Europe

Middle East

Africa

Others

Revenue from 
external customers

Non-current assets

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

899,254

65,240

37,649

64

38,603

675,954

634,321

645,141

42,875

49,511

3,220

13,073

-

-

-

-

119,298

126,803

-

-

1,040,810

784,633

753,619

771,944

The  geographical  location  of  customers  is  based  on  the  locations  at  which  the  goods  were  delivered.    The  geographical 
location of non-current assets is based on the physical location of the assets.

38 

Financial risk management objectives and policies

The Company and the Group are exposed to financial risks arising from its operations and use of financial instruments. 
The key financial risks include credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, foreign currency risk and market price risk. The 
Company’s and the Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and 
seeks to minimise adverse effects from the unpredictability of financial markets on the Company’s and the Group’s financial 
performance. 

Risk management is carried out by the Finance Division under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Finance 
Division identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board 
provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign 
exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative and non-derivative financial instruments and investing excess 
liquidity.

There has been no change to the Company’s and the Group’s exposure to these financial risks or the manner in which it 
manages and measures the risk. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis indicated below.

38.1 

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that one party to a financial instrument will fail to discharge an obligation and cause the Group to incur 
a financial loss. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises primarily from trade receivables, cash and cash equivalents and 
other  financial  assets.  For  trade  receivables,  the  Group  adopts  the  policy  of  dealing  only  with  customers  of  appropriate 
credit  history,  and  obtaining  sufficient  security  where  appropriate  to  mitigate  credit  risk.  For  other  financial  assets,  the 
Company and the Group adopt the policy of dealing only with high credit quality counterparties.

The Company’s and the Group’s objective is to seek continual growth while minimising losses incurred due to increased 
credit risk exposure.

Credit  exposure  to  an  individual  counterparty  is  restricted  by  credit  limits  that  are  approved  by  management  based  on 
ongoing credit evaluation. The counterparty’s payment profile and credit exposure are continuously monitored at the entity 
level by the respective management. 

126

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

38 

Financial risk management objectives and policies (Cont’d)

38.1 

Credit risk (Cont’d)

Exposure to credit risk

As the Company and the Group do not hold any collateral, the maximum exposure to credit risk for each class of financial 
instruments is the carrying amount of that class of financial instruments presented on the statements of financial position.

The Company’s and the Group’s major classes of financial assets are bank deposits and trade receivables. Cash is held with 
reputable financial institutions. Further details of credit risks on trade and other receivables are disclosed in Note 15.

Guarantees

The  Company  provides  corporate  guarantees  to  its  subsidiaries  on  their  bank  borrowings.  The  Company’s  maximum 
exposure to credit risk in respect of the intra-group corporate guarantees at the reporting date is equal to the facilities drawn 
down by the subsidiaries in the amounts of A$485,440,000 (2020 - A$505,000,000). At the reporting date, the Company does 
not consider it probable that a claim will be made against the Company under these intragroup corporate guarantees.

There is no impact on the corporate guarantee as there are no differential rates given by the financial institutions.

Undrawn credit facilities

The Group has undrawn credit facilities of approximately A$53,400,000 (2020 - A$11,550,000) at the reporting date.

38.2 

Liquidity risk

Liquidity  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  Company  or  the  Group  will  encounter  difficulty  in  raising  funds  to  meet  commitments 
associated with financial instruments that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. Liquidity risk may result 
from an inability to sell a financial asset quickly at close to its fair value.

The Company’s and the Group’s exposure to liquidity risk arises primarily from mismatches of the maturities of financial 
assets and liabilities. The Company’s and the Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and 
flexibility through the use of stand-by credit facilities.

127

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

38 

Financial risk management objectives and policies (Cont’d)

38.2 

Liquidity risk (Cont’d)

The table below analyses the maturity profile of the Company’s and the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual 
undiscounted cash flows:

The Group

As at 31 December 2021

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

As at 31 December 2020

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

The Company

As at 31 December 2021

Trade and other payables

Intragroup financial guarantees

As at 31 December 2020

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Intragroup financial guarantees

Between

Less than

2 and 5

1 year

A$’000

years

A$’000

Over

5 years

A$’000

Total

A$’000

Total

carrying

amount

A$’000

176,727

54,325

-

231,052

231,052

113,241

340,666

3,075

456,982

409,024

3,478

4,709

-

8,187

7,709

293,446

399,700

3,075

696,221

647,785

155,760

54,874

-

210,634

210,551

128,631

320,346

2,856

451,833

415,045

1,336

435

-

1,771

1,670

285,727

375,655

2,856

664,238

627,266

68,071

68,071

485,440

57,888

14,154

72,042

505,000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

68,071

68,071

68,071

68,071

485,440

-

57,888

14,154

72,042

57,888

14,003

71,891

505,000

-

The table analyses the financial instruments of the Group for which contractual maturities are essential for an understanding 
of the timing of the cash flows into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period from the balance sheet date 
to the contractual maturity date.  The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

The Group has various lines of credit with major financial institutions for the purpose of drawing upon short term borrowings, 
through the pledging of bills receivables or inventories.  Further, management closely monitors the Group’s capital structure 
to ensure that there are adequate funds to meet all its obligations in a timely and cost-effective manner. 

The  Group  manages  its  liquidity  risk  by  ensuring  there  are  sufficient  cash  and  current  assets  to  meet  all  their  normal 
operating commitments in a timely and cost-effective manner and having adequate amount of credit facilities. The Group 
has the ability to generate additional working capital through financing from financial institutions.  

128

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

38 

Financial risk management objectives and policies (Cont’d)

38.3 

Interest rate risk (Cont’d)

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of the Company’s and the Group’s financial instruments 
will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.  

The Company’s and the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily from their bank borrowings, cash collaterals 
and fixed deposits. 

Sensitivity analysis for interest rate risk

At the end of the reporting period, if United States Dollar (“USD”), Renminbi (“RMB”) and Malaysian Ringgit (“MYR”) interest 
rates  had  been  75  (2020  -  75)  basis  points  lower/higher  with  all  other  variables  held  constant,  the  Company’s  and  the 
Group’s profit net of tax would have been higher/lower by the amounts shown below, arising mainly as a result of lower/
higher interest expense on bank borrowings and higher/lower interest income on cash and bank balances. 

The Company
Resulting effect:
profit/(loss)

The Group
Resulting effect: 
profit/(loss)

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

2021
A$’000

2020
A$’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

105

1,852

1,822

(105)

(1,852)

(1,822)

-

-

-

-

(43)

43

(31)

31

(57)

57

396

(396)

United States     
  Dollar (USD)

- lower 75 basis points  

(2020 - 75 basis points)     

Renminbi (RMB)

- higher 75 basis points       
(2020 - 75 basis points)     

- lower 75 basis points         
(2020 - 75 basis points)     

- higher 75 basis points 

(2020 - 75 basis points)  

Malaysian Ringgit
   (MYR)

- lower 75 basis points  

(2020 - 75 basis points)     

- higher 75 basis points 

(2020 - 75 basis points)     

38.4 

Foreign currency risk

Currency  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  value  of  a  financial  instrument  will  fluctuate  due  to  changes  in  foreign  exchange  rates. 
Currency risk arises when transactions are denominated in foreign currencies.

The Group operates and sells its products in several countries and transacts in foreign currencies.  As a result, the Group is 
exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates arising from normal trading transactions, primarily with respect 
to USD, RMB and MYR. 

129

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

38 

Financial risk management objectives and policies (Cont’d)

38.4 

Foreign currency risk (Cont’d)

Sensitivity analysis for foreign currency risk

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the USD, RMB and MYR exchange rates 
against AUD, with all other variables held constant, of the Company’s and the Group’s profit/(loss) after income tax and 
equity. 

The Group

2021

2020

Resulting
effect -
profit/
(loss)
A$’000

(Decrease)/
increase in
Equity
A$’000

Resulting
effect -
profit/
(loss)
A$’000

(Decrease)/
increase in
Equity
A$’000

United States Dollar

-   strengthened 5% (2020 - 

(16,614)

(17,350)

(15,333)

(13,131)

5%)

-   weakened 5% (2020 - 5%)

Renminbi

-   strengthened 5% (2020 - 

5%)

-   weakened 5% (2020 - 5%)

Malaysian Ringgit

-   strengthened 5% (2020 - 

5%)

16,614

78

(78)

(7,864)

17,350

78

(78)

(7,921)

15,333

380

(380)

(10,745)

13,131

376

(376)

(10,512)

-   weakened 5% (2020 - 5%)

7,864

7,921

10,745

10,512

The Company

United States Dollar

-   strengthened 5% (2020 - 

(1,431)

(1,494)

(1,581)

(1,354)

5%)

-   weakened 5% (2020 - 5%)

1,431

1,494

1,581

1,354

38.5  Market price risk 

The Group is exposed to equity risks arising from its equity investments carried at FVTPL. If equity prices had been 10% 
higher/lower,  the  Group’s  net  profit  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2021  would  increase/decrease  by  A$Nil  (2020  - 
A$189,000).

39 

Capital risk management

The Company’s and the Group’s objectives when managing capital are:

• 

• 

• 

• 

to safeguard the Company’s and the Group’s abilities to continue as a going concern;

to support the Company’s and the Group’s stability and growth;

to provide capital for the purpose of strengthening the Company’s and the Group’s risk management capability; and

to provide an adequate return to shareholders.

The  Company  and  the  Group  actively  and  regularly  review  and  manage  its  capital  structure  to  ensure  optimal  capital 
structure  and  shareholders’  returns,  taking  into  consideration  the  future  capital  requirements  of  the  Company  and  the 
Group  and  capital  efficiency,  prevailing  and  projected  profitability,  projected  operating  cash  flows,  projected  capital 
expenditures and projected strategic investment opportunities. The Company and the Group currently do not adopt any 
formal dividend policy.

Management  reviews  its  capital  management  approach  on  an  on-going  basis  and  believes  that  this  approach,  given  the 
relative size of the Company and the Group, is reasonable.

130

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

39 

Capital risk management (Cont’d)

The Company monitors capital using a gearing ratio, which is net debt divided by total equity:

Borrowings

Less: Cash and bank balances

Net debt

Total equity

Gearing ratio

The Group

2021
A$’000

409,024

(112,334)

296,690

2020
A$’000

415,045

(63,031)

352,014

610,299

468,239

0.49

0.75

There were no changes in the Company’s and the Group’s approach to capital management during the year.

40 

Financial instruments 

Accounting classifications of financial assets and financial liabilities

Debt instruments

Equity instruments

Note

(at amortised cost)

A$’000

(at FVTPL)

A$’000

Total

A$’000

31 December 2021

The Group

Financial assets

Trade and other receivables (1)

Cash and bank balances

The Company

Financial assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and bank balances

31 December 2020

The Group

Financial assets

Other investments

Trade and other receivables (1)

Cash and bank balances

The Company

Financial assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and bank balances

15

17

15

17

13

15

17

15

17

55,903

112,334

168,237

9,417

44

9,461

-

56,229

63,031

119,260

12,553

42

12,595

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,888

-

-

1,888

-

-

-

55,903

112,334

168,237

9,417

44

9,461

1,888

56,229

63,031

121,148

12,553

42

12,595

131

(1)  

Excluded tax recoverable from the trade and other receivables of A$459,000 (2020 - A$6,763,000)

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

40 

Financial instruments (Cont’d) 

Accounting classifications of financial assets and financial liabilities (Cont’d)

31 December 2021

The Group

Financial liabilities

Borrowings 

Lease liabilities

Trade and other payables

The Company

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

31 December 2020

The Group

Financial liabilities

Borrowings 

Lease liabilities

Trade and other payables

The Company

Financial liabilities

Borrowings 

Trade and other payables

Other financial

liabilities

Note

(at amortised cost)

A$’000

Total

A$’000

  21

  22

  23

  23

  21

  22

  23

  21

  23

409,024

7,709

231,052

647,785

409,024

7,709

231,052

647,785

68,071

68,071

68,071

68,071

415,045

1,670

210,551

627,266

14,003

57,888

71,891

415,045

1,670

210,551

627,266

14,003

57,888

71,891

41 

Fair value measurement

Definition of fair value 

IFRSs define fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction 
between market participants at the measurement date. 

Fair value hierarchy

Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  in  the  statements  of  financial  position  are  grouped  into 
three Levels of a fair value hierarchy. The three Levels are defined based on the observability of significant inputs to the 
measurement, as follows: 

Level 1:  

quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

Level 2:  

inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  included  within  Level  1  that  are  observable  for  the  asset  or  liability, 
either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3:  

unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

• 

• 

• 

132

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

41 

Fair value measurement (Cont’d)

Financial assets and liabilities that are not carried at fair value but whose carrying amounts approximate that of fair value

The carrying amounts of trade and other receivables (Note 15), cash and bank balances (Note 17), current trade and other 
payables (Note 23), current lease liabilities (Note 22) and current borrowings (Note 21) are reasonable approximations of fair 
values due to their short term nature.

The carrying amounts of non-current trade and other payables (Note 23), non-current lease liabilities (Note 22) and non-current 
borrowings (Note 21) are reasonable approximations of fair values as their interest rate approximates the market lending rate.

42 

Contingencies

Tourag Fatality

On 24 August 2020 a significant wall failure in Tourag pit resulted in the fatality of an employee of OM (Manganese) Ltd. 
(“OMM”).  The  incident  was  immediately  reported  to  NT  Police,  the  Department  of  Industry,  Tourism  and  Trade  and  NT 
Worksafe, with mining operations suspended immediately. 

OMM has complied with all notices issued by NT Worksafe and continued to work with NT Worksafe and the Coroner to 
provide all information to assist with the investigation. At this stage the Coroner’s inquiry is yet to be undertaken and NT 
Worksafe has not laid any charges.

On  30  August  2021,  NT  WorkSafe  served  the  Company  with  a  Summons  to  Attend  Court.  The  case  is  ongoing,  and  an 
outcome is expected to be reached late 2022 / early 2023. A reliable estimate of the maximum penalty that could be levied 
cannot be determined at this point in time. OMM’s intention is to defend the charges laid.

133

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM Holdings Limited (the “Company”) is committed to implementing and maintaining high standards of corporate governance. In 
determining what those high standards should involve, the Company has had regard to the fourth edition of the ASX Corporate 
Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations 4th Edition (February 2019). The ASX Listing Rules require 
the Company to report on the extent to which it has followed those principles and recommendations during its 2021 financial year.

This statement outlines the main corporate governance practices in place during the 2021 financial year, all of which comply with 
the ASX Corporate Governance Council recommendations unless stated otherwise.

Further  information  about  the  Company’s  corporate  governance  practices  is  set  out  on  the  Company’s  website  at  www.
omholdingsltd.com.   

The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) is responsible for corporate governance, that is, the system by which the Company 
and its subsidiaries (together, the “OMH Group”) are managed.

For the year ended 31 December 2021 the OMH Group remained resilient throughout the COVID-19 pandemic. The OMH Group 
continues to prioritise the health and wellbeing of its employees, contractors and stakeholders by maintaining stringent protocols 
to limit the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic at its various operational sites globally. 

1. 

1.1 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Role of the Board and Management

The Board’s role is to govern the OMH Group. In governing the OMH Group, the Board must act in the best interests of the OMH 
Group as a whole. It is the role of senior management to manage the OMH Group in accordance with the directions and delegations 
of the Board and it is the responsibility of the Board to oversee the activities of management in carrying out these delegated duties.

In carrying out its governance role, one of the primary tasks of the Board is to drive the performance of the OMH Group. The Board 
must also ensure that the OMH Group complies with all of its contractual, statutory and any other legal obligations, including the 
requirements  of  any  relevant  regulatory  body.  The  Board  has  the  final  responsibility  for  the  successful  operations  of  the  OMH 
Group.

To assist the Board in carrying out its functions, it has developed a Code of Ethics and Conduct to guide the Company’s directors 
(“Directors”), key executives and all employees in the performance of their respective roles.  The Code of Ethics and Conduct, along 
with a number of the Company’s other policies and protocols, is available on the Company’s website at http://www.omholdingsltd.
com/aboutus/corporate-governance/

The  Board  represents  shareholders’  interests  in  relation  to  optimising  the  Company’s  investment  in  its  ferro  alloy  smelter  and 
sinter  ore  facilities,  manganese  mining  operations,  marketing  and  trading  businesses.  This  objective  extends  to  managing  its 
various strategic investments in the carbon steel materials industry and its development and operational initiatives in Malaysia, 
Singapore, Australia, China and South Africa. This integrated strategy seeks to achieve medium to long-term financial returns for 
shareholders while seeking to minimise risk. The Board believes that this diversified strategy will ultimately result in the interests 
of all stakeholders being appropriately addressed when making business decisions.

The Board is responsible for ensuring that the OMH Group is managed in such a way so as to best achieve this desired result. Given 
the comparative size of the OMH Group’s mining, smelting, marketing and trading activities commensurate with its market share, 
the Board currently undertakes an active, not passive role in its management of the Company’s business and investment goals. 

The Board is responsible for evaluating and setting the strategic direction of the OMH Group, establishing goals for management 
and monitoring the achievement of these goals. The Executive Chairman (Chief Executive Officer) is responsible to the Board for 
the day-to-day management of the OMH Group.

134

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Among other things, the Board has sole responsibility for the following matters:

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

appointing (and where appropriate removing) the Chief Executive Officer, any other executive Director and the Company 
Secretary and determining their respective remuneration and conditions of employment; 
determining the strategic direction of the OMH Group and measuring the performance of management against approved 
strategies;
monitor the operational and financial position of the Company specifically and the OMH Group generally;
reviewing the adequacy of resources for management to properly carry out approved strategies and business plans; 
adopting operating (including production), capital and development expenditure budgets at the commencement of each 
financial year and ensuring adherence to those budgets by monitoring both financial and non-financial key performance 
indicators;
monitoring the OMH Group’s medium-term capital, exploration and cash flow requirements;
approving and monitoring financial and other reporting to regulatory bodies, shareholders and other key stakeholders;
determining that satisfactory arrangements are in place for auditing the OMH Group’s financial affairs;
setting the OMH Group’s values and standards;
appointing the external auditors of the OMH Group;
reviewing and ratifying systems of risk management and internal compliance and control, codes of conduct and compliance 
with all applicable legislative requirements; 
ensuring the health, safety and well-being of employees in conjunction with management, and monitoring and reviewing 
the effectiveness of occupational health, safety and environmental practices at each of the OMH Group operations;
authorising the issue of shares, options, equity instruments or other securities;
authorising borrowings, other than in the ordinary course of business, and the granting of any security over the undertakings 
of the OMH Group or any of its assets;
approving the acquisition, establishment, disposal or cessation of any significant business of the OMH Group; and 
ensuring that policies and compliance systems consistent with the OMH Group’s objectives and best practice are in place 
and that the OMH Group and its officers act legally, ethically and responsibly at all times.

The Board’s role, and the OMH Group’s corporate governance practices, are being continually reviewed and improved as the OMH 
Group’s businesses further expand.

The Board may from time to time delegate some of its responsibilities listed above to its senior management team.

The  Executive  Chairman  (Chief  Executive  Officer)  is  responsible  for  managing  the  operations  of  the  OMH  Group  (in  accordance 
with the requirements of his Executive Service Agreement) under delegated authority from the Board and for implementing the 
policies and strategy set by the Board. In carrying out his responsibilities, the Chief Executive Officer must report to the Board in a 
timely manner and ensure all reports to the Board present a true and fair view of the OMH Group’s operational results and financial 
position.

The role of management is to support the Executive Chairman (Chief Executive Officer) and implement the running of the general 
operations and financial business of the OMH Group, in accordance with the delegated authority of the Board.

1.2 

Composition of the Board

To add value to the OMH Group, the Board, which comprises of a majority of independent Directors has been formed so that it has 
an effective composition, size and commitment to adequately discharge its responsibilities and duties. The names of the Directors 
and their qualifications and experience are disclosed in the ‘Directors’ section of the Annual Report. Directors are appointed based 
on the specific governance skills required by the OMH Group and on the independence of their decision-making and judgment. The 
OMH Group ensures that each Director and senior executive enters into a written agreement with the OMH Group which sets out 
the terms of their appointment. 

The current Executive Chairman and six Non-Executive Directors have a mix of legal, commercial, exploration, project development, 
mining, commodities processing, ore and alloy trading and financial skills and experience. Accordingly the composition, diversity 
of  skills  and  experience  is  appropriate  to  effectively  review  and  challenge  the  performance  of  management  and  to  exercise 
independent judgement in discharging their responsibilities and in making decisions.

135

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021In addition to the Directors’ experience outlined in the Annual Report, the below table sets out the skills, attributes and experience 
of the Directors serving on the Board as at 31 December 2021.

Domain Area

Board Skills and Experience

As at 
31 December 2021
(out of 7 Directors)

Legal and Governance

Experience in a large organisation with a strong focus on and adherence to 
high governance standards

Listed entity board and/or sub-committee experience

Experience  in  corporate  legal  affairs  and/or  regulatory/governmental 
departments

Relevant legal tertiary degree or professional qualification

Constructively  challenge  and  contribute  to  Board  discussions  and 
communicate  effectively  with  management  and  other  Directors.  Build 
consensus, negotiate and obtain stakeholder support for Board decisions.

Executive Management Experience as Director, CEO, CFO or other office holder or similar in medium 

to large entities

Strategy

Identifying  and  critically  assessing  strategic  opportunities  and  threats  to 
the OMH Group and developing and implementing successful strategies in 
context to an organisations policies and business objectives 

Mining, Production, 
Manufacturing 
Resources, Marketing, 
Commodity Expertise

Mining, production, 
manufacturing, 
marketing 
or resources 
industry executive 
management

Technical skills

Health, safety 
environment and 
community

Capital projects, 
engineering and 
construction

Government relations

Senior  executive,  advisory  or  board  experience 
in  a  large  mining,  production,  manufacturing  or 
resources organisation

Senior  executive  responsibility  for  exploration 
or  production  or  processing  or  long-term  board 
experience 
large  mining  and  resources 
organisation  with  exploration,  production  or 
processing as a key part of its business

in  a 

Executive  or  board  sub-committee  experience 
in  a  mining  and  resources  organisation  with 
responsibility  for  health  and  workplace  safety, 
and/or environmental and social responsibility

Senior  executive  experience  with  capital  projects 
and/or  engineering  in  a  mining  or  resources 
environment; tertiary or professional engineering 
qualification. 
Includes  contract  negotiations, 
project management and projects with long term 
investment horizons

Senior  executive  experience  working  in  diverse 
international, 
regulatory 
business environments

political, 

cultural, 

Human Resources/ 
Organisational 
Development and 
Culture

Finance, Commerce 
and Accounting

Senior  executive  expertise  in  commodities,  mining,  trading  or  resources 
sector. 

Senior  executive  management  in  people  management  and  remuneration 
policy development or board remuneration and nomination sub-committee 
experience

Financial  accounting  and  reporting,  internal  financial  and  risk  controls, 
corporate  finance  and,  restructuring  corporate  transactions  (eg:  joint 
ventures, listings etc).

Board audit sub-committee experience

Relevant tertiary degree or professional qualification

Risk Management

Senior executive experience in risk management

Board risk sub-committee experience

136

7

7

7

2

7

7

7

3

1

4

1

3

4

7

6

6

3

4

4

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021The OMH Group recognises the importance of independent Non-Executive Directors and the external perspective and advice that 
such  Directors  can  offer.  The  Board  consists  of  the  following  independent  Non-Executive  Directors:  Mr  Zainul  Abidin  Rasheed, 
Mr Tan Peng Chin, Mr Thomas Teo Liang Huat, Dato Abdul Hamid Bin Sh Mohamed and Ms Tan Ming-li (both appointed on 10 May 
2021) and Mr Peter Church OAM (retired on 6 May 2021). Ms Julie Wolseley is also a Non-Executive Director but is not viewed as 
independent due to her also providing company secretarial services to the OMH Group. It should be noted however, that the value 
of such services is not considered to constitute a material supply arrangement to the Company. 

While the Board strongly believes that boards need to exercise independence of judgment, it also recognises (as noted in Principle 
2  of  the  ASX  Corporate  Governance  Council’s  Corporate  Governance  Principles  and  Recommendations  4th  Edition)  that  the  need  for 
independence is to be balanced with the need for skills, commitment and a workable board size. The Board believes it has recruited 
members with the skills, experience and character necessary to discharge its duties and that any greater emphasis on independence 
would be at the expense of the Board’s effectiveness.

As the OMH Group’s activities increase in size, nature and scope, the size of the Board will be reviewed and the optimum number 
of  Directors  required  for  the  Board  to  properly  perform  its  responsibilities  and  functions  will  continue  to  be  re-assessed.    The 
Remuneration Committee is responsible for conducting the appropriate checks prior to the appointment of a person as a director of 
the Company or prior to putting forward to shareholders a new candidate for election as a director. These processes are governed 
by the Group’s Remuneration Committee Charter. Checks undertaken may include checks as to the person’s character, experience, 
education, criminal record and bankruptcy history.  Material information relevant to a decision on whether to elect or re-elect a 
Director is provided to shareholders in all Notices of Meeting which contain director election or re-election resolutions.  

Appropriate background checks are also conducted on senior executives before employment, where deemed necessary. 

The Company’s current Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr Low, is not considered by the Board to be independent 
having regard to the relationships set out in Box 2.3 entitled ‘Factors relevant to assessing the independence of a director’ in the 
ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Principles and Recommendations 4th Edition. The Board has regard to the relationships set out 
in Box 2.3, among other things, together with the Company’s materiality thresholds, when forming a view as to the independent 
status of a Director.

Notwithstanding  Recommendation  2.5  of  the  ASX  Corporate  Governance  Council’s  Corporate  Governance  Principles  and 
Recommendations 4th Edition (being the requirement for the Chairman of the Company to be an independent director and for the 
position of Chairman to not be fulfilled by the same person who fulfils the position of Chief Executive Officer), the Board considers 
that  Mr  Low’s  position  as  Executive  Chairman  (and  Chief  Executive  Officer)  is  appropriate  given  his  world-wide  experience  and 
specialised understanding of the global manganese industry. The Board believes that Mr Low has the range of skills, knowledge, 
and experience necessary to effectively govern the Company and understand the industries and market segments in which the 
Company operates. Mr Low was a founding Director of the Company and has been a major force in its evolution and success.  Mr 
Low  has  been  instrumental  in  advancing  the  OMH  Group’s  Malaysian  development  and  operational  strategy  which  represents 
a  unique opportunity for the OMH Group to  be  an active participant in one of the world’s lowest cost and strategically located 
ferro  alloy  plants  with  unparalleled  competitive  advantages.    In  particular,  Mr  Low  has  proactively  sought  and  secured  the 
Malaysian smelting project’s unique competitive advantages including, but not limited to, access to competitively priced long term 
hydroelectric  power  supply,  identification  of  coastal  industrial  land  with  direct  access  to  dedicated  port  facilities,  geographical 
proximity to both raw materials and Asian steel mills and tax incentives and indirect duties as well as comprehensive purpose-built 
industrial infrastructure. The Board believes that there are sufficient internal controls in place to ensure adequate accountability, 
transparency and effective oversight by the Board such that an appropriate balance of power and authority is exercisable by the 
Board for objective decision-making in the best interests of the OMH Group. The Board is therefore of the view that given Mr Low’s 
technical, commercial and financial experience and knowledge of the Company, and his continuing contribution to the Board, it is 
appropriate that he remain in his current position and that it is currently unnecessary to effect a separation of the role of Executive 
Chairman from that of Chief Executive Officer to facilitate the Company’s decision-making and implementation process.  Mr Zainul 
Abidin Rasheed is the independent Deputy Chairman who has regular and direct contact with the Executive Chairman and seeks to 
ensure in conjunction with the Executive Chairman, that the Board is effective, has the right balance of diversity, skills, experience 
and independence. 

The membership of the Board, together with its activities and composition, are subject to periodic review and renewal. The criteria 
for determining the identification and appointment of a suitable candidate for the Board includes the quality of the individual, their 
background of experience and achievement, their compatibility with other Board members, their intellectual ability to contribute 
to Board duties and their physical ability to undertake Board duties and responsibilities.

The Board believes that renewal is an important responsibility of the Board. The Board recognises the importance of renewal to 
facilitate new ideas and independent thinking whilst retaining adequate expertise and corporate knowledge. Additionally, as part of 
its assessment, the Board will review its composition and size, to ensure that it is appropriate to support the effective functioning 
and decision making ability of the Board and its Committees and remains appropriate for the size, nature, and complexity of the 
OMH Group’s operations located in various international jurisdictions.

Directors are initially appointed by the Board subject to re-election by shareholders at the subsequent Annual General Meeting. 
Under the Company’s Bye-laws, the tenure of Directors (other than the Chief Executive Officer) is subject to re-appointment by 
shareholders not later than the third anniversary following his/her last appointment by shareholders. Subject to the requirements 
of the law, the Board does not subscribe to the principle of retirement age and there is no maximum period of service as a Director. 
A Chief Executive Officer may be appointed for any period and on any terms the Directors think fit and, subject to the terms of any 
agreement entered into, the Board may revoke that appointment.

137

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
The Company successfully completed a secondary listing on the Main Market of Bursa Malaysia Securities Berhad (“Bursa Malaysia”) 
on 22 June 2021 and where required the Company complies with its regulatory requirements, noting that the primary listing remains 
on ASX.  This has included the requirement to appoint two Malaysian based resident Directors. The two independent Non-Executive 
Directors appointed on 10 May 2021 are outlined above in section 1.2. 

1.3 

Responsibilities of the Board

In  general,  the  Board  is  responsible  for,  and  has  the  authority  to  determine,  all  matters  relating  to  the  policies,  practices, 
management and operations of the OMH Group. It is required to do all things that may be necessary to be done in order to carry 
out the objectives and strategic imperatives of the OMH Group.  

Without limiting the authority and role of the Board, the principal functions and responsibilities of the Board include the following:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

Leadership of the OMH Group - overseeing the OMH Group and establishing codes, policies and protocols that reflect the 
values of the OMH Group and guide the conduct of the Board, management and employees;
Strategy Formulation - working with senior management to set and review the overall strategy and goals for the OMH Group 
and ensuring that there are policies in place to govern the operations of the OMH Group;
Overseeing  Planning  Activities  -  overseeing  the  development  of  the  OMH  Group’s  strategic  plans  (including  operating, 
capital, exploration and development programmes and initiatives) and approving such plans as well as the annual budget;
Shareholder Liaison - ensuring effective communications with shareholders through an appropriate communications policy 
and promoting participation at general meetings of the Company;
Monitoring, Compliance and Risk Management - overseeing the OMH Group’s risk management, compliance, control and 
accountability systems and monitoring and directing the operational and financial performance of the OMH Group;
OMH Group Finances - approving expenditure which falls outside the approved authority matrix, approving expenditure 
materially  outside  the  annual  budget  and  approving  and  monitoring  acquisitions,  divestments  and  financial  and  other 
reporting;
Human  Resources  -  appointing,  and  where  appropriate,  removing  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  as  well  as  reviewing  the 
performance of the Chief Executive Officer and monitoring the performance of senior management in their implementation 
of the OMH Group’s strategy;
Ensuring the Health, Safety and Well-Being of Employees - in conjunction with the senior management team, developing, 
overseeing and reviewing the effectiveness of the OMH Group’s work health and safety systems to ensure the well-being of 
all employees; and
Delegation  of  Authority  -  delegating  appropriate  powers  to  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  to  ensure  effective  day-to-day 
management of the OMH Group and establishing and determining the powers and functions of the various Committees of 
the Board.

Full details of the Board’s role and responsibilities are contained in the Board Charter, a summary of which is contained on the 
Company’s website.

1.4 

Board Policies

1.4.1 
Directors must:

Conflict of Interest

•  

•  

disclose to the Board any actual or potential conflict of interest that may or might reasonably be thought to exist between 
the interests of the Director and the interests of the OMH Group; and 
if requested by the Board, within seven days or such further period as may be permitted, take such necessary and reasonable 
steps to remove or mitigate any such conflict of interest.

If a Director cannot or is unwilling to remove a conflict of interest then the Director must, in accordance with the requirements of 
the law, remove himself/herself from the boardroom when discussion in relation to or concerning matters relating to that conflict 
occur and/or abstain from voting on matters about which the conflict relates.  

Commitments

1.4.2 
Each member of the Board is committed to spending sufficient time to enable them to carry out their duties as a Director of the 
Company.

Confidentiality

1.4.3 
In accordance with legal requirements and agreed ethical standards, the Directors, key executives and all employees of the OMH 
Group have agreed to keep confidential, information received in the course of the exercise of their duties, and will not disclose non-
public information except where disclosure is authorised or legally mandated.

Independent Professional Advice

1.4.4 
The Board collectively and, each Director individually, has the right to seek independent legal, accounting or other professional 
advice at the OMH Group’s expense, up to specified limits, to assist it or them (as applicable) in carrying out its or their (as applicable) 
responsibilities.  

138

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Board Access to Information 

1.4.5 
Subject  to  the  Directors’  Conflict  of  Interest  guidelines  referred  to  in  Section  1.4.1  above,  Directors  have  direct  access  to  the 
Company’s management and to all Company information in the possession of management.

Related Party Transactions

1.4.6 
Related party transactions include any financial transaction between a Director and the OMH Group.  Unless there is an exemption 
under  the  Companies  Act  1981  of  Bermuda  or  any  other  relevant  laws  or  regulation  (including  the  ASX  Listing  Rules)  from  the 
requirement to obtain shareholder approval for the related party transaction, the Board cannot approve the transaction.

1.5 

Board Meetings

The Executive Chairman (who is also the Chief Executive Officer), in conjunction with the Company Secretary1 , sets the agenda for 
each meeting of the Board. Any Director may request a matter be included on the agenda.

Typically, at Board Meetings the agenda will include:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

minutes of the previous Board meeting and matters arising;
the Executive Chairman’s/Chief Executive Officer’s Report;
the OMH Group Financial Controllers’ Report;
operating and financial reports from each key business unit;
reports on major projects and current issues; and
specific business proposals.

All Directors and Committees of OMH have access to the Company Secretary for advice and services. 

The number of meetings of the Directors held in the period each Director held office during the 2021 financial year and the number 
of meetings attended by each Director were:

Director

Low Ngee Tong

Julie Wolseley

Tan Peng Chin

Thomas Teo

Zainul Abidin Rasheed 

Peter Church 

Dato Abdul Hamid Bin Sh Mohamed

Tan Ming-li

Board of Directors’ Meetings

Held

Attended

4

4

4

4

4

1

3

3

4

4

4

4

4

1

3

3

During the financial year there were four general Directors’ meetings for which formal notice of meeting was given.

2. 

BOARD COMMITTEES

Except for the Committees mentioned in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 below, the Board considers that the affairs of the OMH Group are not 
sufficiently complex to justify the formation of numerous special Board committees at this time. The Board as a whole is able to 
address the governance aspects relating to the full scope of the OMH Group’s activities and to ensure that it adheres to appropriate 
ethical standards.  

The Board has however established a framework for the management of the OMH Group, including a system of internal controls, a 
business risk management process and the establishment of appropriate ethical standards.

The Board also holds meetings at such times as may be necessary to address any general or specific matters as required.

If the OMH Group’s activities increase in size, scope and nature, the establishment of separate or special Board committees will be 
considered and implemented, if appropriate.

2.1 

Audit Committee

To  ensure  the  integrity  of  the  financial  statements  of  the  OMH  Group  and  the  independence  of  the  external  auditor,  an  Audit 
Committee has been formally established by the Board. Prior to 10 May 2021, the Audit Committee comprised of three independent 
Non-Executive  Directors,  being  Mr  Thomas  Teo  Liang  Huat  (chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee),  Mr  Zainul  Abidin  Rasheed  and 
Mr Peter Church. Ms Julie Wolseley a Non-Executive Director is also a member of the Audit Committee. With effect from 10 May 
2021, the Audit Committee comprises of two independent Non-Executive Directors, being Mr Thomas Teo Liang Huat (chairman 
of the Audit Committee), Dato Abdul Hamid Bin Sh Mohamed and Non-Executive Director Ms Julie Wolseley.  All Audit Committee 
members have sufficient financial expertise and experience to discharge the Audit Committee’s mandate. 

1  

In accordance with Recommendation 1.4, the company secretary of the Company is directly accountable to the Board, through the Executive Chairman, on all 
matters to do with the proper functioning of the Board.

139

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021During the financial year ended 31 December 2021, the Audit Committee held two meetings and all committee members were in 
attendance.

The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the annual and half-yearly financial statements of the Company and any reports 
which accompany those financial statements.

The Board, in conjunction with the Audit Committee, considers the appointment of the external auditor and reviews the appointment 
of the external auditor, their independence, the audit fee and any questions of resignation or dismissal. The Audit Committee also 
reviews the scope of work of the internal audit function and reviews the internal audit reports tabled by the internal auditors. The 
Board is responsible for establishing, and ensuring adherence to, policies on risk oversight and management.

The role of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board to meet its oversight responsibilities in relation to the Company’s financial 
reporting, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, internal control structure and the external audit function.

Key activities undertaken by the Audit Committee include:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

approval of the scope, plan and fees for the external audit;
reviewing the independence and performance of the external auditor;
reviewing significant accounting policies and practices;
appointment of the internal auditor and approving the scope, plan and fees for the internal auditor; and
reviewing OMH Group’s half year and annual financial statements.

Members of the Audit Committee and their qualifications are outlined in the Directors’ section of the Annual Report.

The Audit Committee Charter is available on the Company’s website. 

2.2 

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board on remuneration policies applicable to executive 
officers  and  Directors  of  the  OMH  Group.  Prior  to  10  May  2021,  the  Remuneration  Committee  comprised  three  Non-Executive 
Independent Directors, Mr Tan Peng Chin (chairman of the Remuneration Committee), Mr Zainul Abidin Rasheed and Mr Thomas 
Teo Liang Huat.  Ms Julie Wolseley a Non-Executive Director is also a member of the Remuneration Committee. With effect from 10 
May 2021, the Remuneration committee comprises of two Independent Non-Executive Directors, being Mr Tan Peng Chin (chairman 
of the Remuneration Committee), Mr Zainul Abidin Rasheed and Non-Executive Director Ms Julie Wolseley.

A copy of the Remuneration Committee Charter is on the Company’s website.

The  role  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  is  to  assist  the  Board  in  reviewing  human  resources  and  compensation  policies  and 
practices which:

• 

• 

enable the Company to attract, retain and motivate employees who achieve operational excellence and create value for 
shareholders; and
reward  employees  fairly  and  responsibly,  having  regard  to  the  results  of  the  OMH  Group,  individual  performance  and 
general remuneration conditions.

The  Remuneration  Committee  works  with  the  Board  on  areas  such  as  setting  policies  for  senior  officers’  remuneration,  setting 
the terms and conditions of employment for the Executive Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, reviewing superannuation 
arrangements, reviewing the remuneration of Non-Executive Directors and undertaking an annual review of the Chief Executive 
Officer’s performance. 

The OMH Group is committed to remunerating its senior executives in a manner that is market competitive and consistent with best 
practice as well as supporting the interests of shareholders and will continually review and assess the remuneration structure in 
place to achieve this in accordance with the Remuneration Charter. 

Non-Executive Directors are paid their fees out of the maximum aggregate amount approved by shareholders for the remuneration 
of Non-Executive Directors. The annual aggregate maximum amount of remuneration paid to Non-Executive Directors was last 
approved by shareholders on 30 May 2019 and is currently A$1,300,000.  

During the year ended 31 December 2021, the Remuneration Committee held one meeting and all committee members were in 
attendance. 

Nomination Committee

The  Company  does  not  have  a  separate  nomination  committee  as  the  Board  as  a  whole  undertakes  such  duties  including  the 
consideration of potential candidates to the Board or other key positions.

The  responsibilities  of  the  Board  as  a  whole  include  devising  criteria  for  Board  membership,  regularly  reviewing  the  need  for 
various skills and experience on the Board and identifying specific individuals for nomination as Directors for review by the Board. 
The Board also oversees management succession plans, including the Chief Executive Officer and his direct reports, and evaluates 
the Board’s performance and makes recommendations for the appointment and removal of Directors.

140

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
Directors  are  appointed  based  on  the  specific  governance  skills  required  by  the  OMH  Group.  Given  the  size  of  the  OMH  Group 
and the businesses that it operates, the OMH Group aims at all times to have at least one Director with substantial experience 
in the metals trading and mining industries. In addition, the Board should consist of members that have a blend of expertise and 
professional experience in:

• 
• 
• 
• 

accounting and financial management;
legal skills;
technical skills; and
in relation to the Executive Chairman (Chief Executive Officer) - business experience and commercial acumen.

Prior  to  appointing  a  director  or  recommending  a  new  candidate  for  election  as  a  director  the  Board  ensures  that  appropriate 
checks are undertaken as to the persons character, experience, education, criminal record and bankruptcy history.

On  10  May  2021  two  new  independent  Non-Executive  Directors,  Dato  Abdul  Hamid  Bin  Sh  Mohamed  and  Tan  Ming-li  were 
appointed to the Board. Prior to the appointments the Board was actively involved in the identification and recommendation of 
these candidates after considering the necessary and desirable competencies of the two new Board members so as to ensure the 
appropriate mix of skills and experience and after the assessment of how the candidates could contribute to the strategic direction 
of the OMH Group. 

In addition the Board ensures that all material information relevant to a decision on whether or not to elect or re-elect a Director 
must be provided to security holders in the Notice of Meeting containing the resolution to elect or re-elect a Director.  The Board 
will ensure this material information is included in the Company’s 2022 Notice of Annual General Meeting.

3. 

ETHICAL STANDARDS

The Board acknowledges the need for continued maintenance of the highest standard of corporate governance and ethical conduct 
by all Directors and employees of the OMH Group.

The Board has adopted a Values Statement which articulates its guiding principles that define how the Company wishes to conduct 
itself in its relationships with the industry and the communities within which it operates. The Values Statement is disclosed on the 
Company’s website.

The Board actively promotes ethical and responsible decision making aiming to maintain the highest standard of ethical behaviour 
in business and in all its dealings with customers, clients, shareholders, governments, suppliers, employees and the community.

As a minimum the Board and employees will:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

act within applicable laws;
act with fairness and respect;
encourage co-operation and rational debate with a view to achieving shared goals;
act with courtesy;
foster an environment which encourages diversity in all its forms across the OMH Group.

3.1 

Code of Ethics and Conduct for Directors and Key Executives 

The  Board  has  adopted  a  Code  of  Ethics  and  Conduct  for  Directors,  key  executives  and  all  employees  to  promote  ethical  and 
responsible decision-making as per Recommendation 3.1 of the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Principles and Recommendations 
4th Edition. This code outlines how the OMH Group expects its Directors, key executives and employees to behave and conduct 
business in the workplace on a range of issues. The OMH Group is committed to the highest level of integrity and ethical standards 
in all business practices. Directors and employees must conduct themselves in a manner consistent with current community and 
corporate standards and in compliance with all applicable legislation. In addition, the Board subscribes to the Statement of Ethical 
Standards as published by the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

A summary of the Company’s Code of Ethics and Conduct is available on the Company’s website.

All Directors, key executives and employees are expected to act with the utmost integrity and objectivity, always striving to enhance 
the reputation and performance of the Company.

3.2 

Code of Ethics and Conduct

As noted above, the OMH Group has implemented a Code of Ethics and Conduct, which provides guidelines aimed at maintaining 
the highest ethical standards, corporate behaviour and accountability at all times within the OMH Group.  

141

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021All Directors, senior executives and employees are expected to:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

• 

respect the law and act in accordance with it;
respect confidentiality and not misuse OMH Group information, assets or facilities;
value and maintain professionalism;
avoid any real or perceived conflict of interests;
act in the best interests of shareholders;
by  their  actions  contribute  to  the  OMH  Group’s  reputation  as  a  good  ‘corporate  citizen’  that  seeks  the  respect  of  the 
community and environment in which it operates;
perform their duties in a way that minimises environmental impacts and maximises workplace safety;
exercise fairness, courtesy, respect, consideration and sensitivity in all dealings within their workplace and with customers, 
suppliers, community members, indigenous people and the public generally; and
act with honesty, integrity, decency and responsibility at all times.

An employee that breaches the Code of Ethics and Conduct may face disciplinary action. If an employee suspects that a breach 
of the Code of Ethics and Conduct has occurred or will occur, he or she must advise that breach to management. No employee 
will be disadvantaged or prejudiced if he or she reports in good faith a suspected breach. All reports will be acted upon and kept 
confidential.

As  part  of  its  commitment  to  recognising  the  legitimate  interests  of  stakeholders,  the  OMH  Group  has  established  the  Code  of 
Ethics and Conduct to guide compliance with legal and other obligations to legitimate stakeholders. These stakeholders include 
employees, customers, government authorities, creditors and the community as whole. This Code includes the following:

Responsibilities to Shareholders and the Financial Community Generally

The OMH Group complies with the spirit as well as the letter of all laws and regulations that govern shareholders’ rights. The OMH 
Group has processes in place to ensure the truthful and factual presentation of the OMH Group’s financial position and prepares 
and maintains its accounts fairly and accurately in accordance with the generally accepted accounting and international financial 
reporting standards.

Employment Practices

The  OMH  Group  endeavours  to  provide  a  safe  workplace  in  which  there  is  equal  opportunity  for  all  employees  at  all  levels  of 
the OMH Group. The OMH Group does not tolerate the offering or acceptance of bribes or the misuse of OMH Group assets or 
resources.

Responsibilities to the Community

As part of the community, the OMH Group:

• 

• 

is committed to conducting its business in accordance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and encourages 
all employees to have regard for the environment when carrying out their jobs; and
encourages all employees to engage in activities beneficial to their local community. 

Responsibilities to the Individual 

The OMH Group is committed to keeping private information confidential which has been provided by employees and investors and 
protect such information from uses other than those for which it was provided.

Conflict of Interests

Employees and Directors must avoid conflicts as well as the perception of conflicts between personal interests and the interests 
of the OMH Group.

How the OMH Group Monitors and Ensures Compliance with its Code

The Board, management and all employees of the OMH Group are committed to implementing this Code of Ethics and Conduct and 
each individual is accountable for such compliance.  

Disciplinary measures may be taken for violating the Code of Ethics and Conduct.

The Board is required to be informed of any material breaches to the Code of Ethics and Conduct.

3.3 

Whistleblower Policy

In  line  with  the  Code  of  Ethics  and  Conduct,  the  Company  has  a  Whistleblower  Policy  which  has  been  endorsed  by  the  Board 
and ensures that persons who make a report in good faith can do so without fear of intimidation, disadvantage or reprisal. The 
Whistleblower Policy assists to create a culture within the OMH Group that encourages employees to speak up and raise concerns 
regarding  breaches  of  internal  rules  or  policy,  or  conduct  that  is  illegal,  unacceptable  or  undesirable,  or  concealment  of  such 
conduct relating to the Company, its subsidiaries, Directors, officers, and employees. It encourages the reporting of behaviour that 
may result in financial or non-financial loss, or reputational damage to the Company and plays a key role in detecting reportable 
conduct and maintaining good corporate governance.

142

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021The Whistleblower Policy complies with Recommendation 3.3 of the ASX Corporate Governance Council.  

Subject to the confidentiality obligations, the Whistleblower protection officer must provide the Board a report on a quarterly basis 
of any active whistleblower matters.

4. 

DIVERSITY

The  OMH  Group  recognises  the  value  contributed  to  the  group’s  operations  by  employing  people  with  varying  skills,  cultural 
backgrounds, ethnicity and experience. The OMH Group’s diverse workforce is the key to continued growth, improved productivity 
and performance. The OMH Group actively values and embraces the diversity of its employees and is committed to creating an 
inclusive  workplace  where  everyone  is  treated  equally  and  fairly,  and  where  discrimination,  harassment  and  inequality  are  not 
tolerated.

Whilst the Company has not stated measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity it is committed to workplace diversity 
and to ensuring that a diverse mix of skills and talent exists amongst its Directors, officers and employees to enhance Company 
performance.  The  Board  has  adopted  a  Diversity  Policy  which  addresses  equal  opportunities  in  the  hiring,  training  and  career 
advancement of Directors, officers and employees. The Diversity Policy outlines the strategies and processes according to which 
the Board will set measurable objectives to achieve the aims of its Diversity Policy, with particular focus on gender diversity within 
the  Company  and  representation  of  indigenous  individuals.  The  Board  is  responsible  for  monitoring  Company  performance  in 
meeting the Diversity Policy requirements, including the achievement of diversity objectives.

Information relating to the total current representation of women employees in the OMH Group, including those women employees 
holding senior executive positions and those women employees on the Board as at 31 December 2021 was follows:

Board of Directors

Senior Executives2

Total OMH Group employees

Number of Women

2

4

346

%

28.6%

25.0%

17.0%

As at 31 December 2021, approximately 9.6% of the OMH Group’s mining subsidiary workforce were Indigenous employees.

A copy of the Company’s Diversity Policy is available on the Company’s website.

4.1   Measurable Objectives

The Board has not set measurable objectives specifically for the financial year ended 31 December 2021. It does however, continually 
review the diversity within its workforce and as reported above does have a culturally diverse and gender diverse workforce with 
operations in Australia, Malaysia, China and Singapore.

Certain of the Objectives and Outcomes reviewed by the Board are outlined below:

Objective

Outcome

Review and amend where appropriate the Diversity Policy

Undertake a gender general assessment of the current diversity 
levels within the OMH Group operations and across jurisdictions.

The  Board  has  reviewed  OMH’s  Committee  Charters  and  other 
policies to reflect the objectives of the Diversity Policy.

The  OMH  Group  undertakes  reviews  through 
its  human 
resources departments at its operations to establish gender mix 
and cultural backgrounds. 

Establish procedures to track the gender mix of the OMH Group 
over time

The OMH Group has compiled a summary of employees including 
gender and cultural diversity and will continue to do so.

Structure  recruitment  and  selection  processes  to  recognise  the 
value of diversity.

The OMH Group is continually reviewing its practices.

Have clear and transparent governance process around reward 
and recognition.

The OMH Group has a Remuneration Charter which encourages 
rewards to be transparent.

5. 

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DEALING IN COMPANY SHARES

The Company has a formal trading policy relating to the trading of securities by key management personnel (including Directors) 
of the Company which complies with ASX Listing Rule 12.12. A copy of the Company’s Securities Trading Policy is available on the 
Company’s website.

2 

A Senior Executive of the OMH Group is a person having the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the entity.

143

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
6. 

6.1 

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION

Continuous Disclosure to ASX

The Company has a formal Continuous Disclosure and Information Policy as required by Recommendation 5.1 of the ASX Corporate 
Governance Council’s Principles and Recommendations 4th Edition. This policy was introduced to ensure that the Company achieves 
best  practice  in  complying  with  its  continuous  disclosure  obligations  under  the  ASX  Listing  Rules  and  also  to  ensure  that  the 
Company and individual officers do not contravene the ASX Listing Rules.

The Company is committed to ensuring that shareholders and the market are provided with equal and timely access to material 
information  concerning  the  Company  (including  of  its  financial  position,  performance,  ownership  and  governance),  and  that  all 
stakeholders have equal opportunity to receive externally available information issued by the Company.

The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for interpreting and monitoring the Company’s disclosure policy and, where necessary, 
informing the Board. The Company Secretary has been nominated as the person responsible for communications with the ASX. 

The Continuous Disclosure Policy requires all executives and Directors to inform the Chief Executive Officer (or, in his absence, the 
Company Secretary) of any potentially material information as soon as practicable after they become aware of that information.  

Information is material if it is likely that the information is market sensitive information, such as would influence investors who 
commonly acquire securities on ASX in deciding whether to buy, sell or hold the Company’s securities, or would otherwise have a 
material effect on the price or value of the Company’s securities.

The Company Secretary ensures that all Board members receive copies of all market announcements promptly after they have 
been made. Continuous disclosure is discussed at all regular board meetings and on an ongoing basis the Board ensures that all 
activities are reviewed to assess the need for disclosure to the market. 

On 22 June 2021, the Company also completed a secondary listing on Bursa Malaysia.  All announcements lodged on the ASX Market 
Announcements Platform are also lodged on the Bursa Malaysia announcements platform as soon as is practicable.

All substantive investor or analyst presentations by the Company are released via the ASX Market Announcements Platform and 
Bursa Malaysia announcements platform before the commencement of the relevant presentation.

All  information  disclosed  to  the  ASX  is  posted  on  the  Company’s  website  as  soon  as  it  is  disclosed  to  the  ASX  and  released  to 
the market by the ASX. The Company’s website also includes a “Corporate Governance” landing page that discloses all relevant 
corporate governance information, including policies and procedures. 

6.2 

Communication with Shareholders

The  Company  places  considerable  importance  on  effective  communication  with  shareholders  and  has  adopted  a  Shareholder 
Communications Strategy which sets out the OMH Group’s commitment to effectively communicating with shareholders. A copy 
of  the  Shareholder  Communications  Strategy  is  available  on  the  Company’s  website.  Directors  recognise  that  shareholders,  as 
the ultimate owners of the Company, are entitled to receive timely and relevant high quality information about their investment. 
Similarly, prospective new investors are entitled to be able to make informed investment decisions when considering the purchase 
of the Company’s shares.

The Company aims to communicate with shareholders and other stakeholders in an open, regular and timely manner so that the 
market has sufficient information to make informed investment decisions on the operations and results of the OMH Group. The 
strategy provides for the use of internal processes and protocols that ensures a regular and timely release of information about the 
OMH Group is provided to shareholders.

OMH Group’s Continuous Disclosure Policy encourages effective communication with its shareholders by requiring:

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

the timely and full disclosure of material information about the OMH Group’s activities in accordance with the disclosure 
requirements contained in the ASX Listing Rules;
that all information released to ASX also be released to Bursa Malaysia;
that all information released to the market be placed on the Company’s website following release;
that the Company’s market announcements be maintained on the Company’s website for at least three years; and
that all disclosures, including notices of meetings and other shareholder communications, are drafted clearly and concisely.

The Board encourages full participation of shareholders at Annual General Meetings to ensure a high level of accountability and 
understanding of the OMH Group’s strategy and goals. Copies of the addresses by the Executive Chairman are disclosed to the 
market  and  posted  to  the  Company’s  website.  The  meetings  are  conducted  to  allow  questions  and  feedback  to  the  Board.  All 
shareholder meeting documents are in English and all Directors can understand and speak English. 

OMH’s practice at all security holder meetings, including the Annual General Meeting, is that all resolutions are decided by a poll 
rather than by a show of hands. 

144

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Despite the Company being foreign incorporated in Bermuda, it has in the past and will continue to do so in the future hold its 
Annual  General  Meetings  in  Australia  or  Singapore  (or  at  a  suitable  alternative  country  where  its  operations  are  located)  so  as 
to enable as many shareholders to attend.  Despite prevailing COVID-19 restrictions, the 2021 Annual General Meeting was held 
physically in Perth, Western Australia. It is expected that the 2022 Annual General Meeting will be held physically in Perth, Western 
Australia. However for shareholders holding shares on the Malaysian share register, they will be able to view a live streaming of the 
2022 Annual General Meeting managed via the Malaysian based share registrar.    

Furthermore, the Company’s external auditor attends the Company’s Annual General Meeting to answer shareholder questions 
about the conduct of the audit, the preparation and content of the audit report, the accounting policies adopted by the Company 
and the independence of the auditor in relation to the conduct of the audit.  The amount of fees paid to the external auditors is 
provided in a note to the financial statements.

The Company’s significant briefings with major institutional investors and analysts are lodged with the ASX and Bursa Malaysia and 
are made available on the Company’s website.  

The  Company  aims  to  promote  effective  communication  to  and  from  shareholders.  Members  are  encouraged  to  register  with 
the Company’s share registry whether that be in Australia or Malaysia to receive formal notices and material electronically and to 
communicate electronically.  The Company operates an investor relations department.

7. 

7.1 

RISK MANAGEMENT

Approach to Risk Management and Internal Control

The Board recognises that risk management and internal compliance and control are key elements of good corporate governance.

The OMH Group’s Risk and Internal Control policy describes the manner in which the Company:

• 
• 
• 

identifies, assesses, monitors and manages business and operational risks;
identifies material changes to the Company’s risk profile; and
designs, implements and monitors the effectiveness of the internal compliance and control framework.

The Company considers that effective risk management is about achieving a balanced approach to risk and reward. Risk management 
enables  the  Company  to  capitalise  on  potential  opportunities  while  mitigating  potential  adverse  effects.  Both  mitigation  and 
optimisation strategies are considered equally important in risk management.

The Board monitors the adequacy of its risk management framework annually to ensure that it continues to be sound and deals 
adequately with contemporary and emerging risks and that the OMH Group is operating with due regard to the risk appetite set by 
the Board and discloses that reviews have taken place at the end of each reporting period. Members of the Board have an extensive 
range of experience in exploration, mining, smelting, trading, human resource and capital management, legal, finance, financial 
reporting, corporate strategy and governance across a range of industries to apply to the risk evaluation process.

7.2 

Risk Management Roles and Responsibilities

The Company does not have a risk committee. The Board has decided that no efficiencies will be achieved by establishing a separate 
risk committee. The full Board is responsible for reviewing and approving the Company’s risk management strategy, policy and key 
risk parameters, including determining the OMH Group’s appetite for country specific risk and major investment decisions.

The  Board  is  also  responsible  for  satisfying  itself  that  management  has  developed  and  implemented  a  sound  system  of  risk 
management  and  internal  control.  Rather  than  separately  constituting  an  additional  committee  of  the  Board,  the  Board  has 
delegated oversight of the risk and internal control policy, including review of the effectiveness of the OMH Group’s internal control 
framework  and  risk  management  process,  to  the  key  executive  management  team  in  conjunction  with  the  Board.  The  Board 
considers this structure to be the most effective means of (i) managing the various risks that are relevant to the OMH Group and (ii) 
monitoring the OMH Group’s compliance with the Risk and Internal Control policy.

Management is responsible for designing, implementing, reviewing and providing assurance as to the effectiveness of the risk and 
internal control policy. This responsibility includes developing business risk identification, implementing appropriate risk mitigation 
strategies and controls, monitoring effectiveness of controls and reporting on risk management capability.  

Each business unit reports annually to the Board on its business plan, risk profile and management of risk. 

The Board is responsible for the oversight of the OMH Group’s risk management and control framework. Responsibility for control 
and risk management is delegated to the appropriate level of management within the OMH Group with the Chief Executive Officer 
(with  the  support  of  the  OMH  Group’s  most  senior  financial  executives)  having  ultimate  responsibility  to  the  Board  for  the  risk 
management and control framework.

Risk management is reviewed at Board meetings and risk management culture is encouraged amongst employees and contractors.

145

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 20217.3 

Internal Audit

Since 2009, BDO LLP has been engaged to provide internal audit services to the OMH Group. The internal audit function is tendered 
every two years. 

The internal audit function is independent of both business management and of the activities it reviews. Internal audit provides 
assurance that the design and operation of the OMH Group’s risk management and internal control system is effective. A risk-based 
audit approach is used to ensure that the higher risk activities in each business unit are targeted by the internal audit program. All 
audits are conducted in a manner that conforms to international auditing standards. The assigned internal audit team has all the 
necessary access to OMH Group management and information.  The Audit Committee oversees and monitors the internal auditor’s 
activities.  It  approves  the  annual  audit  program  and  receives  reports  from  the  internal  auditor  concerning  the  effectiveness  of 
internal control and risk management. The Audit Committee members have access to the internal auditors without the presence of 
other management. The internal auditor has unfettered access to the Audit Committee and its Chairman. 

Internal audit and external audit are separate and independent of each other.

7.4 

Integrity of Financial Reporting

Each year, the OMH Group’s Executive Chairman/Chief Executive Officer and Group Financial Controller report in writing to the 
Board that:

• 

• 

• 

the financial statements of the OMH Group for each half and full year present a true and fair view, in all material aspects, of 
the OMH Group’s financial condition and operational results and are in accordance with accounting standards;
the  above  statement  is  founded  on  a  sound  system  of  risk  management  and  internal  compliance  and  control  which 
implements the policies adopted by the Board; and
the OMH Group’s risk management and internal compliance and control framework is operating efficiently and effectively 
in all material respects.  

The Board confirms that such a report was provided by the Executive Chairman and Group Financial Controller for the 2021 financial 
year.

The Company provides interim (currently quarterly) updates of the OMH Group’s progress across all areas of its operations.  The 
Executive Chairman and the OMH senior management team are responsible for all such updates, which are reviewed by the Board. 
Individual components are also reviewed by senior management with responsibility for the specific component subject matter. 

7.5 

Role of External Auditor

The  OMH  Group’s  practice  is  to  invite  the  external  auditor  to  attend  each  Annual  General  Meeting  and  be  available  to  answer 
shareholder questions about the conduct of the audit and the preparation and content of the auditor’s report.

The Board (i) ensures that the appointment of the external auditor is limited in scope so as to maintain the independence of the 
external auditor; and (ii) assesses, on a case by case basis, whether the provision of any non-audit services by the external auditor 
that may be proposed, is appropriate.

The services considered unacceptable for provision by the external auditor include:

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

internal audit;
acquisition accounting due diligence where the external auditor is also the auditor of the other party;
transactional support for acquisitions or divestments where the external auditor is also the auditor of the other party;
book-keeping and financial reporting activities to the extent such activities require decision-making ability and/or posting 
entries to the ledger;
the design, implementation, operation or supervision of information systems and provision of systems integration services;
independent expert reports;
financial risk management; and
taxation planning and taxation transaction advice.

It is a requirement that there is a rotation of the external audit partner at least every five years and there is a prohibition in relation 
to the re-involvement of a previous audit partner in the audit service for two years following rotation.

7.6 

Periodic Corporate Reports

From time to time, OMH releases periodic corporate reports which are not subject to review or audit by OMH’s external auditors. 
An example in OMH’s case is the Quarterly Market Update Reports. Where a periodic report is not subject to review/audit, OMH 
ensures it employs processes which minimise the chance of error in the report. The processes adopted depend to some extent on 
the nature of the report being issued. Generally, this involves engaging with relevant internal stakeholders throughout the report 
generation process from start to finish, culminating in internal sign-off by relevant stakeholders that the portion of the report to 
which they have contributed is accurate.

All periodic reports are also subject to approval from the Board before release and this approval process includes confirmation 
from management to the Directors that the relevant report has been reviewed and is accurate.

146

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 20217.7 

Economic, Environmental and Social Sustainability Risks 

The OMH Group undertakes mining, smelting and marketing and trading operations in varying jurisdictions and, as such, faces risks 
inherent to its businesses, including financing and economic, environmental and social sustainability risks, which may materially 
impact the OMH Group’s ability to create or preserve value for security holders over the short, medium or long term.

The OMH Group believes that long-term success hinges on sustainable development that benefits the business, stakeholders and 
the environment. To this end, each business unit has adopted a policy of responsible, proactive environmental management and 
will  work  to  ensure  compliance  with  relevant  legislative  obligations  during  its  exploration  and  development  activity.  The  OMH 
Group is committed to delivering favourable results for shareholders while at the same time ensuring that its economic success is 
balanced alongside its environmental and social responsibilities.

The OMH Group appreciates the importance of community consultation and facilitates the involvement and awareness of relevant 
communities and their representatives when undertaking any exploration or development activity. Through a proactive policy of 
self-regulation,  legislative  compliance  and  community  involvement,  the  OMH  Group  is  working  hard  to  deliver  on  its  short  and 
long-term business objectives while ensuring that relevant social and environmental considerations are included as part of any 
decision-making process.

The OMH Group will continue its policy of sustainable development in the interests of meeting the expectations of its shareholders 
without compromising the health or vitality of both the natural and social environment.

The  Company  has  adopted  an  Environmental  Policy,  a  Human  Rights  Policy  and  a  Community  Relations  Policy,  to  assist  with 
monitoring environmental and social sustainability risks. The Company is committed to respecting Human Rights throughout the 
countries  in  which  it  operates  and  to  ensuring  that  sound  environmental  management  and  safety  practices  are  carried  out  in 
its operational activities. Resources have been focussed on establishing and maintaining a culture of best practice through the 
implementation of Occupational Health and Safety Plans and Environmental Management Plans at each of the key OMH Group 
operations. Further detailed information is outlined in the company’s Sustainability Statement in this Annual Report.

7.8 

Anti-Bribery and Corruption

Bribery and corruption have a serious impact on the social, economic and political environment of many countries. The effects of 
bribery and corruption impact both individuals and businesses in the world’s poorest countries. The Company is committed to the 
fight against bribery and corruption and expects all of its employees and representatives to comply with both the letter and spirit 
of the laws that govern OMH Group’s operations in Australia, Malaysia, China and Singapore.

The Company has adopted an Anti-Bribery and Corruption Standard Policy in compliance with Recommendation 3.4 of the ASX 
Corporate Governance Council. The Policy provides an overview of requirements arising from Foreign Bribery Laws and the various 
laws prohibiting fraudulent and corrupt behaviour generally. This Policy is intended to be a common sense manual to enable OMH 
employees and representatives to understand and comply with their obligations under these laws.

The  Company  is  committed  to  ensuring  that  its  corporate  culture,  in  all  of  its  offices  and  operations  worldwide,  discourages 
fraudulent and corrupt conduct. Notwithstanding laws to the contrary, the fact that bribery and corruption may be tolerated or 
encouraged in some of the countries in which OMH operates does not affect a commitment to best business practice.

Subject  to  confidentiality  obligations,  the  reporting  of  any  such  incidents  must  occur  annually  to  the  Board  and  half  yearly  to 
the Audit Committee. For material incidents or incidents that could potentially involve a breach of any law, such matters will be 
immediately referred to the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

The Company’s Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy can be found on the Company’s website.

8. 

ENCOURAGE ENHANCED PERFORMANCE

Board and management effectiveness are dealt with on a continuous basis by management and the Board, with differing degrees 
of involvement from various Directors and management, depending upon the nature of the matter.

The  Board  aims  to  periodically  evaluate  its  performance  and  the  performance  of  its  Committees  and  individual  directors  to 
determine  whether  or  not  it  is  functioning  effectively  by  reference  to  the  Board  Charter  and  current  best  practice.  Given  the 
COVID-19 pandemic, the Board did not conduct a formal review or self-evaluation process during the 2021 financial year. However, 
an annual review was undertaken in relation to the composition and skills mix of the Directors, particularly in relation to the two 
new Independent Non-Executive Directors appointed during the reporting period.

The performance of all Directors is reviewed by the Executive Chairman on an ongoing basis and any Director whose performance is 
considered unsatisfactory may be asked to retire. The Executive Chairman’s performance is reviewed by the other Board members.

The Company has established firm guidelines to identify the measurable and qualitative indicators of the Director’s performance 
during the course of the year. Those guidelines include:

• 

• 

attendance at all Board meetings. Missing more than three consecutive meetings without reasonable excuse will result in 
that Director’s position being reviewed; and
attendance at the Company’s shareholder meetings. Non-attendance without reasonable excuse will result in that Director’s 
position being reviewed.

147

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021The performance of each Director retiring at the next annual general meeting is taken into account by the Board in determining 
whether or not the Board should support the re-election of each such Director.  Board support for a Director’s re-election is not 
automatic and is subject to satisfactory Director performance.

Arrangements put in place by the Board to monitor the performance of the OMH Group’s Executive Directors and senior executives 
include:

• 
• 
• 

a review by the Board of the OMH Group’s financial performance;
annual performance appraisal meetings incorporating analysis of key performance indicators with each individual; and
regular reporting from the Chief Executive Officer which monitors the performance of the Company’s executives to ensure 
that the level of reward is aligned with respective responsibilities and individual contributions made to the success of the 
OMH Group.

The  Remuneration  Committee  reviews  and  makes  recommendations  to  the  Board  on  the  criteria  for  and  the  evaluation  of  the 
performance of the Executive Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer.

All senior Executives and Directors are encouraged to attend professional education courses relevant to their roles.

Executive Remuneration Policy

The OMH Group’s remuneration policy aims to reward executives fairly and responsibly in accordance with the international market 
for executives and ensure that the Company:

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

provides competitive rewards that attract, retain and motivate executives of the highest calibre;
sets demanding levels of performance which are clearly linked to an executive’s remuneration;
structures remuneration at a level that reflects the executive’s duties and accountabilities and is, where required, competitive 
within Australia and, for certain roles, internationally;
benchmarks remuneration against appropriate comparable groups;
aligns executive incentive rewards with the creation of value for shareholders; and
complies with applicable legal requirements and appropriate standards of governance.

Executive  remuneration  is  reviewed  annually  having  regard  to  individual  and  business  performance  (compared  against  agreed 
financial and non-financial performance measures set at the start of the year), relevant comparative information and expert advice 
from both internal and independent external sources.

Remuneration consists of the following key elements:

• 

• 

fixed remuneration (which includes base salary, superannuation contributions or equivalents and other allowances such as 
motor vehicle and health insurance); and
variable annual reward (related to the Company’s and/or individual performance dictated by benchmark criteria).

The  operational  targets  for  the  Executive  Directors  and  senior  executives  consist  of  a  number  of  key  performance  indicators 
including safety, production, operating expenditure, return on shareholders’ funds, enhancing corporate credibility and creation 
of value for shareholders.

At the end of the calendar year the Board assesses the actual performance of the consolidated entity and an individual against the 
key performance indicators previously set. Any cash incentives (including bonuses) and/or options granted require Board approval. 
Options  proposed  to  be  granted  to  any  Directors  also  require  shareholder  approval.  The  entry  into  hedging  arrangements  in 
respect of any unvested incentive securities is not permitted.

Remuneration levels are competitively set to attract and retain appropriately qualified and experienced Directors. The Board seeks 
independent advice on the appropriateness of remuneration packages, given trends in comparative companies both locally and 
internationally.  Remuneration  packages  include  fixed  remuneration  with  bonuses  or  equity-based  remuneration  entirely  at  the 
discretion of the Board based on the performance of the OMH Group.

As  OMH  is  incorporated  in  Bermuda,  it  is  not  required  to  disclose  the  nature  and  amount  of  remuneration  for  each  Director. 
However, in the interests of good corporate governance, the following table provides the remuneration details of all Directors of 

the Company (and the nature and amount of their remuneration) for the year ended 31 December 2021.

148

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Director

Low Ngee Tong(i)

Zainul Abidin Rasheed(ii)

Julie Wolseley(iii)

Tan Peng Chin(iv)

Thomas Teo(v)

Peter Church OAM(vi)

Dato Abdul Hamid Bin Sh 
Mohamed(vii)

Tan Ming-li(viii)

Base 
Remuneration

A$’000

1,260

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,260

Primary

Directors
Fees

A$’000

-

130

170(x)

120

120

110

77

77

804

Post Employment

Performance 
Bonus

Defined 
Contributions

A$’000

1,779(ix)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,779

A$’000

8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

8

Total

A$’000

3,047

130

170

120

120

110

77

77

3,851

(i) 
(ii) 
(iii) 
(iv) 
(v) 
(vi) 

(vii) 
(viii) 
(ix) 
(x) 

Mr Low Ngee Tong has been the Executive Chairman since October 2008 (and was subsequently appointed as Chief Executive Officer).

Mr Zainul Abidin Rasheed was first appointed as a Director on 3 October 2011.

Ms Julie Wolseley was first appointed as a Director on 24 February 2005.
Mr Tan Peng Chin was first appointed as a Director on 14 September 2007.

Mr Thomas Teo Liang Huat was first appointed as a Director on 17 July 2008.

Mr Peter Church was first appointed as a Director on 12 December 2011, retired on 6 May 2021. Fees also include pro-rata fees earned from being a non-executive 

Director of OMM.

Dato Hamid was first appointed as a Director on 10 May 2021.

Ms Tan Ming-li was first appointed as a Director on 10 May 2021.

Inclusive of A$1,680,000 of profit sharing  for 2021 that has been accrued and is expected to be paid in 2022.

Inclusive of director’s fee of A$50,000 paid to Director who is a non-executive Director of OMM.

The Non-Executive Directors of the Company do not earn additional fees for undertaking their respective duties on the Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee.

9. 

RECOGNISE THE LEGITIMATE INTERESTS OF STAKEHOLDERS

The Company has introduced a formal Privacy Policy. The Company is committed to respecting the privacy of stakeholders’ personal 
information. This Privacy Policy sets out the Company’s personal information management practices and covers the application of 
privacy laws, personal information collection, the use and disclosure of personal information, accessing and updating stakeholders’ 
information and the security of stakeholders’ information.

Other than the introduction of a formal Privacy Policy, the Board has not adopted any other additional formal codes of conduct to 
guide compliance with legal and other obligations to legitimate stakeholders, as it considers, in the context of the size and nature 
of the Company, that it would not improve the present modus operandi.

As at 31 December 2021, the Company complied in all material respects with each of the Corporate Governance Principles and the 
corresponding Recommendations as published by the ASX Corporate Governance Council except as noted below: 

As the Company’s activities increase in size, scope and/or nature, the Company’s corporate governance principles will continue to 
be reviewed by the Board and amended as appropriate.

149

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Recommendation 
Reference

Notification of 
Departure

Explanation for Departure

Disclose the 
measurable 
objectives 
for achieving 
gender diversity

A separate 
Nomination 
Committee 
should be 
established

The chair 
should be an 
independent 
director and 
should not 
be the same 
person as the 
Chief Executive 
Officer

A listed entity 
should have a 
program for 
inducting new 
directors

The Diversity Policy outlines the strategies and process according to which the Board 
will set measurable objectives to achieve the aims of its Diversity Policy, with particular 
focus  on  gender  diversity  within  the  Company  and  representation  from  indigenous 
communities.  The  Board  did  not  set  measurable  gender  diversity  objectives  for  the 
past  financial  year  because  the  Board  considered  the  application  of  a  measurable 
gender  diversity  objective  requiring  a  specified  proportion  of  women  on  the  Board 
and  in  senior  executive  roles  would,  given  the  relative  size  of  the  Company  and  the 
Board,  unduly  limit  the  Company  from  applying  the  Diversity  Policy  as  a  whole  and 
the Company’s policy of appointing based on skills and merit.  The Board is committed 
to  appointing  the  best  person  into  any  position.    The  Company  also  builds  strong 
relationships  with  its  Indigenous  communities  and  has  training  and  employment 
programs in place to encourage greater participation in the Company’s workforce.  The 
Board is responsible for monitoring Company performance in meeting the Diversity 
Policy requirements, including the achievement of diversity objectives. The Board may 
establish appropriate measurable objectives and to report progress against them in 
future Annual Reports.

The  Board  of  the  Company  has  not  formed  a  separate  nomination  committee.  The 
Board as a whole undertakes the process of reviewing the skill base and experience of 
existing Directors to enable identification of the attributes required in new Directors. 
The Board has decided that no efficiencies will be achieved by establishing a separate 
nomination  committee.  Where  appropriate,  independent  consultants  are  engaged 
to  identify  possible  new  candidates  for  the  Board.    The  Board  ensures  that  prior  to 
appointing a director or recommending a new candidate for election as a director that 
appropriate checks are undertaken as to the persons character, experience, education, 
criminal record and bankruptcy history.

The  Company’s  current  Executive  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Mr  Low,  is 
not considered by the Board to be independent in the light of the factors outlined in 
Box 2.5 of the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Principles and Recommendations 4th 
Edition which indicate when a director may not be considered to be an independent 
director. Refer Section 1.2 of the Corporate Governance Statement. However the Board 
considers that Mr Low’s position as both Executive Chairman and CEO is appropriate 
given  his  world-wide  experience  and  specialised  understanding  of  the  global 
manganese industry. Furthermore, the Board believes that Mr Low has the range of 
skills,  knowledge,  and  experience  necessary  to  effectively  govern  the  Company  and 
to  understand  the  economic  sectors  in  which  the  Company  operates.  In  addition,  it 
should  be  noted  that  Mr  Low  is  a  substantial  and  longstanding  shareholder  of  the 
Company and, as such, is able to clearly identify with the interests of shareholders as 
a whole.  Mr Low was instrumental in the formation of the Company and has for over 
25 years overseen its rapid growth and success. The dual role of Mr Low is balanced 
by  the  Deputy  Chairman  Mr  Zainul  Abidin  Rasheed  who  is  an  independent  Non-
Executive Director.  In this role Mr Zainul chairs the discussions of the Non-Executive 
Directors.    The  Board  believes  that  there  are  sufficient  internal  controls  in  place  to 
ensure  adequate  accountability,  transparency  and  effective  oversight  by  the  Board 
such that an appropriate balance of power and authority is exercisable by the Board 
for objective decision-making in the best interests of the OMH Group. Accordingly Mr 
Low is the best person to undertake the Executive Chairman role and the Board does 
not believe it is necessary at this stage to appoint an independent chair of the Board.

The Company does not consider it necessary, in the light of the size of the Board and 
the relatively low turn-over of Directors, to have a separate formal induction program 
for  new  Directors.  All  new  Directors  are  given  sufficient  support  from  the  Board  in 
order to familiarise themselves with the Company and its governance protocols as well 
as being adequately briefed about the OMH Group’s activities, strategies and actual 
and budgeted financial positions. All new Directors are appointed through a written 
agreement with the Company that sets out all their duties, rights and responsibilities. 
New  Directors  are  also  provided  with  the  Board  Meeting  schedule  and  have  the 
opportunity  to  visit  the  operations  each  year  on  a  rotational  basis  as  part  of  the 
familiarisation process. 

1.5

2.1

2.5

2.6

150

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021Recommendation 
Reference

Notification of 
Departure

Explanation for Departure

7.1

8.3

The board of 
a listed entity 
should have a 
committee or 
committees to 
oversee risk.

Rather than separately constituting an additional committee of the Board, the entire 
Board has delegated oversight of the risk and internal control policy, including review 
of  the  effectiveness  of  OMH’s  internal  control  framework  and  risk  management 
process,  to  the  key  executive  management  team  in  conjunction  with  the  Board. 
The  Board  considers  this  structure  to  be  the  most  effective  means  of  (i)  managing 
the  various  risks  that  are  relevant  to  the  OMH  Group  and  (ii)  monitoring  the  OMH 
Group's compliance with the Risk and Internal Control policy. In addition from a Board 
perspective  the  following  processes  occur  to  oversee  the  entity’s  risk  management 
framework: 

• 
• 

‘Risk’ is a standing agenda item at each monthly Board meeting; and
Prior  to  the  approval  of  the  Company’s  statutory  financial  statements,  the 
Audit Committee has the opportunity to meet with the Company’s auditors as 
appropriate.

The  Company  is  committed  to  the  identification,  monitoring  and  management  of 
material  business  risks  of  its  activities  via  its  risk  management  framework  which 
includes  health  and  safety,  environmental  governance,  community,  operational  risk 
management, business risk management and legal and regulatory compliance.

The  Company  does  not  currently  have  an  equity-based  remuneration  scheme  in 
operation and this recommendation is therefore not applicable.

A listed entity 
which has an 
equity-based 
remuneration 
scheme should:
(a) have a policy 
on whether 
participants 
are permitted 
to enter into 
transactions 
(whether 
through the use 
of derivatives 
or otherwise) 
which limit the 
economic risk of 
participating in 
the scheme; and
(b) disclose 
that policy or a 
summary of it.

Approved by the Board 27 April 2022.

151

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021ASX & BURSA SECURITIES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

OM  Holdings  Limited  has  a  primary  listing  on  the  Australian  Securities  Exchange  (“ASX”)  and  also  has  a  secondary  listing  on  Bursa 
Malaysia Securities Berhad. 

Pursuant to the listing requirements of the ASX, the shareholder information set out below was applicable as at 1 April 2022.

1. 

A. 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Distribution of Equity Securities

Distribution schedule and number of holders of equity securities as at 1 April 2022:

Distribution

1 – 1,000
1,001 – 5,000
5,001 – 10,000
10,001 – 100,000
More than 100,000

TOTAL

Fully Paid Ordinary Shares 
(OMH)
708
812
289
289
100

2,198

% of Issued Capital 

0.05
0.31
0.32
1.76
97.56

100.00

There were 259 holders holding less than a marketable parcel of ordinary shares on ASX. 

B. 

Twenty Largest Shareholders

The names of the twenty largest holders of quoted shares are listed below:

Shareholder Name

Listed Ordinary Shares 

Number

Percentage Quoted

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED - A/C 2
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD  
J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED
HANWA CO LTD
BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 
UOB KAY HIAN NOMINEES (ASING) SDN BHD
EXEMPT AN FOR UOB KAY HIAN PTE LTD ( A/C CLIENTS )                   
CITIGROUP NOMINEES (ASING) SDN BHD
UBS AG FOR NEON LIBERTY LORIKEET MASTER FUND LP                  
LOW NGEE TONG                                                                             
MS HENG SIOW KWEE
CITIGROUP NOMINEES (TEMPATAN) SDN BHD
EXEMPT AN FOR AIA BHD.                                                                
CITIGROUP NOMINEES (ASING) SDN BHD
EXEMPT AN FOR OCBC SECURITIES PRIVATE LIMITED
(CLIENT A/C-NR)                                                                             
MS JULIE ANNE WOLSELEY
MS BI LI
MR HAMID MAHDAVI ARDABILI
HSBC NOMINEES (ASING) SDN BHD
EXEMPT AN FOR MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INTERNATIONAL
PLC (CLIENT)                                                                                  
STRATFORD SUN LIMITED
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 
CITIGROUP NOMINEES (ASING) SDN BHD
EXEMPT AN FOR UBS AG HONG KONG (FOREIGN)                               

TOTAL HELD BY 20 LARGEST SHAREHOLDERS

OTHERS

TOTAL

152

184,557,046
148,405,613
68,923,386
58,669,348
46,734,291
32,500,000
17,310,613

  17,171,836

 12,420,045
 10,000,000
9,029,800

    6,626,400

6,139,900
5,562,002
5,000,000
4,995,000

4,837,100
4,650,000
4,142,367

3,843,000

651,517,747

87,105,590

24.99%
20.09%
9.33%
7.94%
6.33%
4.40%
2.34%

  2.32%

  1.68%
1.35%
1.22%

0.90%

0.83%
0.75%
0.68%
0.68%

0.65%
0.63%
0.56%

0.52%

88.19%

11.81%

738,623,337

100.00%

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021ASX & BURSA SECURITIES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

C. 

Substantial Shareholders

An extract of the Company’s Register of Substantial Shareholders (who hold 5% or more of the issued capital) is set out 
below.

Shareholder Name

Huang Gang

Amplewood Resources Ltd 

Low Ngee Tong

Heng Siow Kwee 

   Listed Ordinary Shares 

Number of Shares   

% of Shares

103,618,830

100,260,653

68,110,631

66,081,669

14.03%

13.57%

9.22%

8.95%

D. 

Restricted Securities

There were no restricted securities on issue as at 1 April 2022. 

E. 

Voting Rights

Subject to the Bye-laws of the Company and to any rights or restrictions attaching to any class of shares, every member 
is entitled to be present at a meeting in person, by proxy, representative or attorney.  In accordance with the Company’s 
Bye-laws, voting rights in respect of ordinary shares are on a show of hands whereby each member present in person or by 
proxy or representative shall have one vote and upon a poll each member present in person or by proxy or representative 
shall have one vote for every share held. 

2. 

TAXATION

The Company was incorporated in Bermuda and is not taxed as a company in Australia.

3.   ON-MARKET BUY-BACK

The Company is not currently undertaking an on-market buy-back.

4. 

INVESTOR INFORMATION

(a) 

Stock Exchange Listing

Primary Listing 
OM Holdings Limited shares are listed on the Australia Securities Exchange (ASX).
The Company’s ASX code is OMH.

Secondary Listing 
OM Holdings Limited shares are listed on the Bursa Malaysia Securities Berhad (Bursa Malaysia).
The Company’s Bursa code is OMH (5298)

(b) 

Company Information Contact

For further information about OM Holdings Limited, please contact the Singapore head office:

OM Holdings Limited
#09 – 03A Singapore Post Centre
10 Eunos Road 8
Singapore 408600

Telephone: 
Facsimile: 
Email: 
Website: 

(65) 6346 5515
(65) 6342 2242
om@ommaterials.com
www.omholdingsltd.com

153

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
ASX & BURSA SECURITIES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

(c) 

Share Registry Enquiries

Shareholders  who  require  information  about  their  shareholdings,  dividend  payments,  notification  of  tax  file 
numbers, changes of name, address or bank account details or related administrative matters should contact the 
Company’s share registries:

Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited
Level 11, 172 St Georges Terrace
PERTH WA 6000

Postal Address:
GPO Box D182
PERTH WA 6840

Telephone:  
Telephone:  
Facsimile:  
Website:  
Email:  

(within Australia) 1300 850 505
(outside Australia) (61) 3 9415 4000
(61) 3 9473 2500
www.computershare.com
web.queries@computershare.com.au

Tricor Investor & Issuing House Services Sdn Bhd
Registration No.:  

197101000970 (11324-H)

Address:
Unit 32-01, Level 32, Tower A, Vertical Business Suite, Avenue 3,
Bangsar South, No. 8, Jalan Kerinchi, 59200 Kuala Lumpur

Telephone:  
Facsimile:  
Email:  

+603-2783 9299 
+603-2783 9222
is.enquiry@my.tricorglobal.com 

Each enquiry should refer to the shareholder number which is shown on the issuer sponsored holding statements 
and dividend statements.

154

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GRI Indicator

GRI Content Index

Disclosure

General Disclosures

102-1

102-2

102-3

102-4

102-5

102-6

102-7

102-8

102-9

102-10

102-11

102-14

102-15

102-16

102-17

102-18

102-19

102-20

102-21

102-22

102-23

102-24

102-25

102-26

102-28

102-29

102-30

102-31

102-32

102-35

102-36

102-40

102-42

102-43

102-44

102-45

102-46

102-47

102-50

102-52

102-53

102-54

102-55

103-1

103-2

103-3

Name of organisation

Activities, brands, products and services

Location of headquarters

Location of operations

Ownership and legal form

Markets served

Scale of the organisation

Information on employees and other workers

Supply chain

Significant changes to the organisation and its supply chain

Precautionary Principle or approach

Statement from senior decision-maker

Key impacts, risks and opportunities

Values, princples, standards, and norms of behaviour

Mechanisms for advice and concerns about ethics

Governance structure

Delegating authority

Executive-level responsibility for economic, environmental, and social topics

Consulting stakeholders on economic, environmental, and social topics

Composition of the highest governance body and its committees

Chair of the highest governance body

Nominating and selecting the highest governance body

Conflicts of interest

Role of highest governance body in setting purpose, values, and strategy

Evaluating the highest governance body’s performance

Identifying and managing economic, environmental, and social impacts

Effectiveness of risk management processes

Review of economic, environmental, and social topics

Highest governance body’s role in sustainability reporting

Remuneration policies

Process for determining remuneration

List of stakeholder groups

Identifying and selecting stakeholders

Approach to stakeholder engagement

Key topics and concerns raised

Entities included in the consolidated financial statements

Defining report content and topic Boundaries

List of material topics

Reporting period

Reporting cycle

Contact point for questions regarding the report

Claims of reporting in accordance with the GRI Standards

GRI content index

Management Approach

Explanation of the material topic and its Boundary

The management approach and its components

Evaluation of the management approach

Page Number

36

94, 124

7

10-11, 102

8

16, 94, 124

8, 50-51

50-51

44-45

36, 60

Throughout 
Annual Report

1-2

126-127

38, 141-142

37

38,134-135

38

38

37-38, 40

136, 139-141

38

140-141

138, 142

136

138

40-41, 147

145-147

38

38

51, 140

51, 140

37-38

37-38

37-38

37-38

100-105

36

42

36

36

37

36

155-156

42

42

42

155

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021GRI Indicator

Disclosure

Economic

Direct economic value generated and distributed

Financial implications and other risks and opportunities due to climate change

Defined benefit plan obligations and other retirement plans

Proportion of senior management hired from the local community

Significant indirect economic impacts

Proportion of spending on local suppliers

Communication and training about anti-corruption policies and procedures

Environmental

Energy consumption within the organisation

Energy intensity

Reduction of energy consumption

Interactions with water as a shared resource

Management of water discharge-related impacts

Water withdrawal

Direct (Scope 1) GHG emissions

Energy indirect (Scope 2) GHG emissions

GHG emissions intensity

Reduction of GHG emissions

Waste generation and significant waste-related impacts

Management of significant waste-related impacts

Waste generated

Waste diverted from disposal

Waste directed to disposal

New employee hires and employee turnover

Social

Benefits provided to full-time employees that are not provided to temporary or part-time 
employees

Occupational health and safety management system

Hazard identification, risk assessment, and incident investigation

Occupational health services

Worker participation, consultation, and communication on occupational health and safety

Worker training on occupational health and safety

Promotion of worker health

Prevention and mitigation of occupational health and safety impacts directly linked by 
business relationships

Workers covered by an occupational health and safety management system

Work-related injuries

Average hours of training per year per employee

Programs for upgrading employee skills and transition assistance programs

Diversity of governance bodies and employees

Operations and suppliers at significant risk for incidents of child labour

Operations and suppliers at significant risk for incidents of forced or compulsory labour

Operations with local community engagement, impact assessments, and development 
programs

Operations with significant actual and potential negative impacts on local communities

New suppliers that were screened using social criteria

201-1

201-2

201-3

202-2

203-2

204-1

205-2

302-1

302-3

302-4

303-1

303-2

303-3

305-1

305-2

305-4

305-5

306-1

306-2

306-3

306-4

306-5

401-1

401-2

403-1

403-2

403-3

403-4

403-5

403-6

403-7

403-8

403-9

404-1

404-2

405-1

408-1

409-1

413-1

413-2

414-1

156

Page Number

68

43-44

51

50-51

47, 50-51

46

39

55

55

55

59-60

59-60

59-60

56

56

57

57

57-59

57-59

57-59

57-59

57-59

50

51

45-47

46

45-47

47

47, 52

45-47

45-47

45-47

46

53

52-53

50-51, 143

48-49

48-49

47-48

47-48

48-49

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 202170

OM HOLDINGS LIMITED | ANNUAL REPORT 2021